https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-top-rated-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576024https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/432/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Gerard Jacobsonhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6105cf290234b7e082f033caab623e10.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-top-rated-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576024Sat, 29 Mar 2025 06:55:12 +0000Gerard JacobsonGerard Jacobsonfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/432/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/432/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-value-of-everything-who-makes-and-who-takes-from-the-real-economy-by-mariana-mazzucato--65210598https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Who Makes and Who Takes from the Real Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Value of Everything argues that American companies have for too long been valued according to the amount of wealth they capture for themselves rather than for the value they create for the economy. In fact, Pfizer, Amazon, and other companies are actually dependent on public money, spend their resources on boosting share prices and executive pay, and reap ever-expanding rewards without offering the market value. In her previous work, The Entrepreneurial State, Mariana Mazzucato argued that public investment has been the most significant driver of innovation and product development. The iPhone as it exists would not have been possible without government-sponsored technology like Siri and Touch ID. Yet Apple today, like numerous other companies, is engaging in a massive repurchase scheme, and for the first time has prioritized value-extraction practices such as spending to boost shareholder profit—the very initiatives that funded their software. If private companies continue down this path, they will succeed in diminishing the size of their largest and most successful investor—the state—and will destroy powerful opportunities, shrivel markets, and depress wealth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272385Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Who Makes and Who Takes from the Real Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Who Makes and Who Takes from the Real Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Value of Everything argues that American companies have for too long been valued according to the amount of wealth they capture for themselves rather than for the value they create for the economy. In fact, Pfizer, Amazon, and other companies are actually dependent on public money, spend their resources on boosting share prices and executive pay, and reap ever-expanding rewards without offering the market value. In her previous work, The Entrepreneurial State, Mariana Mazzucato argued that public investment has been the most significant driver of innovation and product development. The iPhone as it exists would not have been possible without government-sponsored technology like Siri and Touch ID. Yet Apple today, like numerous other companies, is engaging in a massive repurchase scheme, and for the first time has prioritized value-extraction practices such as spending to boost shareholder profit—the very initiatives that funded their software. If private companies continue down this path, they will succeed in diminishing the size of their largest and most successful investor—the state—and will destroy powerful opportunities, shrivel markets, and depress wealth.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-best-and-the-brightest-by-david-halberstam--65210575https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292051 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best and the Brightest Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: David Halberstam’s masterpiece, the defining history of the making of the Vietnam tragedy, with a new Foreword by Senator John McCain. 'A rich, entertaining, and profound reading experience.”—The New York Times Using portraits of America’ s flawed policy makers and accounts of the forces that drove them, The Best and the Brightest reckons magnificently with the most important abiding question of our country’ s recent history: Why did America become mired in Vietnam, and why did we lose? As the definitive single-volume answer to that question, this enthralling book has never been superseded. It is an American classic. Praise for The Best and the Brightest “The most comprehensive saga of how America became involved in Vietnam. . . . It is also the Iliad of the American empire and the Odyssey of this nation’s search for its idealistic soul. The Best and the Brightest is almost like watching an Alfred Hitchcock thriller.”—The Boston Globe “Deeply moving . . . We cannot help but feel the compelling power of this narrative. . . . Dramatic and tragic, a chain of events overwhelming in their force, a distant war embodying illusions and myths, terror and violence, confusions and courage, blindness, pride, and arrogance.”—Los Angeles Times “A fascinating tale of folly and self-deception . . . [An] absorbing, detailed, and devastatingly caustic tale of Washington in the days of the Caesars.”—The Washington Post Book World “Seductively readable . . . It is a staggeringly ambitious undertaking that is fully matched by Halberstam’s performance. . . . This is in all ways an admirable and necessary book.”—Newsweek “A story every American should read.”—St. Louis Post-Dispatch]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292051Tue, 09 May 2017 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292051 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best and the Brightest Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 4 minutes Release date: May...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292051 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best and the Brightest Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: David Halberstam’s masterpiece, the defining history of the making of the Vietnam tragedy, with a new Foreword by Senator John McCain. 'A rich, entertaining, and profound reading experience.”—The New York Times Using portraits of America’ s flawed policy makers and accounts of the forces that drove them, The Best and the Brightest reckons magnificently with the most important abiding question of our country’ s recent history: Why did America become mired in Vietnam, and why did we lose? As the definitive single-volume answer to that question, this enthralling book has never been superseded. It is an American classic. Praise for The Best and the Brightest “The most comprehensive saga of how America became involved in Vietnam. . . . It is also the Iliad of the American empire and the Odyssey of this nation’s search for its idealistic soul. The Best and the Brightest is almost like watching an Alfred Hitchcock thriller.”—The Boston Globe “Deeply moving . . . We cannot help but feel the compelling power of this narrative. . . . Dramatic and tragic, a chain of events overwhelming in their force, a distant war embodying illusions and myths, terror and violence, confusions and courage, blindness, pride, and arrogance.”—Los Angeles Times “A fascinating tale of folly and self-deception . . . [An] absorbing, detailed, and devastatingly caustic tale of Washington in the days of the Caesars.”—The Washington Post Book World “Seductively readable . . . It is a staggeringly ambitious undertaking that is fully matched by Halberstam’s performance. . . . This is in all ways an admirable and necessary book.”—Newsweek “A story every American should read.”—St. Louis Post-Dispatch]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-declaration-of-independence-by-peter-roop--65210465https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Declaration of Independence Author: Peter Roop Narrator: Pat Grimes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many kids have heard of the Declaration of Independence, but few know the story behind the people and events that helped forge it. They may know about Thomas Jefferson and Benjamin Franklin, but do they know the roles that Patrick Henry and Thomas Gage played in setting fire to a revolution? This is the story of how the men and women of thirteen British colonies came to declare their independence on July 4, 1776. Covering major events such as the Boston Massacre and Paul Revere's midnight ride, The Declaration of Independence brings the rich and exciting history of the Revolutionary War to young readers who want to know more about America's beginnings.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270763Tue, 29 Nov 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Declaration of Independence Author: Peter Roop Narrator: Pat Grimes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: November...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Declaration of Independence Author: Peter Roop Narrator: Pat Grimes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many kids have heard of the Declaration of Independence, but few know the story behind the people and events that helped forge it. They may know about Thomas Jefferson and Benjamin Franklin, but do they know the roles that Patrick Henry and Thomas Gage played in setting fire to a revolution? This is the story of how the men and women of thirteen British colonies came to declare their independence on July 4, 1776. Covering major events such as the Boston Massacre and Paul Revere's midnight ride, The Declaration of Independence brings the rich and exciting history of the Revolutionary War to young readers who want to know more about America's beginnings.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/settle-for-more-by-megyn-kelly--65210497https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Settle for More Author: Megyn Kelly Narrator: Megyn Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 85 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Anchor of the number one news show on cable, The Kelly File, Fox News Channel's Megyn Kelly writes her much anticipated book, a revealing and surprising memoir detailing her rise as one of the most respected journalists working today. From the values and lessons that have shaped her career, to her time at the center of the chaotic 2016 Republican presidential primary, this book offers an inside look at an uncompromising woman's journey to the top of the news business. In the two and half years since her show The Kelly File premiered on the Fox News Channel, Megyn Kelly has cemented her reputation as one of the most respected and hardest hitting journalists in America. Tackling issues from both sides of the aisle, live in prime time five nights a week, Kelly has embraced difficult questions Now in her debut book, Kelly goes behind the scenes of the stories and the storms that have made her one of the most talked about public figures in America. From growing up in a tough love family where she had to earn her praise, to her father's sudden, tragic death while she was still in high school, to the news stories that launched her journalism career, Kelly traces the values and experiences With the same bold and brave voice that has won her fans across the political divide, she opens up about the controversy that made her a household name, telling her side of Donald Trump's feud with her, while sharing never-before-heard details about the infamous first Republican debate, its challenging aftermath, and how she persevered through it all, winning widespread admiration while maintaining her professionalism. Speaking candidly about the career-changing decision that led her to ''settle for more'' Throughout her meteoric career, Megyn Kelly has been a source of fascination and speculation. Men and women, Republicans and Democrats, viewers of Fox News and the network's most diehard detractors have all sought to understand what she stands for and what matters to her. With this deeply personal account of her life, she answers critics and fans alike. At once humorous, uplifting, and revealing, Settle for More offers unparalleled insight into one of the most charismatic and intriguing television personalities in a generation, and will be one of the most talked about books from an influential voice unlike any other.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264699Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Settle for More Author: Megyn Kelly Narrator: Megyn Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Settle for More Author: Megyn Kelly Narrator: Megyn Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 85 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Anchor of the number one news show on cable, The Kelly File, Fox News Channel's Megyn Kelly writes her much anticipated book, a revealing and surprising memoir detailing her rise as one of the most respected journalists working today. From the values and lessons that have shaped her career, to her time at the center of the chaotic 2016 Republican presidential primary, this book offers an inside look at an uncompromising woman's journey to the top of the news business. In the two and half years since her show The Kelly File premiered on the Fox News Channel, Megyn Kelly has cemented her reputation as one of the most respected and hardest hitting journalists in America. Tackling issues from both sides of the aisle, live in prime time five nights a week, Kelly has embraced difficult questions Now in her debut book, Kelly goes behind the scenes of the stories and the storms that have made her one of the most talked about public figures in America. From growing up in a tough love family where she had to earn her praise, to her father's sudden, tragic death while she was still in high school, to the news stories that launched her journalism career, Kelly traces the values and experiences With the same bold and brave voice that has won her fans across the political divide, she opens up about the controversy that made her a household name, telling her side of Donald Trump's feud with her, while sharing never-before-heard details about the infamous first Republican debate, its challenging aftermath, and how she persevered through it all, winning widespread admiration while maintaining her professionalism. Speaking candidly about the career-changing decision that led her to ''settle for more'' Throughout her meteoric career, Megyn Kelly has been a source of fascination and speculation. Men and women, Republicans and Democrats, viewers of Fox News and the network's most diehard detractors have all sought to understand what she stands for and what matters to her. With this deeply personal account of her life, she answers critics and fans alike. At once humorous, uplifting, and revealing, Settle for More offers unparalleled insight into one of the most charismatic and intriguing television personalities in a generation, and will be one of the most talked about books from an influential voice unlike any other.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/speaking-out-lessons-in-life-and-politics-by-ed-balls--65210424https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274554 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking Out: Lessons in Life and Politics Author: Ed Balls Narrator: Ed Balls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Witty, reflective and engaging' Nick Robinson 'Honest and revealing' Michael Palin 'Fascinating, heartfelt' Kay Burley 'Insightful, funny, unexpectedly moving' Jonathan Freedland On the night of 7 May 2015, Ed Balls thought there was a chance he would wake up the next morning as the new Chancellor of the Exchequer. Instead, he woke up without a job. Twenty-one years earlier he had left a promising career in journalism to work for Labour in opposition. Moving through the ranks, from adviser to Cabinet minister and on to Shadow Chancellor, he occupied a central and influential position in and out of power during a pivotal period in British history. Speaking Out is a record of a life in politics, but also much more. It is about how power can be used for good, and the lessons to be learned when things go wrong. It is about the mechanics of Westminster, and of government. It is about facing up to your fears and misgivings, and tackling your limitations – on stages public and private. It is about the mistakes made, change delivered and personalities encountered over the course of two decades at the frontline of British politics. It is a unique window into a rarely seen world. Most importantly, it sets out what politics is about, and why it matters.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274554Thu, 06 Oct 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274554 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking Out: Lessons in Life and Politics Author: Ed Balls Narrator: Ed Balls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274554 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking Out: Lessons in Life and Politics Author: Ed Balls Narrator: Ed Balls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Witty, reflective and engaging' Nick Robinson 'Honest and revealing' Michael Palin 'Fascinating, heartfelt' Kay Burley 'Insightful, funny, unexpectedly moving' Jonathan Freedland On the night of 7 May 2015, Ed Balls thought there was a chance he would wake up the next morning as the new Chancellor of the Exchequer. Instead, he woke up without a job. Twenty-one years earlier he had left a promising career in journalism to work for Labour in opposition. Moving through the ranks, from adviser to Cabinet minister and on to Shadow Chancellor, he occupied a central and influential position in and out of power during a pivotal period in British history. Speaking Out is a record of a life in politics, but also much more. It is about how power can be used for good, and the lessons to be learned when things go wrong. It is about the mechanics of Westminster, and of government. It is about facing up to your fears and misgivings, and tackling your limitations – on stages public and private. It is about the mistakes made, change delivered and personalities encountered over the course of two decades at the frontline of British politics. It is a unique window into a rarely seen world. Most importantly, it sets out what politics is about, and why it matters.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/another-day-in-the-death-of-america-a-chronicle-of-ten-short-lives-by-gary-younge--65210442https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On an average day in America, seven young people aged nineteen or under will be shot dead. In Another Day in the Death of America, award-winning Guardian journalist Gary Younge tells the stories of the lives lost during the course of a single day in the United States. It could have been any day, but Younge has chosen November 23, 2013. From Jaiden Dixon (9), shot point-blank by his mother’s ex-boyfriend on his doorstep in Ohio, to Pedro Dado Cortez (16), shot by an enemy gang on a street corner in California, the narrative crisscrosses the country over a period of twenty-four hours to reveal the powerful human stories behind the statistics. Far from a dry account of gun policy in the United States or a polemic about the dangers of gun violence, the book is a gripping chronicle of an ordinary but deadly day in American life, and a series of character portraits of young people taken from us far too soon and those they left behind. Whether it’s a father’s unspeakable grief over his son who was at the wrong place at the wrong time, a mentor who tries to channel his rage by organizing, or a friend and neighbor who finds strength in faith, the lives lost on that day and the lives left behind become, in Younge’s hands, impossible to ignore—or to forget. What emerges in these pages is a searing portrait of youth, family, and the way that lives can be shattered in an instant on any day in America. At a time when it has become indisputable that Americans need to rethink their position on guns, this moving narrative work puts a human face—a child’s face—on the “collateral damage” of gun deaths across the country. In his journalism, Younge is committed to challenging conventional wisdom and looking twice where others might look away. There are some things, he argues, that we have come to see as normal, even when they are unacceptable. And gun violence is one of them. A clear-eyed and iconoclastic approach to this contentious issue, this book helps answer the questions so many of us are grappling with, and makes it even harder to just look away.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865Tue, 04 Oct 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On an average day in America, seven young people aged nineteen or under will be shot dead. In Another Day in the Death of America, award-winning Guardian journalist Gary Younge tells the stories of the lives lost during the course of a single day in the United States. It could have been any day, but Younge has chosen November 23, 2013. From Jaiden Dixon (9), shot point-blank by his mother’s ex-boyfriend on his doorstep in Ohio, to Pedro Dado Cortez (16), shot by an enemy gang on a street corner in California, the narrative crisscrosses the country over a period of twenty-four hours to reveal the powerful human stories behind the statistics. Far from a dry account of gun policy in the United States or a polemic about the dangers of gun violence, the book is a gripping chronicle of an ordinary but deadly day in American life, and a series of character portraits of young people taken from us far too soon and those they left behind. Whether it’s a father’s unspeakable grief over his son who was at the wrong place at the wrong time, a mentor who tries to channel his rage by organizing, or a friend and neighbor who finds strength in faith, the lives lost on that day and the lives left behind become, in Younge’s hands, impossible to ignore—or to forget. What emerges in these pages is a searing portrait of youth, family, and the way that lives can be shattered in an instant on any day in America. At a time when it has become indisputable that Americans need to rethink their position on guns, this moving narrative work puts a human face—a child’s face—on the “collateral damage” of gun deaths across the country. In his journalism, Younge is committed to challenging conventional wisdom and looking twice where others might look away. There are some things, he argues, that we have come to see as normal, even when they are unacceptable. And gun violence is one of them. A clear-eyed and iconoclastic approach to this contentious issue, this book helps answer the questions so many of us are grappling with, and makes it even harder to just look away.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hostage-s-daughter-a-story-of-family-madness-and-the-middle-east-by-sulome-anderson--65210434https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273734 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hostage's Daughter: A Story of Family, Madness, and the Middle East Author: Sulome Anderson Narrator: Sulome Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this gripping blend of reportage, memoir, and analysis, a journalist and daughter of one of the world’s most famous hostages, Terry Anderson, takes an intimate look at her father’s captivity during the Lebanese Hostage Crisis and the ensuing political firestorm on both her family and the United States—as well as the far-reaching implications of those events on Middle Eastern politics today. In 1991, six-year-old Sulome Anderson met her father, Terry, for the first time. While working as the Middle East bureau chief for the Associated Press covering the long and bloody civil war in Lebanon, Terry had been kidnapped in Beirut and held for her entire life by a Shiite Muslim militia associated with the Hezbollah movement. As the nation celebrated, the media captured a smiling Anderson family joyously reunited. But the truth was far darker. Plagued by PTSD, Terry was a moody, aloof, and distant figure to the young daughter who had long dreamed of his return—and while she smiled for the cameras all the same, she absorbed his trauma as her own. Years later, after long battles with drug abuse and mental illness, Sulome would travel to the Middle East as a reporter, seeking to understand her father, the men who had kidnapped him, and ultimately, herself. What she discovered was shocking—not just about Terry, but about the international political machinations that occurred during the years of his captivity. The Hostage’s Daughter is an intimate look at the effect of the Lebanese Hostage Crisis on Anderson’s family, the United States, and the Middle East today. Sulome tells moving stories from her experiences as a reporter in the region and challenges our understanding of global politics, the forces that spawn terrorism and especially Lebanon, the beautiful, devastated, and vitally important country she came to love. Powerful and eye-opening The Hostage’s Daughter is essential reading for anyone interested in international relations, this violent, haunted region, and America's role in its fate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273734Tue, 04 Oct 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273734 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hostage's Daughter: A Story of Family, Madness, and the Middle East Author: Sulome Anderson Narrator: Sulome Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273734 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hostage's Daughter: A Story of Family, Madness, and the Middle East Author: Sulome Anderson Narrator: Sulome Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this gripping blend of reportage, memoir, and analysis, a journalist and daughter of one of the world’s most famous hostages, Terry Anderson, takes an intimate look at her father’s captivity during the Lebanese Hostage Crisis and the ensuing political firestorm on both her family and the United States—as well as the far-reaching implications of those events on Middle Eastern politics today. In 1991, six-year-old Sulome Anderson met her father, Terry, for the first time. While working as the Middle East bureau chief for the Associated Press covering the long and bloody civil war in Lebanon, Terry had been kidnapped in Beirut and held for her entire life by a Shiite Muslim militia associated with the Hezbollah movement. As the nation celebrated, the media captured a smiling Anderson family joyously reunited. But the truth was far darker. Plagued by PTSD, Terry was a moody, aloof, and distant figure to the young daughter who had long dreamed of his return—and while she smiled for the cameras all the same, she absorbed his trauma as her own. Years later, after long battles with drug abuse and mental illness, Sulome would travel to the Middle East as a reporter, seeking to understand her father, the men who had kidnapped him, and ultimately, herself. What she discovered was shocking—not just about Terry, but about the international political machinations that occurred during the years of his captivity. The Hostage’s Daughter is an intimate look at the effect of the Lebanese Hostage Crisis on Anderson’s family, the United States, and the Middle East today. Sulome tells moving stories from her experiences as a reporter in the region and challenges our understanding of global politics, the forces that spawn terrorism and especially Lebanon, the beautiful, devastated, and vitally important country she came to love. Powerful and eye-opening The Hostage’s Daughter is essential reading for anyone interested in international relations, this violent, haunted region, and America's role in its fate.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-vs-clinton-in-their-own-words-everything-you-need-to-know-to-vote-your-conscience-by-james-patterson--65210445https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. Clinton: In Their Own Words: Everything You Need to Know to Vote Your Conscience Author: James Patterson Narrator: Allan Edwards, Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Our commander in chief has to be able to defend our country, not embarrass it.'*-Hillary Clinton 'She doesn't have strength. She doesn't have the stamina. . . . I think she's an embarrassment.'**-Donald Trump In this presidential contest of diametric opposites, nothing is certain on the path to the polls-except that every word matters. Direct from the candidates, from point and counterpoint to wit and wisdom, an unvarnished conversation on the issues captivating the American electorate. *Victory speech on Super Tuesday II, West Palm Beach, Florida, March 15, 2016 **Interview on CNN, New Day, March 16, 2016 BookShots LIGHTNING-FAST READS BY JAMES PATTERSON - Books you can devour in a few hours - Impossible to stop listening - All original content by James Patterson]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273748Tue, 27 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. Clinton: In Their Own Words: Everything You Need to Know to Vote Your Conscience Author: James Patterson Narrator: Allan Edwards, Janet...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. Clinton: In Their Own Words: Everything You Need to Know to Vote Your Conscience Author: James Patterson Narrator: Allan Edwards, Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Our commander in chief has to be able to defend our country, not embarrass it.'*-Hillary Clinton 'She doesn't have strength. She doesn't have the stamina. . . . I think she's an embarrassment.'**-Donald Trump In this presidential contest of diametric opposites, nothing is certain on the path to the polls-except that every word matters. Direct from the candidates, from point and counterpoint to wit and wisdom, an unvarnished conversation on the issues captivating the American electorate. *Victory speech on Super Tuesday II, West Palm Beach, Florida, March 15, 2016 **Interview on CNN, New Day, March 16, 2016 BookShots LIGHTNING-FAST READS BY JAMES PATTERSON - Books you can devour in a few hours - Impossible to stop listening - All original content by James Patterson]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/eyes-on-the-street-the-life-of-jane-jacobs-by-robert-kanigel--65210455https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Street: The Life of Jane Jacobs Author: Robert Kanigel Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first major biography of the irrepressible woman who changed the way we view and live in cities, and whose influence can still be felt in any discussion of urban planning to this day. Eyes on the Street is a revelation of the phenomenal woman who raised three children, wrote seven groundbreaking books, saved neighborhoods, stopped expressways, was arrested twice, and engaged at home and on the streets in thousands of debates--all of which she won. Here is the child who challenged her third-grade teacher; the high school poet; the journalist who honed her writing skills at Iron Age, Architectural Forum, Fortune, and other outlets, while amassing the knowledge she would draw upon to write her most famous book, The Death and Life of Great American Cities. Here, too, is the activist who helped lead an ultimately successful protest against Robert Moses's proposed expressway through her beloved Greenwich Village; and who, in order to keep her sons out of the Vietnam War, moved to Canada, where she became as well known and admired as she was in the United States.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272967Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Street: The Life of Jane Jacobs Author: Robert Kanigel Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 20 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Street: The Life of Jane Jacobs Author: Robert Kanigel Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first major biography of the irrepressible woman who changed the way we view and live in cities, and whose influence can still be felt in any discussion of urban planning to this day. Eyes on the Street is a revelation of the phenomenal woman who raised three children, wrote seven groundbreaking books, saved neighborhoods, stopped expressways, was arrested twice, and engaged at home and on the streets in thousands of debates--all of which she won. Here is the child who challenged her third-grade teacher; the high school poet; the journalist who honed her writing skills at Iron Age, Architectural Forum, Fortune, and other outlets, while amassing the knowledge she would draw upon to write her most famous book, The Death and Life of Great American Cities. Here, too, is the activist who helped lead an ultimately successful protest against Robert Moses's proposed expressway through her beloved Greenwich Village; and who, in order to keep her sons out of the Vietnam War, moved to Canada, where she became as well known and admired as she was in the United States.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-the-other-half-banks-exclusion-exploitation-and-the-threat-to-democracy-by-mehrsa-baradaran--65210450https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273126 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Other Half Banks: Exclusion, Exploitation, and the Threat to Democracy Author: Mehrsa Baradaran Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States has two separate banking systems today―one serving the well-to-do and another exploiting everyone else. How the Other Half Banks contributes to the growing conversation on American inequality by highlighting one of its prime causes: unequal credit. Mehrsa Baradaran examines how a significant portion of the population, deserted by banks, is forced to wander through a Wild West of payday lenders and check-cashing services to cover emergency expenses and pay for necessities―all thanks to deregulation that began in the 1970s and continues decades later. In an age of corporate megabanks with trillions of dollars in assets, it is easy to forget that America’s banking system was originally created as a public service. Banks have always relied on credit from the federal government, provided on favorable terms so that they could issue low-interest loans. But as banks grew in size and political influence, they shed their social contract with the American people, demanding to be treated as a private industry free from any public-serving responsibility. They abandoned less profitable, low-income customers in favor of wealthier clients and high-yield investments. Fringe lenders stepped in to fill the void. This two-tier banking system has become even more unequal since the 2008 financial crisis. Baradaran proposes a solution: reenlisting the US Post Office in its historic function of providing bank services. The post office played an important but largely forgotten role in the creation of American democracy, and it could be deployed again to level the field of financial opportunity.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273126Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273126 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Other Half Banks: Exclusion, Exploitation, and the Threat to Democracy Author: Mehrsa Baradaran Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273126 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Other Half Banks: Exclusion, Exploitation, and the Threat to Democracy Author: Mehrsa Baradaran Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States has two separate banking systems today―one serving the well-to-do and another exploiting everyone else. How the Other Half Banks contributes to the growing conversation on American inequality by highlighting one of its prime causes: unequal credit. Mehrsa Baradaran examines how a significant portion of the population, deserted by banks, is forced to wander through a Wild West of payday lenders and check-cashing services to cover emergency expenses and pay for necessities―all thanks to deregulation that began in the 1970s and continues decades later. In an age of corporate megabanks with trillions of dollars in assets, it is easy to forget that America’s banking system was originally created as a public service. Banks have always relied on credit from the federal government, provided on favorable terms so that they could issue low-interest loans. But as banks grew in size and political influence, they shed their social contract with the American people, demanding to be treated as a private industry free from any public-serving responsibility. They abandoned less profitable, low-income customers in favor of wealthier clients and high-yield investments. Fringe lenders stepped in to fill the void. This two-tier banking system has become even more unequal since the 2008 financial crisis. Baradaran proposes a solution: reenlisting the US Post Office in its historic function of providing bank services. The post office played an important but largely forgotten role in the creation of American democracy, and it could be deployed again to level the field of financial opportunity.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unholy-alliance-the-agenda-iran-russia-and-jihadists-share-for-conquering-the-world-by-jay-sekulow--65210439https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unholy Alliance: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of Rise of ISIS exposes the dangers of radical Islam and the effects it has on the American way of life in this informative and eye-opening new book. In Unholy Alliance, Jay Sekulow highlights and defines the looming threat of radical Islam. A movement born in Iran during the Islamic Revolution in 1979, radical Islam has at its heart the goal of complete world domination. As this movement has grown, Iran has entered into alliances with Syria and Russia, leading to a deadly game of geopolitical threats and violence. Not only will you better understand jihadist terror, but you will also learn about Sharia law—a legal code that removes all personal liberty and is starkly incompatible with the US Constitution. All Muslims are required to follow Sharia—as are all who live in lands controlled by Islam. It is the goal of radical Islam to see Sharia instituted across the globe. If we are to combat radical Islam’s agenda of domination, we must arm ourselves with knowledge. With carefully researched history, legal-case studies, and in-depth interviews, Unholy Alliance lays out the ideology and strategy of radical Islam, as well as the path we must take to defeat it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272450Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unholy Alliance: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unholy Alliance: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of Rise of ISIS exposes the dangers of radical Islam and the effects it has on the American way of life in this informative and eye-opening new book. In Unholy Alliance, Jay Sekulow highlights and defines the looming threat of radical Islam. A movement born in Iran during the Islamic Revolution in 1979, radical Islam has at its heart the goal of complete world domination. As this movement has grown, Iran has entered into alliances with Syria and Russia, leading to a deadly game of geopolitical threats and violence. Not only will you better understand jihadist terror, but you will also learn about Sharia law—a legal code that removes all personal liberty and is starkly incompatible with the US Constitution. All Muslims are required to follow Sharia—as are all who live in lands controlled by Islam. It is the goal of radical Islam to see Sharia instituted across the globe. If we are to combat radical Islam’s agenda of domination, we must arm ourselves with knowledge. With carefully researched history, legal-case studies, and in-depth interviews, Unholy Alliance lays out the ideology and strategy of radical Islam, as well as the path we must take to defeat it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-kingdom-of-their-own-the-family-karzai-and-the-afghan-disaster-by-joshua-partlow--65210438https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kingdom of Their Own: The Family Karzai and the Afghan Disaster Author: Joshua Partlow Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The key to understanding the calamitous Afghan war is the complex, ultimately failed relationship between the powerful, duplicitous Karzai family and the United States, brilliantly portrayed here by the former Kabul bureau chief for The Washington Post. The United States went to Afghanistan on a simple mission: avenge the September 11 attacks and drive the Taliban from power. This took less than two months. Over the course of the next decade, the ensuing fight for power and money—supplied to one of the poorest nations on earth, in ever-greater amounts—left the region even more dangerous than before the first troops arrived. At the center of this story is the Karzai family. President Hamid Karzai and his brothers began the war as symbols of a new Afghanistan: moderate, educated, fluent in the cultures of East and West, and the antithesis of the brutish and backward Taliban regime. The siblings, from a prominent political family close to Afghanistan’s former king, had been thrust into exile by the Soviet war. While Hamid Karzai lived in Pakistan and worked with the resistance, others moved to the United States, finding work as waiters and managers before opening their own restaurants. After September 11, the brothers returned home to help rebuild Afghanistan and reshape their homeland with ambitious plans. Today, with the country in shambles, they are in open conflict with one another and their Western allies. Joshua Partlow’s clear-eyed analysis reveals the mistakes, squandered hopes, and wasted chances behind the scenes of a would-be political dynasty. Nothing illustrates the arc of the war and America’s relationship with Afghanistan—from optimism to despair, friendship to enmity—as neatly as the story of the Karzai family itself, told here in its entirety for the first time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273565Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kingdom of Their Own: The Family Karzai and the Afghan Disaster Author: Joshua Partlow Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Kingdom of Their Own: The Family Karzai and the Afghan Disaster Author: Joshua Partlow Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The key to understanding the calamitous Afghan war is the complex, ultimately failed relationship between the powerful, duplicitous Karzai family and the United States, brilliantly portrayed here by the former Kabul bureau chief for The Washington Post. The United States went to Afghanistan on a simple mission: avenge the September 11 attacks and drive the Taliban from power. This took less than two months. Over the course of the next decade, the ensuing fight for power and money—supplied to one of the poorest nations on earth, in ever-greater amounts—left the region even more dangerous than before the first troops arrived. At the center of this story is the Karzai family. President Hamid Karzai and his brothers began the war as symbols of a new Afghanistan: moderate, educated, fluent in the cultures of East and West, and the antithesis of the brutish and backward Taliban regime. The siblings, from a prominent political family close to Afghanistan’s former king, had been thrust into exile by the Soviet war. While Hamid Karzai lived in Pakistan and worked with the resistance, others moved to the United States, finding work as waiters and managers before opening their own restaurants. After September 11, the brothers returned home to help rebuild Afghanistan and reshape their homeland with ambitious plans. Today, with the country in shambles, they are in open conflict with one another and their Western allies. Joshua Partlow’s clear-eyed analysis reveals the mistakes, squandered hopes, and wasted chances behind the scenes of a would-be political dynasty. Nothing illustrates the arc of the war and America’s relationship with Afghanistan—from optimism to despair, friendship to enmity—as neatly as the story of the Karzai family itself, told here in its entirety for the first time.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fix-how-nations-survive-and-thrive-in-a-world-in-decline-by-jonathan-tepperman--65210435https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fix: How Nations Survive and Thrive in a World in Decline Author: Jonathan Tepperman Narrator: Jonathan Tepperman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative look at the world’s most difficult, seemingly ineradicable problems—and the surprising stories of the countries that solved them.   We all know the bad news. The heady promise of the Arab Spring has given way to repression, civil war, and an epic refugee crisis. Economic growth is sputtering. Income inequality is rising around the world. And the threat of ISIS and other extremist groups keeps spreading. We are living in an age of unprecedented, irreversible decline—or so we’re constantly being told. Jonathan Tepperman’s The Fix presents a very different picture. The book reveals the often-overlooked success stories, offering a provocative, unconventional take on the answers hiding in plain sight. It identifies ten pervasive and seemingly impossible challenges—including immigration reform, economic stagnation, political gridlock, corruption, and Islamist extremism—and shows that, contrary to the general consensus, each has a solution, and not merely a hypothetical one. In his close analysis of government initiatives as diverse as Brazil’s Bolsa Família program, Indonesia’s campaign against radicalism, Canada’s early embrace of multiculturalism, and Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s efforts to prevent another 9/11, Tepperman isolates the universally applicable measures that can boost and buttress equality, incomes, cooperation, and cohesion in wildly diverse societies. He flips conventional political wisdom on its head, showing, for example, how much the U.S. Congress could learn about compromise and conciliation from its counterpart in Mexico. Tepperman has traveled the world to write this book, conducting more than a hundred interviews with the people behind the policies. Meticulously researched and deeply reported, The Fix presents practical advice for problem-solvers of all stripes, and stands as a necessary corrective to the hand-wringing and grim prognostication that dominates the news, making a data-driven case for optimism in a time of crushing pessimism. With an Introduction read by the Author]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270850Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fix: How Nations Survive and Thrive in a World in Decline Author: Jonathan Tepperman Narrator: Jonathan Tepperman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fix: How Nations Survive and Thrive in a World in Decline Author: Jonathan Tepperman Narrator: Jonathan Tepperman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative look at the world’s most difficult, seemingly ineradicable problems—and the surprising stories of the countries that solved them.   We all know the bad news. The heady promise of the Arab Spring has given way to repression, civil war, and an epic refugee crisis. Economic growth is sputtering. Income inequality is rising around the world. And the threat of ISIS and other extremist groups keeps spreading. We are living in an age of unprecedented, irreversible decline—or so we’re constantly being told. Jonathan Tepperman’s The Fix presents a very different picture. The book reveals the often-overlooked success stories, offering a provocative, unconventional take on the answers hiding in plain sight. It identifies ten pervasive and seemingly impossible challenges—including immigration reform, economic stagnation, political gridlock, corruption, and Islamist extremism—and shows that, contrary to the general consensus, each has a solution, and not merely a hypothetical one. In his close analysis of government initiatives as diverse as Brazil’s Bolsa Família program, Indonesia’s campaign against radicalism, Canada’s early embrace of multiculturalism, and Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s efforts to prevent another 9/11, Tepperman isolates the universally applicable measures that can boost and buttress equality, incomes, cooperation, and cohesion in wildly diverse societies. He flips conventional political wisdom on its head, showing, for example, how much the U.S. Congress could learn about compromise and conciliation from its counterpart in Mexico. Tepperman has traveled the world to write this book, conducting more than a hundred interviews with the people behind the policies. Meticulously researched and deeply reported, The Fix presents practical advice for problem-solvers of all stripes, and stands as a necessary corrective to the hand-wringing and grim prognostication that dominates the news, making a data-driven case for optimism in a time of crushing pessimism. With an Introduction read by the Author]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-have-the-right-to-remain-innocent-by-james-duane--65210423https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have the Right to Remain Innocent Author: James Duane Narrator: James Duane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, compact manifesto that will teach you how to protect your rights, your freedom, and your future when talking to police. Law professor James J. Duane became a viral sensation thanks to a 2008 lecture outlining the reasons why you should never agree to answer questions from the police—especially if you are innocent and wish to stay out of trouble with the law. In this timely, relevant, and pragmatic new book, he expands on that presentation, offering a vigorous defense of every citizen’s constitutionally protected right to avoid self-incrimination. Getting a lawyer is not only the best policy, Professor Duane argues, it’s also the advice law-enforcement professionals give their own kids. Using actual case histories of innocent men and women exonerated after decades in prison because of information they voluntarily gave to police, Professor Duane demonstrates the critical importance of a constitutional right not well or widely understood by the average American. Reflecting the most recent attitudes of the Supreme Court, Professor Duane argues that it is now even easier for police to use your own words against you. This lively and informative guide explains what everyone needs to know to protect themselves and those they love.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273701Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have the Right to Remain Innocent Author: James Duane Narrator: James Duane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have the Right to Remain Innocent Author: James Duane Narrator: James Duane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, compact manifesto that will teach you how to protect your rights, your freedom, and your future when talking to police. Law professor James J. Duane became a viral sensation thanks to a 2008 lecture outlining the reasons why you should never agree to answer questions from the police—especially if you are innocent and wish to stay out of trouble with the law. In this timely, relevant, and pragmatic new book, he expands on that presentation, offering a vigorous defense of every citizen’s constitutionally protected right to avoid self-incrimination. Getting a lawyer is not only the best policy, Professor Duane argues, it’s also the advice law-enforcement professionals give their own kids. Using actual case histories of innocent men and women exonerated after decades in prison because of information they voluntarily gave to police, Professor Duane demonstrates the critical importance of a constitutional right not well or widely understood by the average American. Reflecting the most recent attitudes of the Supreme Court, Professor Duane argues that it is now even easier for police to use your own words against you. This lively and informative guide explains what everyone needs to know to protect themselves and those they love.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-year-of-voting-dangerously-the-derangement-of-american-politics-by-maureen-dowd--65210489https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Year of Voting Dangerously: The Derangement of American Politics Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Maureen Dowd's incendiary takes and takedowns from 2016--the most bizarre, disruptive and divisive Presidential race in modern history. Trapped between two candidates with the highest recorded unfavorables, Americans are plunged into The Year of Voting Dangerously. In this perilous and shocking campaign season, The New York Times columnist traces the psychologies and pathologies in one of the nastiest and most significant battles of the sexes ever. Dowd has covered Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton since the '90s. She was with the real estate mogul when he shyly approached his first Presidential rope line in 1999, and she won a Pulitzer prize that same year for her penetrating columns on the Clinton impeachment follies. Like her bestsellers, Bushworld and Are Men Necessary?, The Year of Voting Dangerously will feature Dowd's trademark cocktail of wry humor and acerbic analysis in dispatches from the political madhouse. If America is on the escalator to hell, then The Year of Voting Dangerously is the perfect guide for this surreal, insane ride.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270423Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Year of Voting Dangerously: The Derangement of American Politics Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Year of Voting Dangerously: The Derangement of American Politics Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Maureen Dowd's incendiary takes and takedowns from 2016--the most bizarre, disruptive and divisive Presidential race in modern history. Trapped between two candidates with the highest recorded unfavorables, Americans are plunged into The Year of Voting Dangerously. In this perilous and shocking campaign season, The New York Times columnist traces the psychologies and pathologies in one of the nastiest and most significant battles of the sexes ever. Dowd has covered Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton since the '90s. She was with the real estate mogul when he shyly approached his first Presidential rope line in 1999, and she won a Pulitzer prize that same year for her penetrating columns on the Clinton impeachment follies. Like her bestsellers, Bushworld and Are Men Necessary?, The Year of Voting Dangerously will feature Dowd's trademark cocktail of wry humor and acerbic analysis in dispatches from the political madhouse. If America is on the escalator to hell, then The Year of Voting Dangerously is the perfect guide for this surreal, insane ride.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-donald-trump-by-david-cay-johnston--65210464https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Donald Trump Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The culmination of nearly thirty years of reporting on Donald Trump, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative reporter David Cay Johnston takes a revealingly close look at the mogul’s rise to power and prominence. Covering the long arc of Trump’s career, Johnston tells the full story of how a boy from a quiet section of Queens, New York, would become an entirely new and complex breed of public figure. Trump is a man of great media savvy, entrepreneurial spirit, and political clout. Yet his career has been plagued by legal troubles and mounting controversy. From the origins of his family’s real estate fortune to his own too-big-to-fail business empire; from his education and early career to his whirlwind presidential bid, The Making of Donald Trump provides the fullest picture yet of Trump’s extraordinary ascendency. Love him or hate him, Trump’s massive influence is undeniable, and figures as diverse as Woody Guthrie (who wrote a scathing song about Trump’s father) and Red Scare prosecutor Roy Cohn, mob bosses and high rollers, as well as the average American voter, have all been pulled into his orbit. Drawing on decades of interviews, financial records, court documents, and public statements, David Cay Johnston, who has covered Trump more closely than any other journalist working today, gives us the most in-depth look yet at the man who would be president.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270329Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Donald Trump Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Donald Trump Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The culmination of nearly thirty years of reporting on Donald Trump, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative reporter David Cay Johnston takes a revealingly close look at the mogul’s rise to power and prominence. Covering the long arc of Trump’s career, Johnston tells the full story of how a boy from a quiet section of Queens, New York, would become an entirely new and complex breed of public figure. Trump is a man of great media savvy, entrepreneurial spirit, and political clout. Yet his career has been plagued by legal troubles and mounting controversy. From the origins of his family’s real estate fortune to his own too-big-to-fail business empire; from his education and early career to his whirlwind presidential bid, The Making of Donald Trump provides the fullest picture yet of Trump’s extraordinary ascendency. Love him or hate him, Trump’s massive influence is undeniable, and figures as diverse as Woody Guthrie (who wrote a scathing song about Trump’s father) and Red Scare prosecutor Roy Cohn, mob bosses and high rollers, as well as the average American voter, have all been pulled into his orbit. Drawing on decades of interviews, financial records, court documents, and public statements, David Cay Johnston, who has covered Trump more closely than any other journalist working today, gives us the most in-depth look yet at the man who would be president.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wolf-boys-two-american-teenagers-and-mexico-s-most-dangerous-drug-cartel-by-dan-slater--65210462https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wolf Boys: Two American Teenagers and Mexico's Most Dangerous Drug Cartel Author: Dan Slater Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The tale of two American teenagers recruited as killers for a Mexican cartel, and the Mexican American detective who realizes the War on Drugs is unstoppable. “A hell of a story…undeniably gripping.” (The New York Times) In this astonishing story, journalist Dan Slater recounts the unforgettable odyssey of Gabriel Cardona. At first glance, Gabriel is the poster-boy American teenager: athletic, bright, handsome, and charismatic. But the ghettos of Laredo, Texas—his border town—are full of smugglers and gangsters and patrolled by one of the largest law-enforcement complexes in the world. It isn’t long before Gabriel abandons his promising future for the allure of juvenile crime, which leads him across the river to Mexico’s most dangerous drug cartel: Los Zetas. Friends from his childhood join him and eventually they catch the eye of the cartel’s leadership. As the cartel wars spill over the border, Gabriel and his crew are sent to the States to work. But in Texas, the teen hit men encounter a Mexican-born homicide detective determined to keep cartel violence out of his adopted country. Detective Robert Garcia’s pursuit of the boys puts him face-to-face with the urgent consequences and new security threats of a drug war he sees as unwinnable. In Wolf Boys, Slater takes readers on a harrowing, often brutal journey into the heart of the Mexican drug trade. Ultimately though, Wolf Boys is the intimate story of the lobos: teens turned into pawns for the cartels. A nonfiction thriller, it reads with the emotional clarity of a great novel, yet offers its revelations through extraordinary reporting.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272876Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wolf Boys: Two American Teenagers and Mexico's Most Dangerous Drug Cartel Author: Dan Slater Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wolf Boys: Two American Teenagers and Mexico's Most Dangerous Drug Cartel Author: Dan Slater Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The tale of two American teenagers recruited as killers for a Mexican cartel, and the Mexican American detective who realizes the War on Drugs is unstoppable. “A hell of a story…undeniably gripping.” (The New York Times) In this astonishing story, journalist Dan Slater recounts the unforgettable odyssey of Gabriel Cardona. At first glance, Gabriel is the poster-boy American teenager: athletic, bright, handsome, and charismatic. But the ghettos of Laredo, Texas—his border town—are full of smugglers and gangsters and patrolled by one of the largest law-enforcement complexes in the world. It isn’t long before Gabriel abandons his promising future for the allure of juvenile crime, which leads him across the river to Mexico’s most dangerous drug cartel: Los Zetas. Friends from his childhood join him and eventually they catch the eye of the cartel’s leadership. As the cartel wars spill over the border, Gabriel and his crew are sent to the States to work. But in Texas, the teen hit men encounter a Mexican-born homicide detective determined to keep cartel violence out of his adopted country. Detective Robert Garcia’s pursuit of the boys puts him face-to-face with the urgent consequences and new security threats of a drug war he sees as unwinnable. In Wolf Boys, Slater takes readers on a harrowing, often brutal journey into the heart of the Mexican drug trade. Ultimately though, Wolf Boys is the intimate story of the lobos: teens turned into pawns for the cartels. A nonfiction thriller, it reads with the emotional clarity of a great novel, yet offers its revelations through extraordinary reporting.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-upside-of-inequality-how-good-intentions-undermine-the-middle-class-by-edward-conard--65210461https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273547 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Inequality: How Good Intentions Undermine the Middle Class Author: Edward Conard Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times-bestselling author of Unintended Consequences comes another bold and contrarian book by the man who famously defended capitalism and the one percent at the height of the Occupy movement.   Conventional wisdom says income inequality is rising and harmful to nearly everyone, and the rich are to blame. But as Ed Conard shows, anyone who can produce a product valued by the entire economy will find his or her income growing faster than those who are limited by the number of customers they can serve, such as schoolteachers, plumbers, doctors, and lawyers.   Consider Taylor Swift, the current queen of pop, who made $64 million in 2014. She earns more because her audience is huge, not because she takes anything away from the tens of millions of fans who happily pay for all those concert tickets, iTunes downloads, and souvenir t-shirts. Her ability to generate value can scale with the economy. The same is true for others who improve the lives of millions, like Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg and Apple CEO Tim Cook. The growing success of innovators doesn't hurt the rest of the workforce. In fact, the opposite is true--their success increases the demand for our middle and working class labor.   Challenging the arguments of liberal economists like Paul Krugman and Joseph Stiglitz, Conard reveals the truth about the income inequality panic. And by drawing on a historical study of the ebbs and flows of our economy, he proposes ways to grow the economy faster, which will benefit everyone on the income spectrum.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273547Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273547 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Inequality: How Good Intentions Undermine the Middle Class Author: Edward Conard Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273547 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Inequality: How Good Intentions Undermine the Middle Class Author: Edward Conard Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times-bestselling author of Unintended Consequences comes another bold and contrarian book by the man who famously defended capitalism and the one percent at the height of the Occupy movement.   Conventional wisdom says income inequality is rising and harmful to nearly everyone, and the rich are to blame. But as Ed Conard shows, anyone who can produce a product valued by the entire economy will find his or her income growing faster than those who are limited by the number of customers they can serve, such as schoolteachers, plumbers, doctors, and lawyers.   Consider Taylor Swift, the current queen of pop, who made $64 million in 2014. She earns more because her audience is huge, not because she takes anything away from the tens of millions of fans who happily pay for all those concert tickets, iTunes downloads, and souvenir t-shirts. Her ability to generate value can scale with the economy. The same is true for others who improve the lives of millions, like Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg and Apple CEO Tim Cook. The growing success of innovators doesn't hurt the rest of the workforce. In fact, the opposite is true--their success increases the demand for our middle and working class labor.   Challenging the arguments of liberal economists like Paul Krugman and Joseph Stiglitz, Conard reveals the truth about the income inequality panic. And by drawing on a historical study of the ebbs and flows of our economy, he proposes ways to grow the economy faster, which will benefit everyone on the income spectrum.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/scorched-earth-restoring-the-country-after-obama-by-michael-savage--65210443https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scorched Earth: Restoring the Country after Obama Author: Michael Savage Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Savage predicted the chaos that is Obama's legacy. Now he tells us whether the destruction can be stopped! The prophetic author of the bestselling Government Zero, Dr. Michael Savage is back with his most urgent and powerful work. Listeners to Dr. Savage's top-rated radio talk show, The Savage Nation, know him to be an articulate and engaged spokesman for traditional American values of borders, language, and culture. Now, after eight divisive years of Barack Obama, Dr. Savage lays out an irrefutable case for how our nation has been undermined by terrorists from without, by anarchists from within, by a president and politicians with contempt for the Constitution and the law, and by a complicit liberal media. With words and topics that are as insightful as they are timely, he makes an ironclad case for the dangers we face from Hillary Clinton and her fellow travelers in the progressive movement. He also explains why Donald Trump may be one of the two best hopes for America's future as we try to regain control of our government, our country, and our national soul. The other hope? As Dr. Savage explains in some of his most heartfelt and passionate words, it is we, the people: the ordinary 'Eddies,' as he calls them-motivated, roused, and engaged. This book is about much more than an election. It is a veteran commentator and celebrated raconteur providing a blueprint for how to regain our cherished freedoms and our national identity . . . before they are lost forever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273200Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scorched Earth: Restoring the Country after Obama Author: Michael Savage Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scorched Earth: Restoring the Country after Obama Author: Michael Savage Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Savage predicted the chaos that is Obama's legacy. Now he tells us whether the destruction can be stopped! The prophetic author of the bestselling Government Zero, Dr. Michael Savage is back with his most urgent and powerful work. Listeners to Dr. Savage's top-rated radio talk show, The Savage Nation, know him to be an articulate and engaged spokesman for traditional American values of borders, language, and culture. Now, after eight divisive years of Barack Obama, Dr. Savage lays out an irrefutable case for how our nation has been undermined by terrorists from without, by anarchists from within, by a president and politicians with contempt for the Constitution and the law, and by a complicit liberal media. With words and topics that are as insightful as they are timely, he makes an ironclad case for the dangers we face from Hillary Clinton and her fellow travelers in the progressive movement. He also explains why Donald Trump may be one of the two best hopes for America's future as we try to regain control of our government, our country, and our national soul. The other hope? As Dr. Savage explains in some of his most heartfelt and passionate words, it is we, the people: the ordinary 'Eddies,' as he calls them-motivated, roused, and engaged. This book is about much more than an election. It is a veteran commentator and celebrated raconteur providing a blueprint for how to regain our cherished freedoms and our national identity . . . before they are lost forever.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/obama-s-legacy-what-he-accomplished-as-president-by-michael-i-days--65210432https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Legacy: What He Accomplished as President Author: Michael I. Days Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As President Obama's time in the White House draws to a close, this celebratory book documents his transformative accomplishments. Evidence indicates President Barack Obama has been tremendously successful and effective by objective measures. On economic indicators alone, he is credited with the longest streak of job growth in U.S. history, a two-thirds reduction in the federal budget deficit, and the rebounding of the stock market to record highs following the record lows of the recession under his predecessor. His victories have come against a backdrop of criticism and sometimes open defiance from conservatives, lack of cooperation in Congress, and racially tinged commentary in traditional and social media. Through it all, the President who campaigned on a slogan of 'Yes, We Can!' has persevered in his determination to make a difference and left an indelible mark on American politics and the world. Legacy is a commemoration of his eight years in the White House.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273427Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Legacy: What He Accomplished as President Author: Michael I. Days Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Legacy: What He Accomplished as President Author: Michael I. Days Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As President Obama's time in the White House draws to a close, this celebratory book documents his transformative accomplishments. Evidence indicates President Barack Obama has been tremendously successful and effective by objective measures. On economic indicators alone, he is credited with the longest streak of job growth in U.S. history, a two-thirds reduction in the federal budget deficit, and the rebounding of the stock market to record highs following the record lows of the recession under his predecessor. His victories have come against a backdrop of criticism and sometimes open defiance from conservatives, lack of cooperation in Congress, and racially tinged commentary in traditional and social media. Through it all, the President who campaigned on a slogan of 'Yes, We Can!' has persevered in his determination to make a difference and left an indelible mark on American politics and the world. Legacy is a commemoration of his eight years in the White House.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gift-of-anger-use-passion-to-build-not-destroy-by-joe-solmonese--65210479https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Human Rights Campaign president Joe Solmonese shares powerful lessons learned from negotiating and collaborating with others who disagreed and even despised him. Takeaway: you can accomplish wonders-like achieving marriage equality-if you can use your anger strategically and channel it in the direction of the greater good. Under Joe Solmonese's leadership, the Human Rights Campaign, the nation's largest LGBT rights organization, became the model other organizations look toward to create effective social and political change. Ranked among the National Journal's top five most effective groups, HRC was instrumental in passing landmark national legislation such as the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the repeal of 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell,' and the passage of marriage equality in eight states. Beginning with a moving story of working with Matthew Sheppard's mother Virginia in passing the hate crimes bill that bears Matthew's name, Solmonese shows how he discovere that channeled anger can drive a commitment to change. Mrs. Sheppard taught him to keep his unquestionably justifiable anger from blinding him in the moment, and instead use it strategically, in the service of a larger purpose. In this book he uses the lessons he learned during tenure at HRC, as well as his previous position as the CEO of Emily's List, and his current work as a corporate consultant, to teach readers how they can affect real, lasting change in society and at work. His often-surprising lessons may not be entirely expected or celebrated by all groups, e.g., don't shame your enemies, find allies wherever you can, and ask for the doable, not the impossible. Most striking in this book are the stories of Joe's ability to draw some kind of win-however small-from seeming enemies. Many of these former enemies became stalwart allies over time. Joe's book is more concerned with the 'long game' of changing culture and achieving long-term goals, not the 'short game' of enforcing purity or litmus tests.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662Mon, 12 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Human Rights Campaign president Joe Solmonese shares powerful lessons learned from negotiating and collaborating with others who disagreed and even despised him. Takeaway: you can accomplish wonders-like achieving marriage equality-if you can use your anger strategically and channel it in the direction of the greater good. Under Joe Solmonese's leadership, the Human Rights Campaign, the nation's largest LGBT rights organization, became the model other organizations look toward to create effective social and political change. Ranked among the National Journal's top five most effective groups, HRC was instrumental in passing landmark national legislation such as the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the repeal of 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell,' and the passage of marriage equality in eight states. Beginning with a moving story of working with Matthew Sheppard's mother Virginia in passing the hate crimes bill that bears Matthew's name, Solmonese shows how he discovere that channeled anger can drive a commitment to change. Mrs. Sheppard taught him to keep his unquestionably justifiable anger from blinding him in the moment, and instead use it strategically, in the service of a larger purpose. In this book he uses the lessons he learned during tenure at HRC, as well as his previous position as the CEO of Emily's List, and his current work as a corporate consultant, to teach readers how they can affect real, lasting change in society and at work. His often-surprising lessons may not be entirely expected or celebrated by all groups, e.g., don't shame your enemies, find allies wherever you can, and ask for the doable, not the impossible. Most striking in this book are the stories of Joe's ability to draw some kind of win-however small-from seeming enemies. Many of these former enemies became stalwart allies over time. Joe's book is more concerned with the 'long game' of changing culture and achieving long-term goals, not the 'short game' of enforcing purity or litmus tests.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-property-an-inquiry-into-the-principle-of-right-and-of-government-by-pierre-joseph-proudhon--65210427https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Property? An Inquiry into the Principle of Right and of Government Author: Pierre-Joseph Proudhon Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What Is Property?: or, An Inquiry into the Principle of Right and of Government (French: Qu'est-ce que la propriété ? ou Recherche sur le principe du Droit et du Gouvernment) is an influential work of nonfiction on the concept of property and its relation to anarchist philosophy by the French anarchist and mutualist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, first published in 1840. In the book, Proudhon most famously declared that "property is theft". Proudhon believed that the common conception of property conflated two distinct components which, once identified, demonstrated the difference between property used to further tyranny and property used to protect liberty. He argued that the result of an individual's labor which is currently occupied or used is a legitimate form of property. Thus, he opposed unused land being regarded as property, believing that land can only be rightfully possessed by use or occupation (which he called "possession"). As an extension of his belief that legitimate property (possession) was the result of labor and occupation, he argued against such institutions as interest on loans and rent.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273869Wed, 07 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Property? An Inquiry into the Principle of Right and of Government Author: Pierre-Joseph Proudhon Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Property? An Inquiry into the Principle of Right and of Government Author: Pierre-Joseph Proudhon Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What Is Property?: or, An Inquiry into the Principle of Right and of Government (French: Qu'est-ce que la propriété ? ou Recherche sur le principe du Droit et du Gouvernment) is an influential work of nonfiction on the concept of property and its relation to anarchist philosophy by the French anarchist and mutualist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, first published in 1840. In the book, Proudhon most famously declared that "property is theft". Proudhon believed that the common conception of property conflated two distinct components which, once identified, demonstrated the difference between property used to further tyranny and property used to protect liberty. He argued that the result of an individual's labor which is currently occupied or used is a legitimate form of property. Thus, he opposed unused land being regarded as property, believing that land can only be rightfully possessed by use or occupation (which he called "possession"). As an extension of his belief that legitimate property (possession) was the result of labor and occupation, he argued against such institutions as interest on loans and rent.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/denial-movie-tie-in-holocaust-history-on-trial-by-deborah-e-lipstadt--65210463https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial [Movie Tie-in]: Holocaust History on Trial Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In her acclaimed 1993 book Denying the Holocaust, Deborah Lipstadt called David Irving, a prolific writer of books on World War II, “one of the most dangerous spokespersons for Holocaust denial.” The following year, after Lipstadt’s book was published in the United Kingdom, Irving led a libel suit against Lipstadt and her publisher. She prepared her defense with the help of a first-rate team of solicitors, historians, and experts, and a dramatic trial unfolded. Denial, previously published as History on Trial, is Lipstadt’s riveting, blow- by-blow account of this singular legal battle, which resulted in a formal denunciation of a Holocaust denier that crippled the movement for years to come. Lipstadt’s victory was proclaimed on the front page of major news- papers around the world, such as The Times (UK), which declared that “history has had its day in court and scored a crushing victory.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272636Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial [Movie Tie-in]: Holocaust History on Trial Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial [Movie Tie-in]: Holocaust History on Trial Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In her acclaimed 1993 book Denying the Holocaust, Deborah Lipstadt called David Irving, a prolific writer of books on World War II, “one of the most dangerous spokespersons for Holocaust denial.” The following year, after Lipstadt’s book was published in the United Kingdom, Irving led a libel suit against Lipstadt and her publisher. She prepared her defense with the help of a first-rate team of solicitors, historians, and experts, and a dramatic trial unfolded. Denial, previously published as History on Trial, is Lipstadt’s riveting, blow- by-blow account of this singular legal battle, which resulted in a formal denunciation of a Holocaust denier that crippled the movement for years to come. Lipstadt’s victory was proclaimed on the front page of major news- papers around the world, such as The Times (UK), which declared that “history has had its day in court and scored a crushing victory.”]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stronger-together-by-hillary-rodham-clinton-tim-kaine--65210444https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton, Tim Kaine Narrator: Kathleen Chalfant, Cotter Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For more than a year, Hillary Clinton has laid out an ambitious agenda to improve the lives of the American people and make our country stronger and safer. Stronger Together presents that agenda in full, relating stories from the American people and outlining the Clinton/Kaine campaign’s plans on everything from apprenticeships to the Zika virus, including: -Building an economy that works for everyone, not just those at the top. -Making the biggest investment in good-paying jobs since World War II, including infrastructure, manufacturing, clean energy, and small business. -Making debt-free college a reality and tackling the student debt crisis. -Defeating ISIS, strengthening our alliances, and keeping our military strong. -Breaking down the barriers that hold Americans back by reforming our broken immigration system, ending mass incarceration, protecting voting rights, and fixing our campaign finance system. -Putting families first through universal, affordable health care; paid family and medical leave, and affordable child care. Stronger Together offers specific solutions and a bold vision for building a more perfect union.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273843Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton, Tim Kaine Narrator: Kathleen Chalfant, Cotter Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton, Tim Kaine Narrator: Kathleen Chalfant, Cotter Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For more than a year, Hillary Clinton has laid out an ambitious agenda to improve the lives of the American people and make our country stronger and safer. Stronger Together presents that agenda in full, relating stories from the American people and outlining the Clinton/Kaine campaign’s plans on everything from apprenticeships to the Zika virus, including: -Building an economy that works for everyone, not just those at the top. -Making the biggest investment in good-paying jobs since World War II, including infrastructure, manufacturing, clean energy, and small business. -Making debt-free college a reality and tackling the student debt crisis. -Defeating ISIS, strengthening our alliances, and keeping our military strong. -Breaking down the barriers that hold Americans back by reforming our broken immigration system, ending mass incarceration, protecting voting rights, and fixing our campaign finance system. -Putting families first through universal, affordable health care; paid family and medical leave, and affordable child care. Stronger Together offers specific solutions and a bold vision for building a more perfect union.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-conservative-case-for-trump-by-ed-martin-brett-m-decker-phyllis-schlafly--65210441https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Case for Trump Author: Ed Martin, Brett M. Decker, Phyllis Schlafly Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Phyllis Schlafly, the woman whose celebrated classic A Choice, Not an Echo upended the 1964 Republican Convention, comes a persuasive new argument for a surprising conservative choice: Donald Trump. For the first time since 1980, a significant number of Republicans are considering abandoning their party’s nominee. This is a grave mistake, Schlafly says, because a Donald Trump “radical redirection” could actually set America back on the path of Reagan’s conservative revolution. In The Conservative Case for Trump, Schlafly and coauthors Ed Martin and Brett M. Decker set aside the circus of the campaign and zero in on eight defining points of the Trump agenda to convince Republican voters that Donald Trump—improbable as it may seem—is the true conservative they’ve been waiting for.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274202Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Case for Trump Author: Ed Martin, Brett M. Decker, Phyllis Schlafly Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Case for Trump Author: Ed Martin, Brett M. Decker, Phyllis Schlafly Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Phyllis Schlafly, the woman whose celebrated classic A Choice, Not an Echo upended the 1964 Republican Convention, comes a persuasive new argument for a surprising conservative choice: Donald Trump. For the first time since 1980, a significant number of Republicans are considering abandoning their party’s nominee. This is a grave mistake, Schlafly says, because a Donald Trump “radical redirection” could actually set America back on the path of Reagan’s conservative revolution. In The Conservative Case for Trump, Schlafly and coauthors Ed Martin and Brett M. Decker set aside the circus of the campaign and zero in on eight defining points of the Trump agenda to convince Republican voters that Donald Trump—improbable as it may seem—is the true conservative they’ve been waiting for.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mill-s-on-liberty-by-john-stuart-mill--65210448https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill's On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mill's thinking about freedom in civic and social life examines fundamental principles shared among conservative, liberal, and radical politicians. The life of true philosophy stands outside the political battles that are rampant in society and seeks the political wisdom that is necessary for a good life in any age. Mill's philosophical presentation and analysis of those principles stand alongside the reflections of Plato, Aristotle, Marcus Aurelius, and Jean-Jacques Rousseau. When the officials of any government seek to change the laws that regulate individual liberty or when rhetoricians seek to change public opinion about what individuals should or should not be allowed to say or do, Mill's On Liberty serves as an effective antidote to the poisons of excessive intrusion into the lives of individuals. The present edition is specifically designed to employ the dual nature of rhetoric - oral and written language - and to utilize electronic technology to open Mill's text to contemporary listeners. © Agora Publications]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274516Mon, 05 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill's On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 5,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill's On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mill's thinking about freedom in civic and social life examines fundamental principles shared among conservative, liberal, and radical politicians. The life of true philosophy stands outside the political battles that are rampant in society and seeks the political wisdom that is necessary for a good life in any age. Mill's philosophical presentation and analysis of those principles stand alongside the reflections of Plato, Aristotle, Marcus Aurelius, and Jean-Jacques Rousseau. When the officials of any government seek to change the laws that regulate individual liberty or when rhetoricians seek to change public opinion about what individuals should or should not be allowed to say or do, Mill's On Liberty serves as an effective antidote to the poisons of excessive intrusion into the lives of individuals. The present edition is specifically designed to employ the dual nature of rhetoric - oral and written language - and to utilize electronic technology to open Mill's text to contemporary listeners. © Agora Publications]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-carnival-campaign-how-the-rollicking-1840-campaign-of-tippecanoe-and-tyler-too-changed-presidential-elections-forever-by-ronald-g-sh--65210495https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carnival Campaign: How the Rollicking 1840 Campaign of “Tippecanoe and Tyler Too” Changed Presidential Elections Forever Author: Ronald G. Shafer Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans have come to expect that the nation’s presidential campaigns will be characterized by a carnival atmosphere emphasizing style over substance. But this fascinating account of the pivotal 1840 election reveals how the now-unavoidable traditions of big money, big rallies, shameless self-promotion, and carefully manufactured candidate images first took root in presidential politics. Pulitzer Prize–nominated former Wall Street Journal reporter Ronald G. Shafer tells the colorful story of the election battle between sitting president Martin Van Buren, a professional Democratic politician from New York, and Whig Party upstart William Henry Harrison, a military hero who was nicknamed “Old Tippecanoe” after a battlefield where he fought and won in 1811. Shafer shows how the pivotal campaign of “Tippecanoe and Tyler Too” marked a series of firsts that changed presidential politicking forever: the first presidential campaign as mass entertainment, directed at middle-income and lower-income voters; the first “image campaign,” in which strategists painted Harrison as an everyman living in a log cabin sipping hard cider (in fact, he was born into wealth, lived in a twenty-two-room mansion, and drank only sweet cider); the first campaign in which a candidate, Harrison, traveled and delivered speeches directly to voters; the first one influenced by major campaign donations; the first in which women openly participated; and the first involving massive grassroots rallies, attended by tens of thousands and marked by elaborate fanfare, including bands, floats, a log cabin on wheels, and the world’s tallest man. Some of history’s most fascinating figures—including Susan B. Anthony, Charles Dickens, Abraham Lincoln, Edgar Allan Poe, Thaddeus Stevens, and Walt Whitman—pass through this colorful story, which is essential reading for anyone interested in learning when image first came to trump ideas in presidential politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271058Thu, 01 Sep 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carnival Campaign: How the Rollicking 1840 Campaign of “Tippecanoe and Tyler Too” Changed Presidential Elections Forever Author: Ronald G. Shafer...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carnival Campaign: How the Rollicking 1840 Campaign of “Tippecanoe and Tyler Too” Changed Presidential Elections Forever Author: Ronald G. Shafer Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans have come to expect that the nation’s presidential campaigns will be characterized by a carnival atmosphere emphasizing style over substance. But this fascinating account of the pivotal 1840 election reveals how the now-unavoidable traditions of big money, big rallies, shameless self-promotion, and carefully manufactured candidate images first took root in presidential politics. Pulitzer Prize–nominated former Wall Street Journal reporter Ronald G. Shafer tells the colorful story of the election battle between sitting president Martin Van Buren, a professional Democratic politician from New York, and Whig Party upstart William Henry Harrison, a military hero who was nicknamed “Old Tippecanoe” after a battlefield where he fought and won in 1811. Shafer shows how the pivotal campaign of “Tippecanoe and Tyler Too” marked a series of firsts that changed presidential politicking forever: the first presidential campaign as mass entertainment, directed at middle-income and lower-income voters; the first “image campaign,” in which strategists painted Harrison as an everyman living in a log cabin sipping hard cider (in fact, he was born into wealth, lived in a twenty-two-room mansion, and drank only sweet cider); the first campaign in which a candidate, Harrison, traveled and delivered speeches directly to voters; the first one influenced by major campaign donations; the first in which women openly participated; and the first involving massive grassroots rallies, attended by tens of thousands and marked by elaborate fanfare, including bands, floats, a log cabin on wheels, and the world’s tallest man. Some of history’s most fascinating figures—including Susan B. Anthony, Charles Dickens, Abraham Lincoln, Edgar Allan Poe, Thaddeus Stevens, and Walt Whitman—pass through this colorful story, which is essential reading for anyone interested in learning when image first came to trump ideas in presidential politics.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-iran-wars-spy-games-bank-battles-and-the-secret-deals-that-reshaped-the-middle-east-by-jay-solomon--65210473https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Iran Wars: Spy Games, Bank Battles, and the Secret Deals That Reshaped the Middle East Author: Jay Solomon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Qasem Soleimani to the nuclear deal, a deeply reported exploration of Iran’s decades-long power struggle with the United States—in the tradition of Steve Coll’s Ghost Wars and Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower   “A front-row view of the spy games, assassinations, political intrigue and high-stakes diplomacy that have defined relations with one of America’s most cunning and dangerous foes.”—Joby Warrick, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS For more than a decade, the United States has been engaged in a war with Iran as momentous as any other in the Middle East—a war all the more significant as it has largely been hidden from public view. Through a combination of economic sanctions, global diplomacy, and intelligence work, successive U.S. administrations have struggled to contain Iran’s aspirations to become a nuclear power and dominate the region—what many view as the most serious threat to peace in the Middle East. Meanwhile, Iran has used regional instability to its advantage to undermine America’s interests. The Iran Wars is an absorbing account of a battle waged on many levels—military, financial, and covert. Jay Solomon’s book is the product of extensive in-depth reporting and interviews with all the key players in the conflict—from high-ranking Iranian officials to Secretary of State John Kerry and his negotiating team. With a reporter’s masterly investigative eye and the narrative dexterity of a great historian, Solomon shows how Iran’s nuclear development went unnoticed for years by the international community only to become its top security concern. He catalogs the blunders of both the Bush and Obama administrations as they grappled with how to engage Iran, producing a series of both carrots and sticks. And he takes us inside the hotel suites where the 2015 nuclear agreement was negotiated, offering a frank assessment of the uncertain future of the U.S.-Iran relationship. This is a book rife with revelations, from the secret communications between the Obama administration and the Iranian government to dispatches from the front lines of the new field of financial warfare. For readers of Steve Coll’s Ghost Wars and Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower, The Iran Wars exposes the hidden history of a conflict whose outcome could have far-reaching geopolitical implications.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273425Tue, 30 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Iran Wars: Spy Games, Bank Battles, and the Secret Deals That Reshaped the Middle East Author: Jay Solomon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Iran Wars: Spy Games, Bank Battles, and the Secret Deals That Reshaped the Middle East Author: Jay Solomon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Qasem Soleimani to the nuclear deal, a deeply reported exploration of Iran’s decades-long power struggle with the United States—in the tradition of Steve Coll’s Ghost Wars and Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower   “A front-row view of the spy games, assassinations, political intrigue and high-stakes diplomacy that have defined relations with one of America’s most cunning and dangerous foes.”—Joby Warrick, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS For more than a decade, the United States has been engaged in a war with Iran as momentous as any other in the Middle East—a war all the more significant as it has largely been hidden from public view. Through a combination of economic sanctions, global diplomacy, and intelligence work, successive U.S. administrations have struggled to contain Iran’s aspirations to become a nuclear power and dominate the region—what many view as the most serious threat to peace in the Middle East. Meanwhile, Iran has used regional instability to its advantage to undermine America’s interests. The Iran Wars is an absorbing account of a battle waged on many levels—military, financial, and covert. Jay Solomon’s book is the product of extensive in-depth reporting and interviews with all the key players in the conflict—from high-ranking Iranian officials to Secretary of State John Kerry and his negotiating team. With a reporter’s masterly investigative eye and the narrative dexterity of a great historian, Solomon shows how Iran’s nuclear development went unnoticed for years by the international community only to become its top security concern. He catalogs the blunders of both the Bush and Obama administrations as they grappled with how to engage Iran, producing a series of both carrots and sticks. And he takes us inside the hotel suites where the 2015 nuclear agreement was negotiated, offering a frank assessment of the uncertain future of the U.S.-Iran relationship. This is a book rife with revelations, from the secret communications between the Obama administration and the Iranian government to dispatches from the front lines of the new field of financial warfare. For readers of Steve Coll’s Ghost Wars and Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower, The Iran Wars exposes the hidden history of a conflict whose outcome could have far-reaching geopolitical implications.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-re-still-right-they-re-still-wrong-the-democrats-case-for-2016-by-james-carville--65210471https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Still Right, They're Still Wrong: The Democrats' Case for 2016 Author: James Carville Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, James Carville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his 1996 #1 New York Times bestseller We’re Right, They’re Wrong, political strategist James Carville eviscerated the Republican economic agenda and debunked many of the GOP’s ludicrous positions on national issues such as health care, welfare, tax reform, and economic growth. Now, twenty years after the book’s publication, Carville acknowledges that not much has changed. In fact, he maintains that it was the Democratic policies enacted by Presidents Clinton and Obama that salvaged America’s financial well-being during the last two decades, saving us from a collapse that George W. Bush and the Republican Congressional majorities inspired. In We’re Still Right, They’re Still Wrong, Carville analyzes how the Republican party has ultimately failed to deliver on its promises and how Donald J. Trump—the party’s likely nominee in the 2016 presidential election—is the embodiment of that failure—and worse. Make no mistake, says Carville: Trump’s ascendance is no accident, but a revealing sign that the GOP is intellectually bankrupt and on the wrong side of today’s critical issues, including economic inequality and global warming. Written with Carville’s trademark sarcasm, folksiness, wit, and downhome common sense, We’re Still Right, They’re Still Wrong is a timely guide for voters, politicians, and journalists trying to make sense of our country’s most divisive and contentious election of the century. With an Introduction read by the Author]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272464Tue, 30 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Still Right, They're Still Wrong: The Democrats' Case for 2016 Author: James Carville Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, James Carville Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Still Right, They're Still Wrong: The Democrats' Case for 2016 Author: James Carville Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, James Carville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his 1996 #1 New York Times bestseller We’re Right, They’re Wrong, political strategist James Carville eviscerated the Republican economic agenda and debunked many of the GOP’s ludicrous positions on national issues such as health care, welfare, tax reform, and economic growth. Now, twenty years after the book’s publication, Carville acknowledges that not much has changed. In fact, he maintains that it was the Democratic policies enacted by Presidents Clinton and Obama that salvaged America’s financial well-being during the last two decades, saving us from a collapse that George W. Bush and the Republican Congressional majorities inspired. In We’re Still Right, They’re Still Wrong, Carville analyzes how the Republican party has ultimately failed to deliver on its promises and how Donald J. Trump—the party’s likely nominee in the 2016 presidential election—is the embodiment of that failure—and worse. Make no mistake, says Carville: Trump’s ascendance is no accident, but a revealing sign that the GOP is intellectually bankrupt and on the wrong side of today’s critical issues, including economic inequality and global warming. Written with Carville’s trademark sarcasm, folksiness, wit, and downhome common sense, We’re Still Right, They’re Still Wrong is a timely guide for voters, politicians, and journalists trying to make sense of our country’s most divisive and contentious election of the century. With an Introduction read by the Author]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/see-something-say-something-a-homeland-security-officer-exposes-the-government-s-submission-to-jihad-by-philip-haney-art-moore--65210468https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Something Say Something: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government's Submission to Jihad Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore Narrator: Michael Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One day after a prominent U.S. Muslim leader reacted to the November 2015 Paris attacks with a declaration that the Islamic State, also known as ISIS, has nothing to do with Islam, President Obama made the same assertion. Who exactly is the enemy we face, not only in the Middle East but also within our borders? Is it "murderers without a coherent creed"; or "nihilistic killers who want to tear things down," as some described ISIS after 130 people were brutally slain and another 368 injured in a coordinated attack on Western soil that authorities say was organized with help from inside France's Muslim communities. After the Paris attacks, Obama, himself, described ISIS as "simply a network of killers who are brutalizing local populations." When the Department of Homeland Security was founded in 2003, its stated purpose was "preventing terrorist attacks within the United States and reducing America's vulnerability to terrorism." The Bush administration's definition of the enemy as a tactic, terrorism, rather than a specific movement, proved consequential amid a culture of political correctness. By the time President Obama took office, Muslim Brotherhood-linked leaders in the United States were forcing changes to national security policy and even being invited into the highest chambers of influence. A policy known as Countering Violent Extremism emerged, downplaying the threat of supremacist Islam as unrelated to the religion and just one among many violent ideological movements. When recently retired DHS frontline officer and intelligence expert Philip Haney bravely tried to say something about the people and organizations that threatened the nation, his intelligence information was eliminated, and he was investigated by the very agency assigned to protect the country. The national campaign by the DHS to raise public awareness of terrorism and terrorism-related crime known as If You See Something, Say Something effectively has become If You See Something, Say Nothing. In See Something, Say Nothing, Haney a charter member of DHS with previous experience in the Middle East and co-author Art Moore expose just how deeply the submission, denial and deception run. Haney's insider, eyewitness account, supported by internal memos and documents, exposes a federal government capitulating to an enemy within and punishing those who reject its narrative.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274010Tue, 30 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Something Say Something: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government's Submission to Jihad Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore Narrator: Michael...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Something Say Something: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government's Submission to Jihad Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore Narrator: Michael Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One day after a prominent U.S. Muslim leader reacted to the November 2015 Paris attacks with a declaration that the Islamic State, also known as ISIS, has nothing to do with Islam, President Obama made the same assertion. Who exactly is the enemy we face, not only in the Middle East but also within our borders? Is it "murderers without a coherent creed"; or "nihilistic killers who want to tear things down," as some described ISIS after 130 people were brutally slain and another 368 injured in a coordinated attack on Western soil that authorities say was organized with help from inside France's Muslim communities. After the Paris attacks, Obama, himself, described ISIS as "simply a network of killers who are brutalizing local populations." When the Department of Homeland Security was founded in 2003, its stated purpose was "preventing terrorist attacks within the United States and reducing America's vulnerability to terrorism." The Bush administration's definition of the enemy as a tactic, terrorism, rather than a specific movement, proved consequential amid a culture of political correctness. By the time President Obama took office, Muslim Brotherhood-linked leaders in the United States were forcing changes to national security policy and even being invited into the highest chambers of influence. A policy known as Countering Violent Extremism emerged, downplaying the threat of supremacist Islam as unrelated to the religion and just one among many violent ideological movements. When recently retired DHS frontline officer and intelligence expert Philip Haney bravely tried to say something about the people and organizations that threatened the nation, his intelligence information was eliminated, and he was investigated by the very agency assigned to protect the country. The national campaign by the DHS to raise public awareness of terrorism and terrorism-related crime known as If You See Something, Say Something effectively has become If You See Something, Say Nothing. In See Something, Say Nothing, Haney a charter member of DHS with previous experience in the Middle East and co-author Art Moore expose just how deeply the submission, denial and deception run. Haney's insider, eyewitness account, supported by internal memos and documents, exposes a federal government capitulating to an enemy within and punishing those who reject its narrative.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/clean-house-exposing-our-government-s-secrets-and-lies-by-tom-fitton--65210457https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clean House: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times bestselling author of The Corruption Chronicles comes a devastating expose of the scandals of Obama's second term. Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reveals what the largest watchdog agency in America has uncovered in its battles against Obama secrecy. Clean House takes us through incriminating documents from the attack in Benghazi, Hillary Clinton’s secret emails, the IRS scandal, and the Obamacare swindle. As the president of Judicial Watch, America’s largest non-partisan government watchdog, Tom Fitton has investigated the Clinton, Bush, and Obama administrations. Judicial Watch is the group that helped impeach Bill Clinton and took the Bush White House secrecy all the way up to the Supreme Court. Since the beginning of the Obama administration, this grassroots group has filed over 700 open records demands and dozens of lawsuits, including a successful fight over the secret Obama White House visitor logs. Americans are rightly worried they are losing their country. How did five Congressional committees miss the smoking gun on Benghazi? How did Hillary Clinton keep a secret email server quiet for years? Does the IRS audit you because of your politics? Did the first American target of Obama’s drone program work for the US government? How did Congress commit fraud to get Obamacare taxpayer subsidies? In Clean House, Tom Fitton answers these questions and provides shocking evidence of the corruption endemic to the Obama White House.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270802Tue, 30 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clean House: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clean House: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times bestselling author of The Corruption Chronicles comes a devastating expose of the scandals of Obama's second term. Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reveals what the largest watchdog agency in America has uncovered in its battles against Obama secrecy. Clean House takes us through incriminating documents from the attack in Benghazi, Hillary Clinton’s secret emails, the IRS scandal, and the Obamacare swindle. As the president of Judicial Watch, America’s largest non-partisan government watchdog, Tom Fitton has investigated the Clinton, Bush, and Obama administrations. Judicial Watch is the group that helped impeach Bill Clinton and took the Bush White House secrecy all the way up to the Supreme Court. Since the beginning of the Obama administration, this grassroots group has filed over 700 open records demands and dozens of lawsuits, including a successful fight over the secret Obama White House visitor logs. Americans are rightly worried they are losing their country. How did five Congressional committees miss the smoking gun on Benghazi? How did Hillary Clinton keep a secret email server quiet for years? Does the IRS audit you because of your politics? Did the first American target of Obama’s drone program work for the US government? How did Congress commit fraud to get Obamacare taxpayer subsidies? In Clean House, Tom Fitton answers these questions and provides shocking evidence of the corruption endemic to the Obama White House.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fractured-republic-renewing-america-s-social-contract-in-the-age-of-individualism-by-yuval-levin--65210494https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fractured Republic: Renewing America's Social Contract in the Age of Individualism Author: Yuval Levin Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans today are frustrated and anxious. Our economy is sluggish and leaves workers insecure. Income inequality, cultural divisions, and political polarization increasingly pull us apart. Our governing institutions often seem paralyzed. And our politics has failed to rise to these challenges. No wonder, then, that Americans - and the politicians who represent them - are overwhelmingly nostalgic for a better time. The Left looks back to the middle of the twentieth century, when unions were strong, large public programs promised to solve pressing social problems, and the movements for racial integration and sexual equality were advancing. The Right looks back to the Reagan Era, when deregulation and lower taxes spurred the economy, cultural traditionalism seemed resurgent, and America was confident and optimistic. Each side thinks returning to its golden age could solve America's problems. In The Fractured Republic, Yuval Levin argues that this politics of nostalgia is failing twenty-first-century Americans. Both parties are blind to how America has changed over the past half century-as the large, consolidated institutions that once dominated our economy, politics, and culture have fragmented and become smaller, more diverse, and personalized. Individualism, dynamism, and liberalization have come at the cost of dwindling solidarity, cohesion, and social order. This has left us with more choices in every realm of life but less security, stability, and national unity. Both our strengths and our weaknesses are therefore consequences of these changes. And the dysfunctions of our fragmented national life will need to be answered by the strengths of our decentralized, diverse, dynamic nation. Levin argues that this calls for a modernizing politics that avoids both radical individualism and a centralizing statism and instead revives the middle layers of society - families and communities, schools and churches, charities and associations, local governments and markets. Through them, we can achieve not a single solution to the problems of our age, but multiple and tailored answers fitted to the daunting range of challenges we face and suited to enable an American revival.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270425Tue, 23 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fractured Republic: Renewing America's Social Contract in the Age of Individualism Author: Yuval Levin Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fractured Republic: Renewing America's Social Contract in the Age of Individualism Author: Yuval Levin Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans today are frustrated and anxious. Our economy is sluggish and leaves workers insecure. Income inequality, cultural divisions, and political polarization increasingly pull us apart. Our governing institutions often seem paralyzed. And our politics has failed to rise to these challenges. No wonder, then, that Americans - and the politicians who represent them - are overwhelmingly nostalgic for a better time. The Left looks back to the middle of the twentieth century, when unions were strong, large public programs promised to solve pressing social problems, and the movements for racial integration and sexual equality were advancing. The Right looks back to the Reagan Era, when deregulation and lower taxes spurred the economy, cultural traditionalism seemed resurgent, and America was confident and optimistic. Each side thinks returning to its golden age could solve America's problems. In The Fractured Republic, Yuval Levin argues that this politics of nostalgia is failing twenty-first-century Americans. Both parties are blind to how America has changed over the past half century-as the large, consolidated institutions that once dominated our economy, politics, and culture have fragmented and become smaller, more diverse, and personalized. Individualism, dynamism, and liberalization have come at the cost of dwindling solidarity, cohesion, and social order. This has left us with more choices in every realm of life but less security, stability, and national unity. Both our strengths and our weaknesses are therefore consequences of these changes. And the dysfunctions of our fragmented national life will need to be answered by the strengths of our decentralized, diverse, dynamic nation. Levin argues that this calls for a modernizing politics that avoids both radical individualism and a centralizing statism and instead revives the middle layers of society - families and communities, schools and churches, charities and associations, local governments and markets. Through them, we can achieve not a single solution to the problems of our age, but multiple and tailored answers fitted to the daunting range of challenges we face and suited to enable an American revival.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-terror-years-from-al-qaeda-to-the-islamic-state-by-lawrence-wright--65210478https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terror Years: From al-Qaeda to the Islamic State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the Pulitzer Prize–winning The Looming Tower, Lawrence Wright became generally acknowledged as one of our major journalists writing on terrorism in the Middle East. Here, in ten powerful pieces first published in The New Yorker, he recalls the path that terror in the Middle East has taken, from the rise of al-Qaeda in the 1990s to the recent beheadings of reporters and aid workers by ISIS. The Terror Years draws on several articles he wrote while researching The Looming Tower, as well as many that he’s written since, following where and how al-Qaeda and its core cultlike beliefs have morphed and spread. They include a portrait of the “man behind bin Laden,” Ayman al-Zawahiri, and the tumultuous Egypt he helped spawn; an indelible impression of Saudi Arabia, a kingdom of silence under the control of the religious police; the Syrian film industry, at the time compliant at the edges but already exuding a feeling of the barely masked fury that erupted into civil war; the 2006–11 Israeli-Palestinian conflict in Gaza, a study in the disparate value of human lives. Other chapters examine al-Qaeda as it forms a master plan for its future, experiences a rebellion from within the organization, and spins off a growing web of worldwide terror. The American response is covered in profiles of two FBI agents and the head of the intelligence community. The book ends with a devastating piece about the capture and slaying by ISIS of four American journalists and aid workers, and our government’s failed response.   On the fifteenth anniversary of 9/11, The Terror Years is at once a unifying recollection of the roots of contemporary Middle Eastern terrorism, a study of how it has grown and metastasized, and, in the scary and moving epilogue, a cautionary tale of where terrorism might take us yet.  With a Prologue read by the Author AFP PHOTO/HO/ISIL]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270844Tue, 23 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terror Years: From al-Qaeda to the Islamic State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terror Years: From al-Qaeda to the Islamic State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the Pulitzer Prize–winning The Looming Tower, Lawrence Wright became generally acknowledged as one of our major journalists writing on terrorism in the Middle East. Here, in ten powerful pieces first published in The New Yorker, he recalls the path that terror in the Middle East has taken, from the rise of al-Qaeda in the 1990s to the recent beheadings of reporters and aid workers by ISIS. The Terror Years draws on several articles he wrote while researching The Looming Tower, as well as many that he’s written since, following where and how al-Qaeda and its core cultlike beliefs have morphed and spread. They include a portrait of the “man behind bin Laden,” Ayman al-Zawahiri, and the tumultuous Egypt he helped spawn; an indelible impression of Saudi Arabia, a kingdom of silence under the control of the religious police; the Syrian film industry, at the time compliant at the edges but already exuding a feeling of the barely masked fury that erupted into civil war; the 2006–11 Israeli-Palestinian conflict in Gaza, a study in the disparate value of human lives. Other chapters examine al-Qaeda as it forms a master plan for its future, experiences a rebellion from within the organization, and spins off a growing web of worldwide terror. The American response is covered in profiles of two FBI agents and the head of the intelligence community. The book ends with a devastating piece about the capture and slaying by ISIS of four American journalists and aid workers, and our government’s failed response.   On the fifteenth anniversary of 9/11, The Terror Years is at once a unifying recollection of the roots of contemporary Middle Eastern terrorism, a study of how it has grown and metastasized, and, in the scary and moving epilogue, a cautionary tale of where terrorism might take us yet.  With a Prologue read by the Author AFP PHOTO/HO/ISIL]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-in-trump-we-trust-e-pluribus-awesome-that-was-the-easy-part-and-is-fighting-for-us-by-ann-coulter--65210440https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In In Trump We Trust: E Pluribus Awesome! (that was the easy part) and is Fighting for US Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump won the presidency by being a one-man wrecking ball against our dysfunctional and corrupt establishment.  Now Ann Coulter, with her unique insight, candor, and sense of humor, makes the definitive case for why we should all join his revolution.   The media have twisted themselves in knots, trying to grasp how Donald Trump won over millions of Americans and what he'll be like as president.   But Ann Coulter isn't puzzled. She knows why Trump was the only one of seventeen GOP contenders who captured the spirit of our time. She gets the power of addressing the pain of the silent majority and saying things the 'PC Thought Police' considers unspeakable. She argues that a bull in the china shop is exactly what we need to make America great again.   In this powerful book, Coulter explains why conservatives, moderates, and even disgruntled Democrats should set aside their doubts and embrace Trump: ·He's putting America first in our trade deals and alliances, rather than pandering to our allies and enemies. ·He's abandoned the GOP's decades-long commitment to a bellicose foreign policy, at a time when the entire country is sick of unnecessary wars. ·He's ended GOP pandering to Hispanic activists with his hard-line policy on immigration. Working class Americans finally have a champion against open borders and cheap foreign labor. ·He's overturned the media's traditional role in setting the agenda and defining who gets to be considered 'presidential.' ·He's exposed political consultants as grifters and hacks, most of whom don't know real voters from a hole in the ground. If you're already a Trump fan, Ann Coulter will help you defend and promote your position. If you're not, she might just change your mind.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269509Tue, 23 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In In Trump We Trust: E Pluribus Awesome! (that was the easy part) and is Fighting for US Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In In Trump We Trust: E Pluribus Awesome! (that was the easy part) and is Fighting for US Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump won the presidency by being a one-man wrecking ball against our dysfunctional and corrupt establishment.  Now Ann Coulter, with her unique insight, candor, and sense of humor, makes the definitive case for why we should all join his revolution.   The media have twisted themselves in knots, trying to grasp how Donald Trump won over millions of Americans and what he'll be like as president.   But Ann Coulter isn't puzzled. She knows why Trump was the only one of seventeen GOP contenders who captured the spirit of our time. She gets the power of addressing the pain of the silent majority and saying things the 'PC Thought Police' considers unspeakable. She argues that a bull in the china shop is exactly what we need to make America great again.   In this powerful book, Coulter explains why conservatives, moderates, and even disgruntled Democrats should set aside their doubts and embrace Trump: ·He's putting America first in our trade deals and alliances, rather than pandering to our allies and enemies. ·He's abandoned the GOP's decades-long commitment to a bellicose foreign policy, at a time when the entire country is sick of unnecessary wars. ·He's ended GOP pandering to Hispanic activists with his hard-line policy on immigration. Working class Americans finally have a champion against open borders and cheap foreign labor. ·He's overturned the media's traditional role in setting the agenda and defining who gets to be considered 'presidential.' ·He's exposed political consultants as grifters and hacks, most of whom don't know real voters from a hole in the ground. If you're already a Trump fan, Ann Coulter will help you defend and promote your position. If you're not, she might just change your mind.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-15-17-to-paris-the-true-story-of-a-terrorist-a-train-and-three-american-heroes-by-jeffrey-e-stern-spencer-stone-alek-skarlatos-ant--65210431https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision-to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone-depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travelers, needed it most.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273128Tue, 23 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train, and Three American Heroes Author: Jeffrey E Stern, Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision-to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone-depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travelers, needed it most.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-revealed-the-definitive-biography-of-the-45th-president-by-marc-fisher-michael-kranish--65210429https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270387 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Revealed: The Definitive Biography of the 45th President Author: Marc Fisher, Michael Kranish Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller A Philadelphia Inquirer Best Book of the Year A Los Angeles Times Most Important Book of the Year Hailed as “authoritative” and “essential,” and based on the work of two dozen reporters and twenty hours of interviews with Trump, Trump Revealed is the indispensable and now updated biography of the 45th president of the United States. Who is Donald J. Trump? To discover Trump in full, the Washington Post assembled a team of award-winning reporters and researchers to investigate every aspect of his life, from his privileged upbringing in Queens to his hundreds of lawsuits, his infamous womanizing, his shifting position on abortion rights, his dizzying seven changes in party affiliation, and his astonishing, disruptive election as president in November 2016. Coauthored by Washington Post investigative political reporter Michael Kranish and senior editor Marc Fisher, Trump Revealed details the 1970s Justice Department suit against Trump and his father for racial discrimination, his business and political machinations and alleged organized crime connections, his disastrous Atlantic City casino projects, and his relentless pursuit of the attentions of the media. What emerges is a portrait of “a man certain of his views, hugely confident in his abilities, not terribly well informed, quick to take offense,” a man with a penchant for big bets—on real estate, branded businesses, and, ultimately, on himself. In the wake of the most controversial and polarizing election in modern American history, Trump Revealed provides essential insight into this billionaire businessman, celebrity, and global brand who is now the president of the United States.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270387Tue, 23 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270387 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Revealed: The Definitive Biography of the 45th President Author: Marc Fisher, Michael Kranish Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270387 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Revealed: The Definitive Biography of the 45th President Author: Marc Fisher, Michael Kranish Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller A Philadelphia Inquirer Best Book of the Year A Los Angeles Times Most Important Book of the Year Hailed as “authoritative” and “essential,” and based on the work of two dozen reporters and twenty hours of interviews with Trump, Trump Revealed is the indispensable and now updated biography of the 45th president of the United States. Who is Donald J. Trump? To discover Trump in full, the Washington Post assembled a team of award-winning reporters and researchers to investigate every aspect of his life, from his privileged upbringing in Queens to his hundreds of lawsuits, his infamous womanizing, his shifting position on abortion rights, his dizzying seven changes in party affiliation, and his astonishing, disruptive election as president in November 2016. Coauthored by Washington Post investigative political reporter Michael Kranish and senior editor Marc Fisher, Trump Revealed details the 1970s Justice Department suit against Trump and his father for racial discrimination, his business and political machinations and alleged organized crime connections, his disastrous Atlantic City casino projects, and his relentless pursuit of the attentions of the media. What emerges is a portrait of “a man certain of his views, hugely confident in his abilities, not terribly well informed, quick to take offense,” a man with a penchant for big bets—on real estate, branded businesses, and, ultimately, on himself. In the wake of the most controversial and polarizing election in modern American history, Trump Revealed provides essential insight into this billionaire businessman, celebrity, and global brand who is now the president of the United States.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/republic-lost-how-money-corrupts-congress-and-a-plan-to-stop-it-by-lawrence-lessig--65210480https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School professor Lawrence Lessig investigates the most vexing problem in American democracy: how money corrupts our nation's politics, and the critical campaign to stop it. In an era when special interests funnel huge amounts of money into our government-driven by shifts in campaign-finance rules and brought to new levels by the Supreme Court in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission-trust in our government has reached an all-time low. More than ever before, Americans believe that money buys results in Congress, and that business interests wield control over our legislature. With heartfelt urgency and a keen desire for righting wrongs, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig takes a clear-eyed look at how we arrived at this crisis: how fundamentally good people, with good intentions, have allowed our democracy to be co-opted by outside interests, and how this exploitation has become entrenched in the system. Rejecting simple labels and reductive logic-and instead using examples that resonate as powerfully on the Right as on the Left-Lessig seeks out the root causes of our situation. He plumbs the issues of campaign financing and corporate lobbying, revealing the human faces and follies that have allowed corruption to take such a foothold in our system. He puts theissues in terms that nonwonks can understand, using real-world analogies and real human stories. And ultimately he calls for widespread mobilization and a new Constitutional Convention, presenting achievable solutions for regaining control of our corrupted-but redeemable-representational system. In this way, Lessig plots a roadmap for returning our republic to its intended greatness. While America may be divided, Lessig vividly champions the idea that we can succeed if we accept that corruption is our common enemy and that we must find a way to fight against it. In Republic Lost, he not only makes this need palpable and clear-he gives us the practical and intellectual tools to do something about it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269900Tue, 16 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School professor Lawrence Lessig investigates the most vexing problem in American democracy: how money corrupts our nation's politics, and the critical campaign to stop it. In an era when special interests funnel huge amounts of money into our government-driven by shifts in campaign-finance rules and brought to new levels by the Supreme Court in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission-trust in our government has reached an all-time low. More than ever before, Americans believe that money buys results in Congress, and that business interests wield control over our legislature. With heartfelt urgency and a keen desire for righting wrongs, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig takes a clear-eyed look at how we arrived at this crisis: how fundamentally good people, with good intentions, have allowed our democracy to be co-opted by outside interests, and how this exploitation has become entrenched in the system. Rejecting simple labels and reductive logic-and instead using examples that resonate as powerfully on the Right as on the Left-Lessig seeks out the root causes of our situation. He plumbs the issues of campaign financing and corporate lobbying, revealing the human faces and follies that have allowed corruption to take such a foothold in our system. He puts theissues in terms that nonwonks can understand, using real-world analogies and real human stories. And ultimately he calls for widespread mobilization and a new Constitutional Convention, presenting achievable solutions for regaining control of our corrupted-but redeemable-representational system. In this way, Lessig plots a roadmap for returning our republic to its intended greatness. While America may be divided, Lessig vividly champions the idea that we can succeed if we accept that corruption is our common enemy and that we must find a way to fight against it. In Republic Lost, he not only makes this need palpable and clear-he gives us the practical and intellectual tools to do something about it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/upside-down-how-the-left-has-made-right-wrong-truth-lies-and-good-bad-by-mark-davis--65210470https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside Down: How the Left has Made Right Wrong, Truth Lies, and Good Bad Author: Mark Davis Narrator: Mark Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fossil fuels are bad. Illegal immigration is necessary for the economy. Free markets are arbitrary and cruel. Christians are intolerant. Men and women are exactly the same. The dogma preached by the far left has gone mainstream and the results are frightening: Most of what you hear these days is flat-out wrong. Mark Davis pulls apart the tenets of liberal dogma in Upside Down, a right-side-up correction of everything that's wrong with today's topsy=turvy world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270559Mon, 15 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside Down: How the Left has Made Right Wrong, Truth Lies, and Good Bad Author: Mark Davis Narrator: Mark Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside Down: How the Left has Made Right Wrong, Truth Lies, and Good Bad Author: Mark Davis Narrator: Mark Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fossil fuels are bad. Illegal immigration is necessary for the economy. Free markets are arbitrary and cruel. Christians are intolerant. Men and women are exactly the same. The dogma preached by the far left has gone mainstream and the results are frightening: Most of what you hear these days is flat-out wrong. Mark Davis pulls apart the tenets of liberal dogma in Upside Down, a right-side-up correction of everything that's wrong with today's topsy=turvy world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/adnan-s-story-the-case-that-inspired-the-podcast-phenomenon-serial-by-rabia-chaudry--65210446https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adnan's Story: The Case That Inspired the Podcast Phenomenon Serial Author: Rabia Chaudry Narrator: Rabia Chaudry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AFTER 23 YEARS IN PRISON, ADNAN'S CONVICTION HAS FINALLY BEEN OVERTURNED - BUT HAE MIN LEE'S REAL KILLER IS STILL OUT THERE. 'This book provides a far stronger argument . . . than Syed's defence lawyer did in 1999' INDEPENDENT 'The first letter I received after being arrested in 1999 was from Rabia. Since that time until now, she has believed in my innocence and been committed to my exoneration . . . There is no one better to help tell my story, and no one that I trust more to tell it, than Rabia.' ADNAN SYED THE CASE THAT INSPIRED THE PODCAST PHENOMENON SERIAL, AND THE HBO DOCUSERIES THE CASE AGAINST ADNAN SYED On February 28, 2000, Adnan Syed was convicted and sentenced to life plus thirty years for the murder of his ex-girlfriend Hae Min Lee, a high school senior in Baltimore, Maryland. From the moment of his arrest, Syed has consistently maintained his innocence. Rabia Chaudry, a family friend, always believed him and has never given up the hope that he might someday be released. By 2013, however, after almost all appeals had been exhausted, things looked bleak. That's when Rabia contacted Sarah Koenig, a producer at This American Life, in the hopes of finding a journalist who would bring greater attention to Adnan's story and might shed new light on the case. Koenig's investigation turned into Serial, an international phenomenon and Peabody Award-winning podcast. In 2022, after 23 years in prison, Adnan's conviction was overturned, and he was finally freed. But Hae Min Lee's real killer is still out there. Adnan's Story re-examines the investigation that led to Adnan Syed's arrest, shares his life in prison, covers new evidence and possibilities that have since come to light, and reviews the recent court successes - including a ruling by a Maryland judge to reopen Syed's case. Woven with personal reflections from Adnan himself, including new never-before-seen letters he penned from prison, the story of his family, community, and public advocate Chaudry, the book gives brilliant insight into the story that captivated the attention of millions as his legal team and investigatory team, along with countless others who have crowd-sourced an investigation like never before, seek to exonerate him and find out the truth of what really happened on that day in 1999. But this is not only a personal story, but a testament to a thoroughly broken system that convicts tens of thousands of innocent people, and how the power of the media and public can move rigid institutions to bring about justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270045Thu, 11 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adnan's Story: The Case That Inspired the Podcast Phenomenon Serial Author: Rabia Chaudry Narrator: Rabia Chaudry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adnan's Story: The Case That Inspired the Podcast Phenomenon Serial Author: Rabia Chaudry Narrator: Rabia Chaudry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AFTER 23 YEARS IN PRISON, ADNAN'S CONVICTION HAS FINALLY BEEN OVERTURNED - BUT HAE MIN LEE'S REAL KILLER IS STILL OUT THERE. 'This book provides a far stronger argument . . . than Syed's defence lawyer did in 1999' INDEPENDENT 'The first letter I received after being arrested in 1999 was from Rabia. Since that time until now, she has believed in my innocence and been committed to my exoneration . . . There is no one better to help tell my story, and no one that I trust more to tell it, than Rabia.' ADNAN SYED THE CASE THAT INSPIRED THE PODCAST PHENOMENON SERIAL, AND THE HBO DOCUSERIES THE CASE AGAINST ADNAN SYED On February 28, 2000, Adnan Syed was convicted and sentenced to life plus thirty years for the murder of his ex-girlfriend Hae Min Lee, a high school senior in Baltimore, Maryland. From the moment of his arrest, Syed has consistently maintained his innocence. Rabia Chaudry, a family friend, always believed him and has never given up the hope that he might someday be released. By 2013, however, after almost all appeals had been exhausted, things looked bleak. That's when Rabia contacted Sarah Koenig, a producer at This American Life, in the hopes of finding a journalist who would bring greater attention to Adnan's story and might shed new light on the case. Koenig's investigation turned into Serial, an international phenomenon and Peabody Award-winning podcast. In 2022, after 23 years in prison, Adnan's conviction was overturned, and he was finally freed. But Hae Min Lee's real killer is still out there. Adnan's Story re-examines the investigation that led to Adnan Syed's arrest, shares his life in prison, covers new evidence and possibilities that have since come to light, and reviews the recent court successes - including a ruling by a Maryland judge to reopen Syed's case. Woven with personal reflections from Adnan himself, including new never-before-seen letters he penned from prison, the story of his family, community, and public advocate Chaudry, the book gives brilliant insight into the story that captivated the attention of millions as his legal team and investigatory team, along with countless others who have crowd-sourced an investigation like never before, seek to exonerate him and find out the truth of what really happened on that day in 1999. But this is not only a personal story, but a testament to a thoroughly broken system that convicts tens of thousands of innocent people, and how the power of the media and public can move rigid institutions to bring about justice.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blind-man-s-bluff-the-untold-story-of-american-submarine-espionage-by-sherry-sontag-christopher-drew--65210555https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold Story of American Submarine Espionage Author: Sherry Sontag, Christopher Drew Narrator: George Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No espionage missions have been kept more secret than those involving American submarines. Now, Blind Man's Bluff shows for the first time how the Navy sent submarines wired with self-destruct charges into the heart of Soviet seas to tap crucial underwater telephone cables. It unveils how the Navy's own negligence might have been responsible for the loss of the USS Scorpion, a submarine that disappeared, all hands lost, thirty years ago. It tells the complete story of the audacious attempt to steal a Soviet submarine with the help of eccentric billionaire Howard Hughes, and how it was doomed from the start. And it reveals how the Navy used the comforting notion of deep sea rescue vehicles to hide operations that were more James Bond than Jacques Cousteau. Blind Man's Bluff contains an unforgettable array of characters, including the cowboy sub commander who brazenly outraced torpedoes and couldn't resist sneaking up to within feet of unaware enemy subs. It takes us inside clandestine Washington meetings where top submarine captains briefed presidents and where the espionage war was planned one sub and one dangerous encounter at a time. Stretching from the years immediately after World War II to the present-day operations of the Clinton Administration, it is an epic story of daring and deception. A magnificent achievement in investigative reporting, it feels like a spy thriller, but with one important difference--everything in it is true.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265807Tue, 09 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold Story of American Submarine Espionage Author: Sherry Sontag, Christopher Drew Narrator: George Wilson Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold Story of American Submarine Espionage Author: Sherry Sontag, Christopher Drew Narrator: George Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No espionage missions have been kept more secret than those involving American submarines. Now, Blind Man's Bluff shows for the first time how the Navy sent submarines wired with self-destruct charges into the heart of Soviet seas to tap crucial underwater telephone cables. It unveils how the Navy's own negligence might have been responsible for the loss of the USS Scorpion, a submarine that disappeared, all hands lost, thirty years ago. It tells the complete story of the audacious attempt to steal a Soviet submarine with the help of eccentric billionaire Howard Hughes, and how it was doomed from the start. And it reveals how the Navy used the comforting notion of deep sea rescue vehicles to hide operations that were more James Bond than Jacques Cousteau. Blind Man's Bluff contains an unforgettable array of characters, including the cowboy sub commander who brazenly outraced torpedoes and couldn't resist sneaking up to within feet of unaware enemy subs. It takes us inside clandestine Washington meetings where top submarine captains briefed presidents and where the espionage war was planned one sub and one dangerous encounter at a time. Stretching from the years immediately after World War II to the present-day operations of the Clinton Administration, it is an epic story of daring and deception. A magnificent achievement in investigative reporting, it feels like a spy thriller, but with one important difference--everything in it is true.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-even-worse-than-it-looks-how-the-american-constitutional-system-collided-with-the-new-politics-of-extremism-by-norman-j-ornstein-tho--65210436https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s Even Worse Than It Looks: How the American Constitutional System Collided with the New Politics of Extremism Author: Norman J. Ornstein, Thomas E. Mann Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hyperpartisanship has gridlocked the American government. Congress’ approval ratings are at record lows, and both Democrats and Republicans are disgusted by the government’s inability to get anything done. In It’s Even Worse Than It Looks, Congressional scholars Thomas E. Mann and Norman J. Ornstein present a grim picture of how party polarization and tribal politics have led Congress—and the United States—to the brink of institutional failure. In this revised edition, the authors bring their seminal book up to date in a political environment that is more divided than ever. The underlying dynamics of the situation—extremist Republicans holding government hostage to their own ideological, antigovernment beliefs—have only gotten worse, further bolstering their argument that Republicans are not merely ideologically different from Democrats, but engaged in a unique form of politics that undermines the system itself. Without a fundamental change in the character and course of the Republican Party, we may have a long way to go before we hit rock bottom.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270325Tue, 09 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s Even Worse Than It Looks: How the American Constitutional System Collided with the New Politics of Extremism Author: Norman J. Ornstein, Thomas E....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s Even Worse Than It Looks: How the American Constitutional System Collided with the New Politics of Extremism Author: Norman J. Ornstein, Thomas E. Mann Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hyperpartisanship has gridlocked the American government. Congress’ approval ratings are at record lows, and both Democrats and Republicans are disgusted by the government’s inability to get anything done. In It’s Even Worse Than It Looks, Congressional scholars Thomas E. Mann and Norman J. Ornstein present a grim picture of how party polarization and tribal politics have led Congress—and the United States—to the brink of institutional failure. In this revised edition, the authors bring their seminal book up to date in a political environment that is more divided than ever. The underlying dynamics of the situation—extremist Republicans holding government hostage to their own ideological, antigovernment beliefs—have only gotten worse, further bolstering their argument that Republicans are not merely ideologically different from Democrats, but engaged in a unique form of politics that undermines the system itself. Without a fundamental change in the character and course of the Republican Party, we may have a long way to go before we hit rock bottom.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/john-lennon-vs-the-usa-the-inside-story-of-the-most-bitterly-contested-and-influential-deportation-case-in-united-states-history-by-leon-w--65210459https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lennon vs. the USA: The Inside Story of the Most Bitterly Contested and Influential Deportation Case in United States History Author: Leon Wildes Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time when the hottest issue in US immigration law is the proposed action by President Obama to protect from deportation as many as five million illegals in the United States, the John Lennon case takes on special relevance, notwithstanding the passage of forty years since he was placed in deportation proceedings. This is John and Yoko’s incredible story, as told by the lawyer who fought in the front lines. In 1972 President Richard M. Nixon learned that John Lennon was visiting the United States. Nixon was told that Lennon’s continued presence here could be catastrophic to his plan for reelection. Lennon, who had just made an appearance before an audience of fifteen thousand young fans at the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, was rumored to be planning to join Jerry Rubin to lead a series of rock music rallies to “Dump Nixon” in anticipation of the 1972 Republican National Convention. The special significance of the 1972 convention was the fact that this would be the first national election in which the voting age was reduced from twenty-one to eighteen, adding five to ten million new prospective voters. Nixon was not popular with this young group. Lennon was. Indeed, Senator Strom Thurmond had just written a Dear John letter to Nixon’s attorney general, John Mitchell, suggesting that deporting Lennon quickly would be an “appropriate countermeasure.” John Mitchell was the head of CREEP, the Committee to Reelect the President, whose day job was as attorney general, in charge of deporting illegal aliens. Following the Watergate-style advice of his legal counsel, John Dean, Nixon decided to “use the available political machinery to screw our political enemies” and proceeded in earnest to deport Lennon and his artist wife, Yoko Ono. Lennon and Ono consulted Leon Wildes, an expert in the field of immigration law, about the reason for their visit: their efforts to locate and secure custody of Kyoko, Yoko’s American eight-year-old child by a prior marriage. American courts had granted Lennon and Ono custody, and Ono’s prior husband violated the order to produce the child in court as ordered. Notwithstanding the Lennons’ humanitarian requests, extensions of stay as visitors were denied, the Lennons were placed in strict deportation proceedings, and the US commissioner of immigration instructed the Immigrant and Naturalization Service (INS) not to adjudicate the “outstanding artists” applications filed for Lennon and Ono by Wildes until after the Lennons were deported. Wildes kept the Lennons here for five years, despite the efforts of the government to deport them. During all that time, the Nixon administration invariably claimed that the Lennons were being treated like all other aliens and that it had no authority to make exceptions to their strict enforcement and removal of deportable aliens. Wildes invoked the power of the federal courts to discover the existence of the “non-priority program,” a hidden program authorizing the INS to defer the removal of illegals who might sustain serious hardship if removed. Wildes’ success in securing copies of thousands of applications granted such non-priority status ultimately resulted in the grant of that humanitarian remedy to Lennon. Lennon was eventually also granted lawful permanent residence status, overcoming the effects of his old British marijuana conviction. Although Wildes did not even know who John Lennon and Yoko Ono were when he was originally retained, he developed a close relationship with them both during the five-year period he represented them and thereafter.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269913Sun, 07 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lennon vs. the USA: The Inside Story of the Most Bitterly Contested and Influential Deportation Case in United States History Author: Leon Wildes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lennon vs. the USA: The Inside Story of the Most Bitterly Contested and Influential Deportation Case in United States History Author: Leon Wildes Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time when the hottest issue in US immigration law is the proposed action by President Obama to protect from deportation as many as five million illegals in the United States, the John Lennon case takes on special relevance, notwithstanding the passage of forty years since he was placed in deportation proceedings. This is John and Yoko’s incredible story, as told by the lawyer who fought in the front lines. In 1972 President Richard M. Nixon learned that John Lennon was visiting the United States. Nixon was told that Lennon’s continued presence here could be catastrophic to his plan for reelection. Lennon, who had just made an appearance before an audience of fifteen thousand young fans at the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, was rumored to be planning to join Jerry Rubin to lead a series of rock music rallies to “Dump Nixon” in anticipation of the 1972 Republican National Convention. The special significance of the 1972 convention was the fact that this would be the first national election in which the voting age was reduced from twenty-one to eighteen, adding five to ten million new prospective voters. Nixon was not popular with this young group. Lennon was. Indeed, Senator Strom Thurmond had just written a Dear John letter to Nixon’s attorney general, John Mitchell, suggesting that deporting Lennon quickly would be an “appropriate countermeasure.” John Mitchell was the head of CREEP, the Committee to Reelect the President, whose day job was as attorney general, in charge of deporting illegal aliens. Following the Watergate-style advice of his legal counsel, John Dean, Nixon decided to “use the available political machinery to screw our political enemies” and proceeded in earnest to deport Lennon and his artist wife, Yoko Ono. Lennon and Ono consulted Leon Wildes, an expert in the field of immigration law, about the reason for their visit: their efforts to locate and secure custody of Kyoko, Yoko’s American eight-year-old child by a prior marriage. American courts had granted Lennon and Ono custody, and Ono’s prior husband violated the order to produce the child in court as ordered. Notwithstanding the Lennons’ humanitarian requests, extensions of stay as visitors were denied, the Lennons were placed in strict deportation proceedings, and the US commissioner of immigration instructed the Immigrant and Naturalization Service (INS) not to adjudicate the “outstanding artists” applications filed for Lennon and Ono by Wildes until after the Lennons were deported. Wildes kept the Lennons here for five years, despite the efforts of the government to deport them. During all that time, the Nixon administration invariably claimed that the Lennons were being treated like all other aliens and that it had no authority to make exceptions to their strict enforcement and removal of deportable aliens. Wildes invoked the power of the federal courts to discover the existence of the “non-priority program,” a hidden program authorizing the INS to defer the removal of illegals who might sustain serious hardship if removed. Wildes’ success in securing copies of thousands of applications granted such non-priority status ultimately resulted in the grant of that humanitarian remedy to Lennon. Lennon was eventually also granted lawful permanent residence status, overcoming the effects of his old British marijuana conviction. Although Wildes did not even know who John Lennon and Yoko Ono were when he was...]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/liars-how-progressives-exploit-our-fears-for-power-and-control-by-glenn-beck--65210496https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liars: How Progressives Exploit Our Fears for Power and Control Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, reveals the cold truth behind the ideology of progressivism and how the tenets of this dangerous belief system are eroding the foundation of this country. Politics is no longer about pointing to a shining city on the hill; it’s about promising you a shiny new car for your driveway. The candidate who tells the people what they want to hear is usually the one who wins—no matter the truth. Politicians may be sleazy and spineless, but they’re not stupid. They see that the way to win is by first telling people everything that is wrong with the world, and then painting a Utopian vision that they’ll create right here on earth, one where no one is ever sick or hungry, jobless, or homeless. All we have to do is surrender our freedom and someone else’s wallet and they’ll make it happen. And so they continue to lie, and we continue to believe them, and they keep winning elections. The only way to break the cycle is to understand why Americans fall for the deception over and over again. Progressives from both parties exploit us by first pointing out the things we should be afraid of, and then offering us “solutions” to these fears­­—solutions that always require us to give up our freedoms. In his signature no-holds-barred way, Beck destroys the false promises of Progressivism and asks us: Why do we accept the lies?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268657Tue, 02 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liars: How Progressives Exploit Our Fears for Power and Control Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liars: How Progressives Exploit Our Fears for Power and Control Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, reveals the cold truth behind the ideology of progressivism and how the tenets of this dangerous belief system are eroding the foundation of this country. Politics is no longer about pointing to a shining city on the hill; it’s about promising you a shiny new car for your driveway. The candidate who tells the people what they want to hear is usually the one who wins—no matter the truth. Politicians may be sleazy and spineless, but they’re not stupid. They see that the way to win is by first telling people everything that is wrong with the world, and then painting a Utopian vision that they’ll create right here on earth, one where no one is ever sick or hungry, jobless, or homeless. All we have to do is surrender our freedom and someone else’s wallet and they’ll make it happen. And so they continue to lie, and we continue to believe them, and they keep winning elections. The only way to break the cycle is to understand why Americans fall for the deception over and over again. Progressives from both parties exploit us by first pointing out the things we should be afraid of, and then offering us “solutions” to these fears­­—solutions that always require us to give up our freedoms. In his signature no-holds-barred way, Beck destroys the false promises of Progressivism and asks us: Why do we accept the lies?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/whistlestop-my-favorite-stories-from-presidential-campaign-history-by-john-dickerson--65210472https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistlestop: My Favorite Stories from Presidential Campaign History Author: John Dickerson Narrator: John Dickerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Face the Nation moderator and contributing editor for The Atlantic John Dickerson come the stories behind the stories of the most memorable moments in American presidential campaign history. The stakes are high. The characters full of striving and ego. Presidential campaigns are a contest for control of power in the most powerful country on earth. The battle of ideas has a clear end, with winners and losers, and along the way there are sharp turning points-primaries, debates, conventions, and scandals that squeeze candidates into emergency action, frantic grasping, and heroic gambles. As Mike Murphy the political strategist put it, 'Campaigns are like war without bullets.' Whistlestop tells the human story of nervous gambits hatched in first-floor hotel rooms, failures of will before the microphone, and the cross-country crack-ups of long-planned stratagems. At the bar at the end of a campaign day, these are the stories reporters rehash for themselves and embellish for newcomers. In addition to the familiar tales, Whistlestop also remembers the forgotten stories about the bruising and reckless campaigns of the nineteenth century when the combatants believed the consequences included the fate of the republic itself. Some of the most modern-feeling elements of the American presidential campaign were born before the roads were paved and electric lights lit the convention halls-or there were convention halls at all. Whistlestop is a ride through the American campaign history with one of its most enthusiastic conductors guiding you through the landmarks along the way.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269445Tue, 02 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistlestop: My Favorite Stories from Presidential Campaign History Author: John Dickerson Narrator: John Dickerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistlestop: My Favorite Stories from Presidential Campaign History Author: John Dickerson Narrator: John Dickerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Face the Nation moderator and contributing editor for The Atlantic John Dickerson come the stories behind the stories of the most memorable moments in American presidential campaign history. The stakes are high. The characters full of striving and ego. Presidential campaigns are a contest for control of power in the most powerful country on earth. The battle of ideas has a clear end, with winners and losers, and along the way there are sharp turning points-primaries, debates, conventions, and scandals that squeeze candidates into emergency action, frantic grasping, and heroic gambles. As Mike Murphy the political strategist put it, 'Campaigns are like war without bullets.' Whistlestop tells the human story of nervous gambits hatched in first-floor hotel rooms, failures of will before the microphone, and the cross-country crack-ups of long-planned stratagems. At the bar at the end of a campaign day, these are the stories reporters rehash for themselves and embellish for newcomers. In addition to the familiar tales, Whistlestop also remembers the forgotten stories about the bruising and reckless campaigns of the nineteenth century when the combatants believed the consequences included the fate of the republic itself. Some of the most modern-feeling elements of the American presidential campaign were born before the roads were paved and electric lights lit the convention halls-or there were convention halls at all. Whistlestop is a ride through the American campaign history with one of its most enthusiastic conductors guiding you through the landmarks along the way.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-war-on-guns-arming-yourself-against-gun-control-lies-by-john-r-lott--65210477https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Guns: Arming Yourself against Gun Control Lies Author: John R. Lott Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gun-rights advocate John Lott, author of More Guns, Less Crime, rebuts recent antigun “factoids” with real statistics. When it comes to the gun control debate, there are two kinds of data: data that’s accurate, and data that left-wing billionaires, politicians, and media want you to believe is accurate. In The War on Guns, economist and gun-rights advocate John Lott turns a skeptical eye to well-funded antigun studies and stories that perpetuate false statistics to frighten Americans into giving up their guns.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269120Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Guns: Arming Yourself against Gun Control Lies Author: John R. Lott Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Guns: Arming Yourself against Gun Control Lies Author: John R. Lott Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gun-rights advocate John Lott, author of More Guns, Less Crime, rebuts recent antigun “factoids” with real statistics. When it comes to the gun control debate, there are two kinds of data: data that’s accurate, and data that left-wing billionaires, politicians, and media want you to believe is accurate. In The War on Guns, economist and gun-rights advocate John Lott turns a skeptical eye to well-funded antigun studies and stories that perpetuate false statistics to frighten Americans into giving up their guns.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/superpower-three-choices-for-america-s-role-in-the-world-by-ian-bremmer--65210487https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America’s Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 28, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Superpower: Three Choices for America's Role in the World by Ian Bremmer, read by Willis Sparks. Geopolitical thought leader Ian Bremmer issues a clarion call to America: redefine your place in the world, or the world will define it for you America's identity abroad has long been defined by the second World War and years of Cold War struggle. But the new America has changed; its role and identity are in flux - and with them, the global balance of power. In Three Choices for a Superpower, president and founder of the Eurasia Group, Ian Bremmer, calls for a completely new definition of America as a superpower - one that adheres to distinct priorities and values. He outlines the three choices facing the new America: Be independent: America does not have an endless supply of blood and finances to spend on other nations. Rather, America will fare much better if it devotes its energies and resources to rebuilding strength from within. Moneyball: America cannot afford every foreign fight in support of American values, but they must defend their interests wherever they are threatened. They must make tough decisions intelligently, with an open admission of America's limitations. Be indispensable: To think that America can operate autonomously from the rest of the world is not only ignorant but also extremely dangerous. The world relies on American leadership, and America has international interests - they must continue their role as an indispensable nation and remain actively involved abroad. As the 2016 presidential election approaches, America needs to define its responsibilities, opportunities, and most importantly, its limits. A foreign policy divided against itself cannot stand; as the world's greatest superpower, America must choose which path it will follow into the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269100Thu, 28 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America’s Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America’s Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 28, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Superpower: Three Choices for America's Role in the World by Ian Bremmer, read by Willis Sparks. Geopolitical thought leader Ian Bremmer issues a clarion call to America: redefine your place in the world, or the world will define it for you America's identity abroad has long been defined by the second World War and years of Cold War struggle. But the new America has changed; its role and identity are in flux - and with them, the global balance of power. In Three Choices for a Superpower, president and founder of the Eurasia Group, Ian Bremmer, calls for a completely new definition of America as a superpower - one that adheres to distinct priorities and values. He outlines the three choices facing the new America: Be independent: America does not have an endless supply of blood and finances to spend on other nations. Rather, America will fare much better if it devotes its energies and resources to rebuilding strength from within. Moneyball: America cannot afford every foreign fight in support of American values, but they must defend their interests wherever they are threatened. They must make tough decisions intelligently, with an open admission of America's limitations. Be indispensable: To think that America can operate autonomously from the rest of the world is not only ignorant but also extremely dangerous. The world relies on American leadership, and America has international interests - they must continue their role as an indispensable nation and remain actively involved abroad. As the 2016 presidential election approaches, America needs to define its responsibilities, opportunities, and most importantly, its limits. A foreign policy divided against itself cannot stand; as the world's greatest superpower, America must choose which path it will follow into the future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-winter-how-the-sun-is-causing-a-30-year-cold-spell-by-john-l-casey--65210428https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Winter: How the Sun Is Causing a 30-Year Cold Spell Author: John L. Casey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Climate change has been a perplexing problem for years. Casey's research into the Sun's activity, which began almost a decade ago, resulted in discovery of a solar cycle that is now reversing from its global warming phase to that of dangerous global cooling for the next thirty years or more. This new cold climate will dramatically impact the world's citizens. A sobering look at Earth's future, Dark Winter predicts worldwide, crop- destroying cold; food shortages and riots in the United States and abroad; significant global loss of life; and social, political, and economic upheaval.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269224Tue, 26 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Winter: How the Sun Is Causing a 30-Year Cold Spell Author: John L. Casey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Winter: How the Sun Is Causing a 30-Year Cold Spell Author: John L. Casey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Climate change has been a perplexing problem for years. Casey's research into the Sun's activity, which began almost a decade ago, resulted in discovery of a solar cycle that is now reversing from its global warming phase to that of dangerous global cooling for the next thirty years or more. This new cold climate will dramatically impact the world's citizens. A sobering look at Earth's future, Dark Winter predicts worldwide, crop- destroying cold; food shortages and riots in the United States and abroad; significant global loss of life; and social, political, and economic upheaval.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/see-no-evil-19-hard-truths-the-left-can-t-handle-by-joel-b-pollak--65210467https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See No Evil: 19 Hard Truths the Left Can’t Handle Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals take great pride in their supposed openmindedness. Yet when it comes to hot-button issues like radical Islam, global warming, and abortion, “openminded” liberals go to great lengths to discredit and suppress the ideas of their opponents. Breitbart senior editor Joel Pollak exposes the nineteen key ideas that today’s liberals are desperate to suppress, revealing the blatant hypocrisy of left-wing leaders and pundits who preach tolerance but practice intolerance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268983Mon, 25 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See No Evil: 19 Hard Truths the Left Can’t Handle Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See No Evil: 19 Hard Truths the Left Can’t Handle Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals take great pride in their supposed openmindedness. Yet when it comes to hot-button issues like radical Islam, global warming, and abortion, “openminded” liberals go to great lengths to discredit and suppress the ideas of their opponents. Breitbart senior editor Joel Pollak exposes the nineteen key ideas that today’s liberals are desperate to suppress, revealing the blatant hypocrisy of left-wing leaders and pundits who preach tolerance but practice intolerance.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-rage-for-order-the-middle-east-in-turmoil-from-tahrir-square-to-isis-by-robert-worth--65210498https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rage for Order: The Middle East in Turmoil, From Tahrir Square to ISIS Author: Robert Worth Narrator: Robert Worth, Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive work of literary journalism on the Arab Spring and its troubled aftermath In 2011, a wave of revolution spread through the Middle East as protesters demanded an end to tyranny, corruption, and economic decay. From Egypt to Yemen, a generation of young Arabs insisted on a new ethos of common citizenship. Five years later, their utopian aspirations have taken on a darker cast as old divides reemerge and deepen. In one country after another, brutal terrorists and dictators have risen to the top. A Rage for Order is the first work of literary journalism to track the tormented legacy of what was once called the Arab Spring. In the style of V. S. Naipaul and Lawrence Wright, the distinguished New York Times correspondent Robert F. Worth brings the history of the present to life through vivid stories and portraits. We meet a Libyan rebel who must decide whether to kill the Qaddafi-regime torturer who murdered his brother; a Yemeni farmer who lives in servitude to a poetry-writing, dungeon-operating chieftain; and an Egyptian doctor who is caught between his loyalty to the Muslim Brotherhood and his hopes for a new, tolerant democracy. Combining dramatic storytelling with an original analysis of the Arab world today, A Rage for Ordercaptures the psychic and actual civil wars raging throughout the Middle East, and explains how the dream of an Arab renaissance gave way to a new age of discord. With an Introduction Read by the Author.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269207Tue, 19 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rage for Order: The Middle East in Turmoil, From Tahrir Square to ISIS Author: Robert Worth Narrator: Robert Worth, Will Damron Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rage for Order: The Middle East in Turmoil, From Tahrir Square to ISIS Author: Robert Worth Narrator: Robert Worth, Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive work of literary journalism on the Arab Spring and its troubled aftermath In 2011, a wave of revolution spread through the Middle East as protesters demanded an end to tyranny, corruption, and economic decay. From Egypt to Yemen, a generation of young Arabs insisted on a new ethos of common citizenship. Five years later, their utopian aspirations have taken on a darker cast as old divides reemerge and deepen. In one country after another, brutal terrorists and dictators have risen to the top. A Rage for Order is the first work of literary journalism to track the tormented legacy of what was once called the Arab Spring. In the style of V. S. Naipaul and Lawrence Wright, the distinguished New York Times correspondent Robert F. Worth brings the history of the present to life through vivid stories and portraits. We meet a Libyan rebel who must decide whether to kill the Qaddafi-regime torturer who murdered his brother; a Yemeni farmer who lives in servitude to a poetry-writing, dungeon-operating chieftain; and an Egyptian doctor who is caught between his loyalty to the Muslim Brotherhood and his hopes for a new, tolerant democracy. Combining dramatic storytelling with an original analysis of the Arab world today, A Rage for Ordercaptures the psychic and actual civil wars raging throughout the Middle East, and explains how the dream of an Arab renaissance gave way to a new age of discord. With an Introduction Read by the Author.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-problem-with-socialism-by-thomas-dilorenzo--65210490https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem with Socialism Author: Thomas Dilorenzo Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Remember when 'socialism' was a dirty word? Now students at America's elite universities are parroting socialist talking points and 'sure-thing' Hillary Clinton is struggling to win the Democratic nomination against a 74-year-old avowed socialist who promises to make the nation more like Europe. What's happened? Do Americans need a reminder about the dangers of socialist ideology and practices? Thomas DiLorenzo, economics professor and senior fellow at the Ludwig von Mises Institute, deconstructs the retrograde ideology that has suddenly become disturbingly hip in The Problem with Socialism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268896Mon, 18 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem with Socialism Author: Thomas Dilorenzo Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 18,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem with Socialism Author: Thomas Dilorenzo Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Remember when 'socialism' was a dirty word? Now students at America's elite universities are parroting socialist talking points and 'sure-thing' Hillary Clinton is struggling to win the Democratic nomination against a 74-year-old avowed socialist who promises to make the nation more like Europe. What's happened? Do Americans need a reminder about the dangers of socialist ideology and practices? Thomas DiLorenzo, economics professor and senior fellow at the Ludwig von Mises Institute, deconstructs the retrograde ideology that has suddenly become disturbingly hip in The Problem with Socialism.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hillary-s-america-the-secret-history-of-the-democratic-party-by-dinesh-d-souza--65210447https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hillary's America: The Secret History of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dinesh D’Souza, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller America, is back with this darkly entertaining deconstruction of Hillary Clinton’s flawed character and ideology. From her Alinskyite past to her hopes for America’s progressive future, the presumptive Democratic nominee is revealed to be little more than a political gangster intent on controlling the nation’s wealth. D’Souza chronicles the sleazy ascent of the Clintons and makes clear what some voters have long suspected: that Hillary is far more dangerous and corrupt than Bill ever was.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269191Mon, 18 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hillary's America: The Secret History of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hillary's America: The Secret History of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dinesh D’Souza, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller America, is back with this darkly entertaining deconstruction of Hillary Clinton’s flawed character and ideology. From her Alinskyite past to her hopes for America’s progressive future, the presumptive Democratic nominee is revealed to be little more than a political gangster intent on controlling the nation’s wealth. D’Souza chronicles the sleazy ascent of the Clintons and makes clear what some voters have long suspected: that Hillary is far more dangerous and corrupt than Bill ever was.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-white-christian-america-by-robert-p-jones--65210602https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of White Christian America Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Quite possibly the most illuminating text for this election year” (The New York Times Book Review). *Winner of the Grawemeyer Award in Religion* Robert P. Jones, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute, spells out the profound political and cultural consequences of a new reality—that America is no longer a majority white Christian nation. For most of our nation’s history, White Christian America (WCA) set the tone for our national policy and shaped American ideals. But especially since the 1990s, WCA has steadily lost influence, following declines within both its mainline and evangelical branches. Today, America is no longer demographically or culturally a majority white, Christian nation. Drawing on more than four decades of polling data, The End of White Christian America explains and analyzes the waning vitality of WCA. Robert P. Jones argues that the visceral nature of today’s most heated issues—the vociferous arguments around same-sex marriage and religious and sexual liberty, the rise of the Tea Party following the election of our first black president, and stark disagreements between black and white Americans over the fairness of the criminal justice system—can only be understood against the backdrop of white Christians’ anxieties as America’s racial and religious topography shifts around them. Beyond 2016, the descendants of WCA will lack the political power they once had to set the terms of the nation’s debate over values and morals and to determine election outcomes. Looking ahead, Jones forecasts the ways that they might adjust to find their place in the new America—and the consequences for us all if they don’t. “Jones’s analysis is an insightful combination of history, sociology, religious studies, and political science….This book will be of interest to a wide range of readers across the political spectrum” (Library Journal).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268913Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of White Christian America Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of White Christian America Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Quite possibly the most illuminating text for this election year” (The New York Times Book Review). *Winner of the Grawemeyer Award in Religion* Robert P. Jones, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute, spells out the profound political and cultural consequences of a new reality—that America is no longer a majority white Christian nation. For most of our nation’s history, White Christian America (WCA) set the tone for our national policy and shaped American ideals. But especially since the 1990s, WCA has steadily lost influence, following declines within both its mainline and evangelical branches. Today, America is no longer demographically or culturally a majority white, Christian nation. Drawing on more than four decades of polling data, The End of White Christian America explains and analyzes the waning vitality of WCA. Robert P. Jones argues that the visceral nature of today’s most heated issues—the vociferous arguments around same-sex marriage and religious and sexual liberty, the rise of the Tea Party following the election of our first black president, and stark disagreements between black and white Americans over the fairness of the criminal justice system—can only be understood against the backdrop of white Christians’ anxieties as America’s racial and religious topography shifts around them. Beyond 2016, the descendants of WCA will lack the political power they once had to set the terms of the nation’s debate over values and morals and to determine election outcomes. Looking ahead, Jones forecasts the ways that they might adjust to find their place in the new America—and the consequences for us all if they don’t. “Jones’s analysis is an insightful combination of history, sociology, religious studies, and political science….This book will be of interest to a wide range of readers across the political spectrum” (Library Journal).]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/watchdog-the-real-stories-behind-the-headlines-from-the-congressman-who-exposed-washington-s-biggest-scandals-by-darrell-issa--65210526https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Watchdog: The Real Stories Behind the Headlines from the Congressman Who Exposed Washington's Biggest Scandals Author: Darrell Issa Narrator: Rick Zieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You might think you had a front-row seat to the shocking scandals of Benghazi, the IRS targeting of conservatives, Fast & Furious, illegal email servers, mishandling America's secrets and cover-ups at the EPA. The rest of the story, told here for the first time, is even more troubling. In Watchdog, Congressman Darrell Issa reveals some of the worst of Washington, pulls back the curtain on business as usual in the Capitol, and lets in the sunshine of accountability. As Chairman of the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, Issa led a years-long fight to uncover what was really happening in the Obama Administration and Hillary Clinton's State Department, while taking on a mainstream media and establishment Beltway culture he quickly found out weren't always interested in the truth. But what the public doesn't know about Big Government and what the people may not realize is happening to their country requires someone in Washington willing to tell the truth no matter who gets the blame. Carrying out aggressive oversight brought Issa into conflict with not only political foes, but friends and allies as well. Through it all, he has sought to remind everyone in government they are still subject to the rule of law and accountable to the American people. Watchdog is the inside account of what it took to get the truth and what it will take for our democracy to endure.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268745Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Watchdog: The Real Stories Behind the Headlines from the Congressman Who Exposed Washington's Biggest Scandals Author: Darrell Issa Narrator: Rick...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Watchdog: The Real Stories Behind the Headlines from the Congressman Who Exposed Washington's Biggest Scandals Author: Darrell Issa Narrator: Rick Zieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You might think you had a front-row seat to the shocking scandals of Benghazi, the IRS targeting of conservatives, Fast & Furious, illegal email servers, mishandling America's secrets and cover-ups at the EPA. The rest of the story, told here for the first time, is even more troubling. In Watchdog, Congressman Darrell Issa reveals some of the worst of Washington, pulls back the curtain on business as usual in the Capitol, and lets in the sunshine of accountability. As Chairman of the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, Issa led a years-long fight to uncover what was really happening in the Obama Administration and Hillary Clinton's State Department, while taking on a mainstream media and establishment Beltway culture he quickly found out weren't always interested in the truth. But what the public doesn't know about Big Government and what the people may not realize is happening to their country requires someone in Washington willing to tell the truth no matter who gets the blame. Carrying out aggressive oversight brought Issa into conflict with not only political foes, but friends and allies as well. Through it all, he has sought to remind everyone in government they are still subject to the rule of law and accountable to the American people. Watchdog is the inside account of what it took to get the truth and what it will take for our democracy to endure.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/machiavelli-philosopher-of-power-by-ross-king--65210484https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Part of the acclaimed Eminent Lives series, Machiavelli is a superb portrait of the brilliant and revolutionary political philosopher—history’s most famous theorist of “warfare, terror, murder, and bloodshed”—and the age he embodied. Ross King, the New York Times bestselling author of Brunelleschi’s Dome, argues that the author of The Prince was a far more complex and sympathetic character than is often portrayed.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Part of the acclaimed Eminent Lives series, Machiavelli is a superb portrait of the brilliant and revolutionary political philosopher—history’s most famous theorist of “warfare, terror, murder, and bloodshed”—and the age he embodied. Ross King, the New York Times bestselling author of Brunelleschi’s Dome, argues that the author of The Prince was a far more complex and sympathetic character than is often portrayed.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-again-how-to-fix-our-crippled-america-by-donald-j-trump--65210449https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Again: How to Fix Our Crippled America Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.42 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this book (previously published as Crippled America), we’re going to look at the state of the world right now. It’s a terrible mess, and that’s putting it mildly. There has never been a more dangerous time. The politicians and special interests in Washington, DC are directly responsible for the mess we are in. So why should we continue listening to them? It’s time to bring America back to its rightful owners—the American people. I’m not going to play the same game politicians have been playing for decades—all talk, no action, while special interests and lobbyists dictate our laws. I am shaking up the establishment on both sides of the political aisle because I can’t be bought. I want to bring America back, to make it great and prosperous again, and to be sure we are respected by our allies and feared by our adversaries. It’s time for action. Americans are fed up with politics as usual. And they should be! In this book, I outline my vision to make America great again, including: how to fix our failing economy; how to reform health care so it is more efficient, cost-effective, and doesn’t alienate both doctors and patients; how to rebuild our military and start winning wars—instead of watching our enemies take over—while keeping our promises to our great veterans; how to ensure that our education system offers the resources that allow our students to compete internationally, so tomorrow’s jobseekers have the tools they need to succeed; and how to immediately bring jobs back to America by closing our doors to illegal immigrants, and pressuring businesses to produce their goods at home. This book is my blueprint for how to Make America Great Again. It’s not hard. We just need someone with the courage to say what needs to be said.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268949Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Again: How to Fix Our Crippled America Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Again: How to Fix Our Crippled America Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.42 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this book (previously published as Crippled America), we’re going to look at the state of the world right now. It’s a terrible mess, and that’s putting it mildly. There has never been a more dangerous time. The politicians and special interests in Washington, DC are directly responsible for the mess we are in. So why should we continue listening to them? It’s time to bring America back to its rightful owners—the American people. I’m not going to play the same game politicians have been playing for decades—all talk, no action, while special interests and lobbyists dictate our laws. I am shaking up the establishment on both sides of the political aisle because I can’t be bought. I want to bring America back, to make it great and prosperous again, and to be sure we are respected by our allies and feared by our adversaries. It’s time for action. Americans are fed up with politics as usual. And they should be! In this book, I outline my vision to make America great again, including: how to fix our failing economy; how to reform health care so it is more efficient, cost-effective, and doesn’t alienate both doctors and patients; how to rebuild our military and start winning wars—instead of watching our enemies take over—while keeping our promises to our great veterans; how to ensure that our education system offers the resources that allow our students to compete internationally, so tomorrow’s jobseekers have the tools they need to succeed; and how to immediately bring jobs back to America by closing our doors to illegal immigrants, and pressuring businesses to produce their goods at home. This book is my blueprint for how to Make America Great Again. It’s not hard. We just need someone with the courage to say what needs to be said.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-and-me-by-mark-singer--65210604https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump and Me Author: Mark Singer Narrator: Mark Singer, David Remnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ever since Donald Trump entered the presidential race—in a press conference attended by paid actors, in which he slandered Mexican immigrants—he has dominated headlines, becoming the unrestrained id at the center of one of the most bizarre and alarming elections in American history. It was not always so. In 1996, longtime New Yorker writer Mark Singer was conscripted by his editor to profile Donald Trump. At that time Trump was a mere Manhattan-centric megalomaniac, a failing casino operator mired in his second divorce and (he claimed) recovering from the bankruptcy proceedings that prompted him to inventory the contents of his Trump Tower home. Conversing with Trump in his offices, apartments, cars, and private plane, Singer found himself fascinated with this man “who had aspired to and achieved the ultimate luxury, an existence unmolested by the rumbling of a soul.” In Trump and Me, Singer revisits the profile and recounts how its publication lodged inside its subject’s head as an enduring irritant—and how Singer (“A TOTAL LOSER!” according to Trump) cheerfully continued to bait him. He reflects on Trump’s evolution from swaggering buffoon to potential threat to America’s standing as a rational guardian of the world order. Heedlessly combative, equally adept at spewing insults and manipulating crowds at his campaign rallies, the self-proclaimed billionaire has emerged as an unlikely tribune of populist rage. All politics is artifice, and Singer marvels at how Trump has transfixed an electorate with his ultimate feat of performance art—a mass political movement only loosely tethered to reality.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267119Tue, 05 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump and Me Author: Mark Singer Narrator: Mark Singer, David Remnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 5,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump and Me Author: Mark Singer Narrator: Mark Singer, David Remnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ever since Donald Trump entered the presidential race—in a press conference attended by paid actors, in which he slandered Mexican immigrants—he has dominated headlines, becoming the unrestrained id at the center of one of the most bizarre and alarming elections in American history. It was not always so. In 1996, longtime New Yorker writer Mark Singer was conscripted by his editor to profile Donald Trump. At that time Trump was a mere Manhattan-centric megalomaniac, a failing casino operator mired in his second divorce and (he claimed) recovering from the bankruptcy proceedings that prompted him to inventory the contents of his Trump Tower home. Conversing with Trump in his offices, apartments, cars, and private plane, Singer found himself fascinated with this man “who had aspired to and achieved the ultimate luxury, an existence unmolested by the rumbling of a soul.” In Trump and Me, Singer revisits the profile and recounts how its publication lodged inside its subject’s head as an enduring irritant—and how Singer (“A TOTAL LOSER!” according to Trump) cheerfully continued to bait him. He reflects on Trump’s evolution from swaggering buffoon to potential threat to America’s standing as a rational guardian of the world order. Heedlessly combative, equally adept at spewing insults and manipulating crowds at his campaign rallies, the self-proclaimed billionaire has emerged as an unlikely tribune of populist rage. All politics is artifice, and Singer marvels at how Trump has transfixed an electorate with his ultimate feat of performance art—a mass political movement only loosely tethered to reality.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/five-easy-theses-commonsense-solutions-to-america-s-greatest-economic-challenges-by-james-stone--65210521https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Easy Theses: Commonsense Solutions to America's Greatest Economic Challenges Author: James Stone Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A business leader and esteemed economic thinker outlines simple solutions to America’s five most pressing public policy issues, from healthcare to education to inequality. America today confronts a host of urgent problems, many of them seemingly intractable, but some we are entirely capable of solving. In Five Easy Theses, James M. Stone presents specific, common-sense solutions to a handful of our most pressing challenges, showing how simple it would be to shore up Social Security, rein in an out-of-control financial sector, reduce inequality, and make healthcare and education better and more affordable. The means are right in front of us, Stone explains, in various policy options that — if implemented — could preserve or enhance government revenue while also channeling the national economy toward the greater good.    Accessible and thought provoking, Five Easy Theses reveals that a more democratic, prosperous America is well within our reach. Includes a bonus PDF with charts and figures]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267122Tue, 05 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Easy Theses: Commonsense Solutions to America's Greatest Economic Challenges Author: James Stone Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Easy Theses: Commonsense Solutions to America's Greatest Economic Challenges Author: James Stone Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A business leader and esteemed economic thinker outlines simple solutions to America’s five most pressing public policy issues, from healthcare to education to inequality. America today confronts a host of urgent problems, many of them seemingly intractable, but some we are entirely capable of solving. In Five Easy Theses, James M. Stone presents specific, common-sense solutions to a handful of our most pressing challenges, showing how simple it would be to shore up Social Security, rein in an out-of-control financial sector, reduce inequality, and make healthcare and education better and more affordable. The means are right in front of us, Stone explains, in various policy options that — if implemented — could preserve or enhance government revenue while also channeling the national economy toward the greater good.    Accessible and thought provoking, Five Easy Theses reveals that a more democratic, prosperous America is well within our reach. Includes a bonus PDF with charts and figures]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/miami-and-the-siege-of-chicago-by-norman-mailer--65210519https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miami and the Siege of Chicago Author: Norman Mailer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 1968. The Vietnam War was raging. President Lyndon Johnson, facing a challenge in his own Democratic Party from the maverick antiwar candidate Eugene McCarthy, announced that he would not seek a second term. In April, Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated and riots broke out in inner cities throughout America. Bobby Kennedy was killed after winning the California primary in June. In August, Republicans met in Miami, picking the little-loved Richard Nixon as their candidate, while in September, Democrats in Chicago backed the ineffectual vice president, Hubert Humphrey. TVs across the country showed antiwar protesters filling the streets of Chicago and the police running amok, beating and arresting demonstrators and delegates alike. In Miami and the Siege of Chicago, Norman Mailer, America’s most protean and provocative writer, brings a novelist’s eye to bear on the events of 1968, a decisive year in modern American politics, from which today’s bitterly divided country arose.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268850Tue, 05 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miami and the Siege of Chicago Author: Norman Mailer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: July...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miami and the Siege of Chicago Author: Norman Mailer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: July 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 1968. The Vietnam War was raging. President Lyndon Johnson, facing a challenge in his own Democratic Party from the maverick antiwar candidate Eugene McCarthy, announced that he would not seek a second term. In April, Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated and riots broke out in inner cities throughout America. Bobby Kennedy was killed after winning the California primary in June. In August, Republicans met in Miami, picking the little-loved Richard Nixon as their candidate, while in September, Democrats in Chicago backed the ineffectual vice president, Hubert Humphrey. TVs across the country showed antiwar protesters filling the streets of Chicago and the police running amok, beating and arresting demonstrators and delegates alike. In Miami and the Siege of Chicago, Norman Mailer, America’s most protean and provocative writer, brings a novelist’s eye to bear on the events of 1968, a decisive year in modern American politics, from which today’s bitterly divided country arose.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mission-failure-america-and-the-world-in-the-post-cold-war-era-by-michael-mandelbaum--65210513https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267052 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Failure: America and the World in the Post–Cold War Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Bill Thatcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Mission Failure, Michael Mandelbaum, one of America’s leading foreign policy thinkers, provides an original, provocative, and definitive account of the ambitious but deeply flawed post–Cold War efforts to promote American values and American institutions throughout the world. In the decades before the Cold War ended, the United States used its military power to defend against threats to important American international interests or to the American homeland itself. When the Cold War concluded, however, it embarked on military interventions in places where American interests were not at stake. Somalia, Haiti, Bosnia, and Kosovo had no strategic or economic importance for the United States, yet the US intervened in all of them for purely humanitarian reasons. Each such intervention led to efforts to transform the local political and economic systems. The invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq turned into similar missions of transformation—none of them achieved its aims. Mission Failure describes and explains how such missions came to be central to America’s post–Cold War foreign policy, even in relations with China and Russia in the early 1990s and in American diplomacy in the Middle East, and how they all failed. Mandelbaum shows how American efforts to bring peace, national unity, democracy, and free-market economies to poor, disorderly countries ran afoul of ethnic and sectarian loyalties and hatreds as well as foundered on the absence of the historical experiences and political habits, skills, and values that Western institutions require. The history of American foreign policy in the years after the fall of the Berlin Wall is, he writes, “the story of good, sometimes noble, and thoroughly American intentions coming up against the deeply embedded, often harsh, and profoundly un-American realities of places far from the United States. In this encounter the realities prevailed.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267052Tue, 05 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267052 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Failure: America and the World in the Post–Cold War Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Bill Thatcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267052 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Failure: America and the World in the Post–Cold War Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Bill Thatcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Mission Failure, Michael Mandelbaum, one of America’s leading foreign policy thinkers, provides an original, provocative, and definitive account of the ambitious but deeply flawed post–Cold War efforts to promote American values and American institutions throughout the world. In the decades before the Cold War ended, the United States used its military power to defend against threats to important American international interests or to the American homeland itself. When the Cold War concluded, however, it embarked on military interventions in places where American interests were not at stake. Somalia, Haiti, Bosnia, and Kosovo had no strategic or economic importance for the United States, yet the US intervened in all of them for purely humanitarian reasons. Each such intervention led to efforts to transform the local political and economic systems. The invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq turned into similar missions of transformation—none of them achieved its aims. Mission Failure describes and explains how such missions came to be central to America’s post–Cold War foreign policy, even in relations with China and Russia in the early 1990s and in American diplomacy in the Middle East, and how they all failed. Mandelbaum shows how American efforts to bring peace, national unity, democracy, and free-market economies to poor, disorderly countries ran afoul of ethnic and sectarian loyalties and hatreds as well as foundered on the absence of the historical experiences and political habits, skills, and values that Western institutions require. The history of American foreign policy in the years after the fall of the Berlin Wall is, he writes, “the story of good, sometimes noble, and thoroughly American intentions coming up against the deeply embedded, often harsh, and profoundly un-American realities of places far from the United States. In this encounter the realities prevailed.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-mind-of-terror-a-former-muslim-sniper-explores-what-motivates-isis-and-other-extremist-groups-and-how-best-to-respond-by-tass-saada--65210522https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of Terror: A Former Muslim Sniper Explores What Motivates ISIS and other Extremist Groups (and how best to respond) Author: Tass Saada Narrator: Marco Prentice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What motivates Islamic terrorists? What's in the mind of terror? News reports cover the tragic events — the bombings, the massacres, and the suicide attacks. Our newscasters take time to explain who the players are — from Hezbollah to the Iranian Quds, from ISIS to the Palestinian National Authority. But what is behind these events that fuels atrocity after atrocity? Tass Saada provides the answer as he delves into the mind of terror, explaining what motivates extremist groups throughout the Middle East. A former Muslim and a onetime sniper with Yasser Arafat’s Fatah organization, Tass has had that mindset himself. But at age forty-two, he steered his life in a radical new direction. Tass not only describes the motivations and aspirations of those who live in the Middle East, he also outlines a peaceful solution. We can plant seeds of hope that will transform not only the Middle East but also our increasingly diverse neighborhoods at home.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264507Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of Terror: A Former Muslim Sniper Explores What Motivates ISIS and other Extremist Groups (and how best to respond) Author: Tass Saada...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of Terror: A Former Muslim Sniper Explores What Motivates ISIS and other Extremist Groups (and how best to respond) Author: Tass Saada Narrator: Marco Prentice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What motivates Islamic terrorists? What's in the mind of terror? News reports cover the tragic events — the bombings, the massacres, and the suicide attacks. Our newscasters take time to explain who the players are — from Hezbollah to the Iranian Quds, from ISIS to the Palestinian National Authority. But what is behind these events that fuels atrocity after atrocity? Tass Saada provides the answer as he delves into the mind of terror, explaining what motivates extremist groups throughout the Middle East. A former Muslim and a onetime sniper with Yasser Arafat’s Fatah organization, Tass has had that mindset himself. But at age forty-two, he steered his life in a radical new direction. Tass not only describes the motivations and aspirations of those who live in the Middle East, he also outlines a peaceful solution. We can plant seeds of hope that will transform not only the Middle East but also our increasingly diverse neighborhoods at home.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anarchy-state-and-utopia-second-edition-by-robert-nozick--65210483https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia: Second Edition Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Translated into 100 languages, winner of the National Book Award, and named one of the 100 Most Influential Books since World War II by the Times Literary Supplement, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most theoretically trenchant and philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date, as well as a foundational text in classical libertarian thought. With a new introduction by the philosopher Thomas Nagel, this revised edition will introduce Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers and listeners.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268582Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia: Second Edition Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia: Second Edition Author: Robert Nozick Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Translated into 100 languages, winner of the National Book Award, and named one of the 100 Most Influential Books since World War II by the Times Literary Supplement, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most theoretically trenchant and philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date, as well as a foundational text in classical libertarian thought. With a new introduction by the philosopher Thomas Nagel, this revised edition will introduce Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers and listeners.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jackson-1964-and-other-dispatches-from-fifty-years-of-reporting-on-race-in-america-by-calvin-trillin--65210527https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson, 1964: And Other Dispatches From Fifty Years of Reporting on Race in America Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Calvin Trillin, Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author and beloved New Yorker writer Calvin Trillin, a deeply resonant, career-spanning collection of articles on race and racism, from the 1960s to the present In the early sixties, Calvin Trillin got his start as a journalist covering the Civil Rights Movement in the South. Over the next five decades of reporting, he often returned to scenes of racial tension. Now, for the first time, the best of Trillin’s pieces on race in America have been collected in one volume. In the title essay of Jackson, 1964, we experience Trillin’s riveting coverage of the pathbreaking voter registration drive known as the Mississippi Summer Project—coverage that includes an unforgettable airplane conversation between Martin Luther King, Jr., and a young white man sitting across the aisle. (“I’d like to be loved by everyone,” King tells him, “but we can’t always wait for love.”) In the years that follow, Trillin rides along with the National Guard units assigned to patrol black neighborhoods in Wilmington, Delaware; reports on the case of a black homeowner accused of manslaughter in the death of a white teenager in an overwhelmingly white Long Island suburb; and chronicles the remarkable fortunes of the Zulu Social Aid & Pleasure Club, a black carnival krewe in New Orleans whose members parade on Mardi Gras in blackface. He takes on issues that are as relevant today as they were when he wrote about them. Excessive sentencing is examined in a 1970 piece about a black militant in Houston serving thirty years in prison for giving away one marijuana cigarette. The role of race in the use of deadly force by police is highlighted in a 1975 article about an African American shot by a white policeman in Seattle. Uniting all these pieces are Trillin’s unflinching eye and graceful prose. Jackson, 1964 is an indispensable account of a half-century of race and racism in America, through the lens of a master journalist and writer who was there to bear witness. Read by Robert Fass, with the introduction read by the author Praise for Jackson, 1964 “Trillin’s elegant storytelling and keen observations sometimes churned my wrath about the glacial pace of progress. That’s because to me and millions of African-Americans, the topics of race and poverty—and their adverse impact on the mind and spirit—are, as Trillin acknowledges, not theoretical; they’re personal.”—Dorothy Butler Gilliam, The New York Times Book Review (Editor’s Choice) “These pieces . . . will continue to be read for the pleasure they deliver as well as for the pain they describe.”—The New York Times “With the diligent clarity, humane wit, polished prose and attention to pertinent detail that exemplify Trillin’s journalism at its best . . . Jackson, 1964 drives home a sobering realization: Even with signs of progress, racism in America is news that stays news.”—USA Today “These unsettling tales, elegantly written and wonderfully reported, are like black-and-white snapshots from the national photo album. They depict a society in flux but also stubbornly unmoved through the decades when it comes to many aspects of race relations. . . . The grace Trillin brings to his job makes his stories all the more poignant.”—The Christian Science Monitor “An exceptional collection [from] master essayist Trillin.”—Booklist (starred review)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264491Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson, 1964: And Other Dispatches From Fifty Years of Reporting on Race in America Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Calvin Trillin, Robert Fass...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson, 1964: And Other Dispatches From Fifty Years of Reporting on Race in America Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Calvin Trillin, Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author and beloved New Yorker writer Calvin Trillin, a deeply resonant, career-spanning collection of articles on race and racism, from the 1960s to the present In the early sixties, Calvin Trillin got his start as a journalist covering the Civil Rights Movement in the South. Over the next five decades of reporting, he often returned to scenes of racial tension. Now, for the first time, the best of Trillin’s pieces on race in America have been collected in one volume. In the title essay of Jackson, 1964, we experience Trillin’s riveting coverage of the pathbreaking voter registration drive known as the Mississippi Summer Project—coverage that includes an unforgettable airplane conversation between Martin Luther King, Jr., and a young white man sitting across the aisle. (“I’d like to be loved by everyone,” King tells him, “but we can’t always wait for love.”) In the years that follow, Trillin rides along with the National Guard units assigned to patrol black neighborhoods in Wilmington, Delaware; reports on the case of a black homeowner accused of manslaughter in the death of a white teenager in an overwhelmingly white Long Island suburb; and chronicles the remarkable fortunes of the Zulu Social Aid & Pleasure Club, a black carnival krewe in New Orleans whose members parade on Mardi Gras in blackface. He takes on issues that are as relevant today as they were when he wrote about them. Excessive sentencing is examined in a 1970 piece about a black militant in Houston serving thirty years in prison for giving away one marijuana cigarette. The role of race in the use of deadly force by police is highlighted in a 1975 article about an African American shot by a white policeman in Seattle. Uniting all these pieces are Trillin’s unflinching eye and graceful prose. Jackson, 1964 is an indispensable account of a half-century of race and racism in America, through the lens of a master journalist and writer who was there to bear witness. Read by Robert Fass, with the introduction read by the author Praise for Jackson, 1964 “Trillin’s elegant storytelling and keen observations sometimes churned my wrath about the glacial pace of progress. That’s because to me and millions of African-Americans, the topics of race and poverty—and their adverse impact on the mind and spirit—are, as Trillin acknowledges, not theoretical; they’re personal.”—Dorothy Butler Gilliam, The New York Times Book Review (Editor’s Choice) “These pieces . . . will continue to be read for the pleasure they deliver as well as for the pain they describe.”—The New York Times “With the diligent clarity, humane wit, polished prose and attention to pertinent detail that exemplify Trillin’s journalism at its best . . . Jackson, 1964 drives home a sobering realization: Even with signs of progress, racism in America is news that stays news.”—USA Today “These unsettling tales, elegantly written and wonderfully reported, are like black-and-white snapshots from the national photo album. They depict a society in flux but also stubbornly unmoved through the decades when it comes to many aspects of race relations. . . . The grace Trillin brings to his job makes his stories all the more poignant.”—The Christian Science Monitor “An exceptional collection [from] master essayist Trillin.”—Booklist (starred review)]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wake-up-america-the-nine-virtues-that-made-our-nation-great-and-why-we-need-them-more-than-ever-by-eric-bolling--65210520https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up America: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great--and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller America was built on nine distinct virtues which shaped the character of our nation and made it great. Grit, manliness, individualism, merit, profit and providence, dominion over our environment, thrift, and above all pride in our country—these qualities define us, and are the reason that hundreds of millions of people worldwide look to America for hope, inspiration, and opportunity. But it’s precisely these virtues that now are under attack by the radical Left of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, Bernie Sanders, and their followers. America as we know it is eroding before our eyes and becoming what Fox News Channel personality and co-host of “The Five” Eric Bolling calls a “politically correct nanny state.” The rewards for individual achievement and hard work, our basic constitutional rights, religious faith, national identity, and capitalism itself, are being replaced by a dangerous socialistic ideology that is the polar opposite of what our Founding Fathers intended America to be. It’s time for us to wake up and heed the clear-cut warning signs that America is heading in the wrong direction--before we’re too far gone. Eric Bolling knows firsthand what makes America great. Raised in a struggling blue-collar family in Chicago, his parents showed him that hard work and firm values can get you far in life. Those values drove him as a young baseball player to being drafted by the Pittsburgh Pirates, then success as a New York Mercantile Exchange trader, and now his daily role on Fox News Channel. A celebration of America that is informed by Bolling’s personal story, Wake Up America is a much-needed call to arms for America’s citizens to preserve and protect our country's present and future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263870Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up America: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great--and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up America: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great--and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller America was built on nine distinct virtues which shaped the character of our nation and made it great. Grit, manliness, individualism, merit, profit and providence, dominion over our environment, thrift, and above all pride in our country—these qualities define us, and are the reason that hundreds of millions of people worldwide look to America for hope, inspiration, and opportunity. But it’s precisely these virtues that now are under attack by the radical Left of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, Bernie Sanders, and their followers. America as we know it is eroding before our eyes and becoming what Fox News Channel personality and co-host of “The Five” Eric Bolling calls a “politically correct nanny state.” The rewards for individual achievement and hard work, our basic constitutional rights, religious faith, national identity, and capitalism itself, are being replaced by a dangerous socialistic ideology that is the polar opposite of what our Founding Fathers intended America to be. It’s time for us to wake up and heed the clear-cut warning signs that America is heading in the wrong direction--before we’re too far gone. Eric Bolling knows firsthand what makes America great. Raised in a struggling blue-collar family in Chicago, his parents showed him that hard work and firm values can get you far in life. Those values drove him as a young baseball player to being drafted by the Pittsburgh Pirates, then success as a New York Mercantile Exchange trader, and now his daily role on Fox News Channel. A celebration of America that is informed by Bolling’s personal story, Wake Up America is a much-needed call to arms for America’s citizens to preserve and protect our country's present and future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/crisis-of-character-a-white-house-secret-service-officer-discloses-his-firsthand-experience-with-hillary-bill-and-how-they-operate-by-gar--65210503https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis of Character: A White House Secret Service Officer Discloses His Firsthand Experience with Hillary, Bill, and How They Operate Author: Gary J. Byrne Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this runaway #1 New York Times bestseller, former secret service officer Gary Byrne, who was posted directly outside President Clinton's oval office, reveals what he observed of Hillary Clinton's character and the culture inside the White House while protecting the First Family in CRISIS OF CHARACTER, the most anticipated book of the 2016 election.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267045Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis of Character: A White House Secret Service Officer Discloses His Firsthand Experience with Hillary, Bill, and How They Operate Author: Gary J....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis of Character: A White House Secret Service Officer Discloses His Firsthand Experience with Hillary, Bill, and How They Operate Author: Gary J. Byrne Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this runaway #1 New York Times bestseller, former secret service officer Gary Byrne, who was posted directly outside President Clinton's oval office, reveals what he observed of Hillary Clinton's character and the culture inside the White House while protecting the First Family in CRISIS OF CHARACTER, the most anticipated book of the 2016 election.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/government-gone-wild-how-d-c-politicians-are-taking-you-for-a-ride-and-what-you-can-do-about-it-by-kristin-tate--65210491https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Gone Wild: How D.C. Politicians Are Taking You for a Ride -- and What You Can Do About It Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Avalon Kingsbury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With humor and a modern perspective, young conservative journalist Kristin Tate points out what's broken in our government and shows readers how they can fix it. Do you really think you're 'free?' #LOL. D.C. politicians ship our friends and family overseas to fight in wars we shouldn't be fighting. They monitor our emails, record our phone calls, and peer into our snail mail. They spend our hard-earned cash on things no disciplined family would buy. They tell us who we can marry and what we can put in our bodies. They throw us in overcrowded prisons for smoking pot. They take lavish trips around the world, staying in five-star hotels. . . and it comes straight out of our paychecks. This isn't freedom. Government Gone Wild is a brash, bold ride through the carnival of absurdities that our broken system has become. This isn't about Democrats vs. Republicans. . . it's about inspiring hard working Americans to give a damn so we can take our country back. This is your wakeup call. You're not anywhere near as free as you think you are -- but you can be. We're not as prosperous as we once were -- but we can be.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266349Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Gone Wild: How D.C. Politicians Are Taking You for a Ride -- and What You Can Do About It Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Avalon Kingsbury...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Gone Wild: How D.C. Politicians Are Taking You for a Ride -- and What You Can Do About It Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Avalon Kingsbury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With humor and a modern perspective, young conservative journalist Kristin Tate points out what's broken in our government and shows readers how they can fix it. Do you really think you're 'free?' #LOL. D.C. politicians ship our friends and family overseas to fight in wars we shouldn't be fighting. They monitor our emails, record our phone calls, and peer into our snail mail. They spend our hard-earned cash on things no disciplined family would buy. They tell us who we can marry and what we can put in our bodies. They throw us in overcrowded prisons for smoking pot. They take lavish trips around the world, staying in five-star hotels. . . and it comes straight out of our paychecks. This isn't freedom. Government Gone Wild is a brash, bold ride through the carnival of absurdities that our broken system has become. This isn't about Democrats vs. Republicans. . . it's about inspiring hard working Americans to give a damn so we can take our country back. This is your wakeup call. You're not anywhere near as free as you think you are -- but you can be. We're not as prosperous as we once were -- but we can be.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-underdog-proof-that-principles-matter-by-david-brat--65210486https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Underdog: Proof That Principles Matter Author: David Brat Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From David Brat, the college professor who made political headlines when he unseated Majority Leader Eric Cantor, comes his plan for restoring fiscal liberty for America. Congressman David Brat's odds-defying win against Eric Cantor -- a triumph of a modest $200,000 campaign fund against a $5 million war chest -- immediately brought David Brat, heretofore a liberal arts college economics professor, into the political limelight. Now, in his first book, American Underdog, Brat examines how we brought down the status quo by tapping into moral and economic lessons as old as our civilization and discusses how Washington can learn from history instead of ignoring it. A fighter for children, he illuminates how our current fiscal policies are selling their future, and outlines new ways to move forward with a conservative agenda that provides fairer treatment for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267044Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Underdog: Proof That Principles Matter Author: David Brat Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Underdog: Proof That Principles Matter Author: David Brat Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From David Brat, the college professor who made political headlines when he unseated Majority Leader Eric Cantor, comes his plan for restoring fiscal liberty for America. Congressman David Brat's odds-defying win against Eric Cantor -- a triumph of a modest $200,000 campaign fund against a $5 million war chest -- immediately brought David Brat, heretofore a liberal arts college economics professor, into the political limelight. Now, in his first book, American Underdog, Brat examines how we brought down the status quo by tapping into moral and economic lessons as old as our civilization and discusses how Washington can learn from history instead of ignoring it. A fighter for children, he illuminates how our current fiscal policies are selling their future, and outlines new ways to move forward with a conservative agenda that provides fairer treatment for all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nordic-theory-of-everything-in-search-of-a-better-life-by-anu-partanen--65210460https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266591 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nordic Theory of Everything: In Search of a Better Life Author: Anu Partanen Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Finnish journalist, now a naturalized American citizen, asks Americans to draw on elements of the Nordic way of life to nurture a fairer, happier, more secure, and less stressful society for themselves and their children. Moving to America in 2008, Finnish journalist Anu Partanen quickly went from confident, successful professional to wary, self-doubting mess. She found that navigating the basics of everyday life—from buying a cell phone and filing taxes to education and childcare—was much more complicated and stressful than anything she encountered in her homeland. At first, she attributed her crippling anxiety to the difficulty of adapting to a freewheeling new culture. But as she got to know Americans better, she discovered they shared her deep apprehension. To understand why life is so different in the U.S. and Finland, Partanen began to look closely at both. In The Nordic Theory of Everything, Partanen compares and contrasts life in the United States with life in the Nordic region, focusing on four key relationships—parents and children, men and women, employees and employers, and government and citizens. She debunks criticism that Nordic countries are socialist “nanny states,” revealing instead that it is we Americans who are far more enmeshed in unhealthy dependencies than we realize. As Partanen explains step by step, the Nordic approach allows citizens to enjoy more individual freedom and independence than we do. Partanen wants to open Americans’ eyes to how much better things can be—to show her beloved new country what it can learn from her homeland to reinvigorate and fulfill the promise of the American dream—to provide the opportunity to live a healthy, safe, economically secure, upwardly mobile life for everyone. Offering insights, advice, and solutions, The Nordic Theory of Everything makes a convincing argument that we can rebuild our society, rekindle our optimism, and restore true freedom to our relationships and lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266591Tue, 28 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266591 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nordic Theory of Everything: In Search of a Better Life Author: Anu Partanen Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266591 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nordic Theory of Everything: In Search of a Better Life Author: Anu Partanen Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: June 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Finnish journalist, now a naturalized American citizen, asks Americans to draw on elements of the Nordic way of life to nurture a fairer, happier, more secure, and less stressful society for themselves and their children. Moving to America in 2008, Finnish journalist Anu Partanen quickly went from confident, successful professional to wary, self-doubting mess. She found that navigating the basics of everyday life—from buying a cell phone and filing taxes to education and childcare—was much more complicated and stressful than anything she encountered in her homeland. At first, she attributed her crippling anxiety to the difficulty of adapting to a freewheeling new culture. But as she got to know Americans better, she discovered they shared her deep apprehension. To understand why life is so different in the U.S. and Finland, Partanen began to look closely at both. In The Nordic Theory of Everything, Partanen compares and contrasts life in the United States with life in the Nordic region, focusing on four key relationships—parents and children, men and women, employees and employers, and government and citizens. She debunks criticism that Nordic countries are socialist “nanny states,” revealing instead that it is we Americans who are far more enmeshed in unhealthy dependencies than we realize. As Partanen explains step by step, the Nordic approach allows citizens to enjoy more individual freedom and independence than we do. Partanen wants to open Americans’ eyes to how much better things can be—to show her beloved new country what it can learn from her homeland to reinvigorate and fulfill the promise of the American dream—to provide the opportunity to live a healthy, safe, economically secure, upwardly mobile life for everyone. Offering insights, advice, and solutions, The Nordic Theory of Everything makes a convincing argument that we can rebuild our society, rekindle our optimism, and restore true freedom to our relationships and lives.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-dangerous-to-believe-religious-freedom-and-its-enemies-by-mary-eberstadt--65210501https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Dangerous to Believe: Religious Freedom and Its Enemies Author: Mary Eberstadt Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mary Eberstadt, “one of the most acute and creative social observers of our time,” (Francis Fukuyama) shines a much-needed spotlight on a disturbing trend in American society: discrimination against traditional religious belief and believers, who are being aggressively pushed out of public life by the concerted efforts of militant secularists. In It’s Dangerous to Believe, Mary Eberstadt documents how people of faith—especially Christians who adhere to traditional religious beliefs—face widespread discrimination in today’s increasingly secular society. Eberstadt details how recent laws, court decisions, and intimidation on campuses and elsewhere threaten believers who fear losing their jobs, their communities, and their basic freedoms solely because of their convictions. They fear that their religious universities and colleges will capitulate to aggressive secularist demands. They fear that they and their families will be ostracized or will have to lose their religion because of mounting social and financial penalties for believing. They fear they won’t be able to maintain charitable operations that help the sick and feed the hungry. Is this what we want for our country? Religious freedom is a fundamental right, enshrined in the First Amendment. With It’s Dangerous to Believe Eberstadt calls attention to this growing bigotry and seeks to open the minds of secular liberals whose otherwise good intentions are transforming them into modern inquisitors. Not until these progressives live up to their own standards of tolerance and diversity, she reminds us, can we build the inclusive society America was meant to be.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264694Tue, 21 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Dangerous to Believe: Religious Freedom and Its Enemies Author: Mary Eberstadt Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Dangerous to Believe: Religious Freedom and Its Enemies Author: Mary Eberstadt Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mary Eberstadt, “one of the most acute and creative social observers of our time,” (Francis Fukuyama) shines a much-needed spotlight on a disturbing trend in American society: discrimination against traditional religious belief and believers, who are being aggressively pushed out of public life by the concerted efforts of militant secularists. In It’s Dangerous to Believe, Mary Eberstadt documents how people of faith—especially Christians who adhere to traditional religious beliefs—face widespread discrimination in today’s increasingly secular society. Eberstadt details how recent laws, court decisions, and intimidation on campuses and elsewhere threaten believers who fear losing their jobs, their communities, and their basic freedoms solely because of their convictions. They fear that their religious universities and colleges will capitulate to aggressive secularist demands. They fear that they and their families will be ostracized or will have to lose their religion because of mounting social and financial penalties for believing. They fear they won’t be able to maintain charitable operations that help the sick and feed the hungry. Is this what we want for our country? Religious freedom is a fundamental right, enshrined in the First Amendment. With It’s Dangerous to Believe Eberstadt calls attention to this growing bigotry and seeks to open the minds of secular liberals whose otherwise good intentions are transforming them into modern inquisitors. Not until these progressives live up to their own standards of tolerance and diversity, she reminds us, can we build the inclusive society America was meant to be.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tell-the-truth-shame-the-devil-the-life-legacy-and-love-of-my-son-michael-brown-by-lezley-mcspadden--65210499https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil: The Life, Legacy, and Love of My Son Michael Brown Author: Lezley McSpadden Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This revelatory memoir by the mother of Michael Brown, the African American teenager killed by the police officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson, Missouri, in 2014, sheds light on one of the landmark events in recent history. “I wasn’t there when Mike Mike was shot. I didn’t see him fall or take his last breath, but as his mother, I do know one thing better than anyone, and that’s how to tell my son’s story and the journey we shared together as mother and son,” says Lezley McSpadden When Michael Orlandus Darrion Brown was born, he was adored and doted on by his aunts, uncles, grandparents, his father, and most of all by his sixteen-year-old mother, who nicknamed him Mike Mike. McSpadden never imagined that her son’s name would inspire the resounding chants of protesters in Ferguson, Missouri, and ignite the global conversation about the disparities in the American policing system. In Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil, McSpadden picks up the pieces of the tragedy that shook her life and the country to their core and reveals the unforgettable story of her life, her son, and their truth. Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil is a riveting family memoir about the journey of a young woman triumphing over insurmountable obstacles and learning to become a good mother. With brutal honesty, McSpadden brings us inside her experiences being raised by a hardworking, single mother; her pregnancy at age fifteen and the painful subsequent decision to drop out of school to support her son; how she survived domestic abuse; and her unwavering commitment to raising four strong and healthy children, even if it meant doing so on her own. McSpadden writes passionately about the hours, days, and months after her son was shot to death by Officer Darren Wilson, recounting her time on the ground with peaceful protestors, how she was treated by police and city officials, and how she felt in the gut-wrenching moment when the grand jury announced that it would not indict the man who had killed her son. After the system failed to deliver justice for Michael Brown, McSpadden and thousands of others across America took it upon themselves to carry on his legacy in the fight against injustice and racism. Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil is a portrait of our time, an urgent call to action, and a moving testament to the undying bond between mothers and sons.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266520Tue, 21 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil: The Life, Legacy, and Love of My Son Michael Brown Author: Lezley McSpadden Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil: The Life, Legacy, and Love of My Son Michael Brown Author: Lezley McSpadden Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This revelatory memoir by the mother of Michael Brown, the African American teenager killed by the police officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson, Missouri, in 2014, sheds light on one of the landmark events in recent history. “I wasn’t there when Mike Mike was shot. I didn’t see him fall or take his last breath, but as his mother, I do know one thing better than anyone, and that’s how to tell my son’s story and the journey we shared together as mother and son,” says Lezley McSpadden When Michael Orlandus Darrion Brown was born, he was adored and doted on by his aunts, uncles, grandparents, his father, and most of all by his sixteen-year-old mother, who nicknamed him Mike Mike. McSpadden never imagined that her son’s name would inspire the resounding chants of protesters in Ferguson, Missouri, and ignite the global conversation about the disparities in the American policing system. In Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil, McSpadden picks up the pieces of the tragedy that shook her life and the country to their core and reveals the unforgettable story of her life, her son, and their truth. Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil is a riveting family memoir about the journey of a young woman triumphing over insurmountable obstacles and learning to become a good mother. With brutal honesty, McSpadden brings us inside her experiences being raised by a hardworking, single mother; her pregnancy at age fifteen and the painful subsequent decision to drop out of school to support her son; how she survived domestic abuse; and her unwavering commitment to raising four strong and healthy children, even if it meant doing so on her own. McSpadden writes passionately about the hours, days, and months after her son was shot to death by Officer Darren Wilson, recounting her time on the ground with peaceful protestors, how she was treated by police and city officials, and how she felt in the gut-wrenching moment when the grand jury announced that it would not indict the man who had killed her son. After the system failed to deliver justice for Michael Brown, McSpadden and thousands of others across America took it upon themselves to carry on his legacy in the fight against injustice and racism. Tell the Truth & Shame the Devil is a portrait of our time, an urgent call to action, and a moving testament to the undying bond between mothers and sons.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/armageddon-how-trump-can-beat-hillary-by-dick-morris--65210488https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon: How Trump Can Beat Hillary Author: Dick Morris Narrator: Ian Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Timed for the critical presidential election season, New York Times bestselling author and noted political commentator Dick Morris provides a strategy and position on the issues for Republicans to attract crucial new voters to the party in order to win back the White House in 2016 and put an end to the Obama agenda of ruinous socialism. By using new issues, attracting new voters, and offering new alternatives, Republicans can win the election of 2016 and save America! This book will be must reading for pundits, politicians and voters alike looking to end America's decline and get on the path to prosperity again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266572Tue, 21 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon: How Trump Can Beat Hillary Author: Dick Morris Narrator: Ian Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armageddon: How Trump Can Beat Hillary Author: Dick Morris Narrator: Ian Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Timed for the critical presidential election season, New York Times bestselling author and noted political commentator Dick Morris provides a strategy and position on the issues for Republicans to attract crucial new voters to the party in order to win back the White House in 2016 and put an end to the Obama agenda of ruinous socialism. By using new issues, attracting new voters, and offering new alternatives, Republicans can win the election of 2016 and save America! This book will be must reading for pundits, politicians and voters alike looking to end America's decline and get on the path to prosperity again.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-intimidation-game-how-the-left-is-silencing-free-speech-by-kimberley-strassel--65210482https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intimidation Game: How the Left Is Silencing Free Speech Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Jennifer Edges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Kim Strassel-one of the preeminent political columnists writing today and member of the Wall Street Journal editorial board-comes an insightful, alarming look at how the Left, once the champion of civil liberties, is today orchestrating a coordinated campaign to bully Americans out of free speech. For nearly 40 years, Washington and much of the American public have held up disclosure and campaign finance laws as ideals, and the path to cleaner and freer elections. This book will show, through first-hand accounts, how both have been hijacked by the Left as weapons against free speech and free association, becoming the most powerful tools of those intent on silencing their political opposition. The Intimidation Game provides a chilling expose of political scare tactics and overreach, including: - How Citizens United set off a wave of liberal harassment against conservative politicians - The targeting of Tea Party groups by the IRS - How Wisconsin prosecutors, state AGs, and a Democratic Congress shut down political activists and businesses - The politicization by the Obama administration of a host of government agencies including the FEC, FCC and the SEC The Intimidation Game will shine a much-needed light on how liberal governance and the Democratic machine bullies the political process.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266350Tue, 21 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intimidation Game: How the Left Is Silencing Free Speech Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Jennifer Edges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intimidation Game: How the Left Is Silencing Free Speech Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Jennifer Edges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Kim Strassel-one of the preeminent political columnists writing today and member of the Wall Street Journal editorial board-comes an insightful, alarming look at how the Left, once the champion of civil liberties, is today orchestrating a coordinated campaign to bully Americans out of free speech. For nearly 40 years, Washington and much of the American public have held up disclosure and campaign finance laws as ideals, and the path to cleaner and freer elections. This book will show, through first-hand accounts, how both have been hijacked by the Left as weapons against free speech and free association, becoming the most powerful tools of those intent on silencing their political opposition. The Intimidation Game provides a chilling expose of political scare tactics and overreach, including: - How Citizens United set off a wave of liberal harassment against conservative politicians - The targeting of Tea Party groups by the IRS - How Wisconsin prosecutors, state AGs, and a Democratic Congress shut down political activists and businesses - The politicization by the Obama administration of a host of government agencies including the FEC, FCC and the SEC The Intimidation Game will shine a much-needed light on how liberal governance and the Democratic machine bullies the political process.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-long-prison-journey-of-leslie-van-houten-life-beyond-the-cult-by-karlene-faith--65210534https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Prison Journey of Leslie van Houten: Life Beyond the Cult Author: Karlene Faith Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At the age off twenty-one, Leslie Van Houten was sentenced to death, along with Charles Manson and his other disciples, for the infamous murder rampage spanning two nights in August 1969. Leslie, who was present at the Rosemary and Leno LaBianca stabbings, serenely accepted her sentence, wishing only that she had better served Manson in carrying out his apocalyptic vision of 'Helter Skelter.' When the United States temporarily suspended its death penalty, her sentence for murder conspiracy was converted to life in prison. Today, at the age of 51, after three trials and with no parole in sight, Leslie has become a remarkable survivor of a living nightmare. This work presents the first in-depth look at how this 'girl-next-door' became one of Manson's 'girls.' It also tells about Karlene Faith's thirty-year friendship with Leslie, whom she met while teaching in prison. To everyone who encountered Leslie - including prison staff and television journalists - she was not the demon typically portrayed by the media, but rather a gentle, generous spirit who mourned her victims. But why didn't this intelligent young woman see the evil in the 'messiah' who had sexually exploited her, preached a racist ideology, and ordered her to murder? Faith pieces together the puzzle, starting with Leslie's spiritual quest within the sixties counterculture and her immediate attraction to Manson during a chance meeting. We learn of Manson's ability to look into her mind and commiserate with her turmoil. We also see his own need to control women and how his brainwashing techniques enabled his followers to embrace him as God, giving them little choice but to obey. Leslie's journey out of Manson's grasp is a riveting feminist and spiritual story of recovering one's self. Why this rehabilitated woman, long punished for one man's madness, has not been able to leave prison is another story Faith brings to light. Filled with accounts of political injustices, this powerful book moves the reader to rethink the meanings and limits of guilt and punishment.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265835Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Prison Journey of Leslie van Houten: Life Beyond the Cult Author: Karlene Faith Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Prison Journey of Leslie van Houten: Life Beyond the Cult Author: Karlene Faith Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At the age off twenty-one, Leslie Van Houten was sentenced to death, along with Charles Manson and his other disciples, for the infamous murder rampage spanning two nights in August 1969. Leslie, who was present at the Rosemary and Leno LaBianca stabbings, serenely accepted her sentence, wishing only that she had better served Manson in carrying out his apocalyptic vision of 'Helter Skelter.' When the United States temporarily suspended its death penalty, her sentence for murder conspiracy was converted to life in prison. Today, at the age of 51, after three trials and with no parole in sight, Leslie has become a remarkable survivor of a living nightmare. This work presents the first in-depth look at how this 'girl-next-door' became one of Manson's 'girls.' It also tells about Karlene Faith's thirty-year friendship with Leslie, whom she met while teaching in prison. To everyone who encountered Leslie - including prison staff and television journalists - she was not the demon typically portrayed by the media, but rather a gentle, generous spirit who mourned her victims. But why didn't this intelligent young woman see the evil in the 'messiah' who had sexually exploited her, preached a racist ideology, and ordered her to murder? Faith pieces together the puzzle, starting with Leslie's spiritual quest within the sixties counterculture and her immediate attraction to Manson during a chance meeting. We learn of Manson's ability to look into her mind and commiserate with her turmoil. We also see his own need to control women and how his brainwashing techniques enabled his followers to embrace him as God, giving them little choice but to obey. Leslie's journey out of Manson's grasp is a riveting feminist and spiritual story of recovering one's self. Why this rehabilitated woman, long punished for one man's madness, has not been able to leave prison is another story Faith brings to light. Filled with accounts of political injustices, this powerful book moves the reader to rethink the meanings and limits of guilt and punishment.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/if-you-can-keep-it-the-forgotten-promise-of-american-liberty-by-eric-metaxas--65210518https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If You Can Keep It: The Forgotten Promise of American Liberty Author: Eric Metaxas Narrator: Eric Metaxas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Eric Metaxas delivers an extraordinary book that is part history and part rousing call to arms, steeped in a critical analysis of our founding fathers' original intentions for America.  In 1787, when the Constitution was drafted, a woman asked Ben Franklin what the founders had given the American people. 'A republic,' he shot back, 'if you can keep it.' More than two centuries later, Metaxas examines what that means and how we are doing on that score. If You Can Keep It is at once a thrilling review of America's uniqueness—including our role as a 'nation of nations'—and a chilling reminder that America's greatness cannot continue unless we embrace our own crucial role in living out what the founders entrusted to us. Metaxas explains that America is not a nation bounded by ethnic identity or geography, but rather by a radical and unprecedented idea, based on liberty and freedom for all. He cautions us that it's nearly past time we reconnect to that idea, or we may lose the very foundation of what made us exceptional in the first place.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263704Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If You Can Keep It: The Forgotten Promise of American Liberty Author: Eric Metaxas Narrator: Eric Metaxas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If You Can Keep It: The Forgotten Promise of American Liberty Author: Eric Metaxas Narrator: Eric Metaxas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Eric Metaxas delivers an extraordinary book that is part history and part rousing call to arms, steeped in a critical analysis of our founding fathers' original intentions for America.  In 1787, when the Constitution was drafted, a woman asked Ben Franklin what the founders had given the American people. 'A republic,' he shot back, 'if you can keep it.' More than two centuries later, Metaxas examines what that means and how we are doing on that score. If You Can Keep It is at once a thrilling review of America's uniqueness—including our role as a 'nation of nations'—and a chilling reminder that America's greatness cannot continue unless we embrace our own crucial role in living out what the founders entrusted to us. Metaxas explains that America is not a nation bounded by ethnic identity or geography, but rather by a radical and unprecedented idea, based on liberty and freedom for all. He cautions us that it's nearly past time we reconnect to that idea, or we may lose the very foundation of what made us exceptional in the first place.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/love-wins-the-lovers-and-lawyers-who-fought-the-landmark-case-for-marriage-equality-by-debbie-cenziper-jim-obergefell--65210505https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Wins: The Lovers and Lawyers Who Fought the Landmark Case for Marriage Equality Author: Debbie Cenziper, Jim Obergefell Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The fascinating and very moving story of the lovers, lawyers, judges and activists behind the groundbreaking Supreme Court case that led to one of the most important, national civil rights victories in decades—the legalization of same-sex marriage. In June 2015, the Supreme Court made same-sex marriage the law in all fifty states in a decision as groundbreaking as Roe v Wade and Brown v Board of Education. Through insider accounts and access to key players, this definitive account reveals the dramatic and previously unreported events behind Obergefell v Hodges and the lives at its center. This is a story of law and love—and a promise made to a dying man who wanted to know how he would be remembered. Twenty years ago, Jim Obergefell and John Arthur fell in love in Cincinnati, Ohio, a place where gays were routinely picked up by police and fired from their jobs. In 2013, the Supreme Court ruled that the federal government had to provide married gay couples all the benefits offered to straight couples. Jim and John—who was dying from ALS—flew to Maryland, where same-sex marriage was legal. But back home, Ohio refused to recognize their union, or even list Jim’s name on John’s death certificate. Then they met Al Gerhardstein, a courageous attorney who had spent nearly three decades advocating for civil rights and who now saw an opening for the cause that few others had before him. This forceful and deeply affecting narrative—Part Erin Brockovich, part Milk, part Still Alice—chronicles how this grieving man and his lawyer, against overwhelming odds, introduced the most important gay rights case in U.S. history. It is an urgent and unforgettable account that will inspire readers for many years to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265688Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Wins: The Lovers and Lawyers Who Fought the Landmark Case for Marriage Equality Author: Debbie Cenziper, Jim Obergefell Narrator: George Newbern...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Wins: The Lovers and Lawyers Who Fought the Landmark Case for Marriage Equality Author: Debbie Cenziper, Jim Obergefell Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The fascinating and very moving story of the lovers, lawyers, judges and activists behind the groundbreaking Supreme Court case that led to one of the most important, national civil rights victories in decades—the legalization of same-sex marriage. In June 2015, the Supreme Court made same-sex marriage the law in all fifty states in a decision as groundbreaking as Roe v Wade and Brown v Board of Education. Through insider accounts and access to key players, this definitive account reveals the dramatic and previously unreported events behind Obergefell v Hodges and the lives at its center. This is a story of law and love—and a promise made to a dying man who wanted to know how he would be remembered. Twenty years ago, Jim Obergefell and John Arthur fell in love in Cincinnati, Ohio, a place where gays were routinely picked up by police and fired from their jobs. In 2013, the Supreme Court ruled that the federal government had to provide married gay couples all the benefits offered to straight couples. Jim and John—who was dying from ALS—flew to Maryland, where same-sex marriage was legal. But back home, Ohio refused to recognize their union, or even list Jim’s name on John’s death certificate. Then they met Al Gerhardstein, a courageous attorney who had spent nearly three decades advocating for civil rights and who now saw an opening for the cause that few others had before him. This forceful and deeply affecting narrative—Part Erin Brockovich, part Milk, part Still Alice—chronicles how this grieving man and his lawyer, against overwhelming odds, introduced the most important gay rights case in U.S. history. It is an urgent and unforgettable account that will inspire readers for many years to come.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-way-to-the-spring-life-and-death-in-palestine-by-ben-ehrenreich--65210504https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way to the Spring: Life and Death in Palestine Author: Ben Ehrenreich Narrator: Ben Ehrenreich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The Way to the Spring is a riveting and powerful work . . . . Readers near and far who seek greater understanding of how Palestinians live—and the violence they endure—are well served by Ehrenreich’s book.” —Haaretz “Ehrenreich's haunting, poignant and memorable stories add up to a weighty contribution to the Palestinian side of the scales of history.” —New York Times Book Review  “An impassioned and humane story.” —O Magazine From an award-winning journalist, a brave and necessary immersion into the everyday struggles of Palestinian life  Over the past three years, American writer Ben Ehrenreich has been traveling to and living in the West Bank, staying with Palestinian families in its largest cities and its smallest villages. Along the way he has written major stories for American outlets, including a remarkable New York Times Magazine cover story. Now comes the powerful new work that has always been his ultimate goal, The Way to the Spring. We are familiar with brave journalists who travel to bleak or war-torn places on a mission to listen and understand, to gather the stories of people suffering from extremes of oppression and want: Katherine Boo, Ryszard Kapuściński, Ted Conover, and Philip Gourevitch among them. Palestine is, by any measure, whatever one's politics, one such place. Ruled by the Israeli military, set upon and harassed constantly by Israeli settlers who admit unapologetically to wanting to drive them from the land, forced to negotiate an ever more elaborate and more suffocating series of fences, checkpoints, and barriers that have sundered home from field, home from home, this is a population whose living conditions are unique, and indeed hard to imagine. In a great act of bravery, empathy and understanding, Ben Ehrenreich, by placing us in the footsteps of ordinary Palestinians and telling their story with surpassing literary power and grace, makes it impossible for us to turn away.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263705Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way to the Spring: Life and Death in Palestine Author: Ben Ehrenreich Narrator: Ben Ehrenreich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way to the Spring: Life and Death in Palestine Author: Ben Ehrenreich Narrator: Ben Ehrenreich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The Way to the Spring is a riveting and powerful work . . . . Readers near and far who seek greater understanding of how Palestinians live—and the violence they endure—are well served by Ehrenreich’s book.” —Haaretz “Ehrenreich's haunting, poignant and memorable stories add up to a weighty contribution to the Palestinian side of the scales of history.” —New York Times Book Review  “An impassioned and humane story.” —O Magazine From an award-winning journalist, a brave and necessary immersion into the everyday struggles of Palestinian life  Over the past three years, American writer Ben Ehrenreich has been traveling to and living in the West Bank, staying with Palestinian families in its largest cities and its smallest villages. Along the way he has written major stories for American outlets, including a remarkable New York Times Magazine cover story. Now comes the powerful new work that has always been his ultimate goal, The Way to the Spring. We are familiar with brave journalists who travel to bleak or war-torn places on a mission to listen and understand, to gather the stories of people suffering from extremes of oppression and want: Katherine Boo, Ryszard Kapuściński, Ted Conover, and Philip Gourevitch among them. Palestine is, by any measure, whatever one's politics, one such place. Ruled by the Israeli military, set upon and harassed constantly by Israeli settlers who admit unapologetically to wanting to drive them from the land, forced to negotiate an ever more elaborate and more suffocating series of fences, checkpoints, and barriers that have sundered home from field, home from home, this is a population whose living conditions are unique, and indeed hard to imagine. In a great act of bravery, empathy and understanding, Ben Ehrenreich, by placing us in the footsteps of ordinary Palestinians and telling their story with surpassing literary power and grace, makes it impossible for us to turn away.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/executing-grace-how-the-death-penalty-killed-jesus-and-why-it-s-killing-us-by-shane-claiborne--65210542https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executing Grace: How the Death Penalty Killed Jesus and Why It's Killing Us Author: Shane Claiborne Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this reasoned exploration of justice, retribution, and redemption, the champion of the new monastic movement, popular speaker, and author of the bestselling The Irresistible Revolution offers a powerful and persuasive appeal for the abolition of the death penalty. The Bible says an eye for an eye. But is the state’s taking of a life true—or even practical—punishment for convicted prisoners? In this thought-provoking work, Shane Claiborne explores the issue of the death penalty and the contrast between punitive justice and restorative justice, questioning our notions of fairness, revenge, and absolution. Using an historical lens to frame his argument, Claiborne draws on testimonials and examples from Scripture to show how the death penalty is not the ideal of justice that many believe. Not only is a life lost, so too, is the possibility of mercy and grace. In Executing Grace, he reminds us of the divine power of forgiveness, and evokes the fundamental truth of the Gospel—that no one, even a criminal, is beyond redemption.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263958Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executing Grace: How the Death Penalty Killed Jesus and Why It's Killing Us Author: Shane Claiborne Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executing Grace: How the Death Penalty Killed Jesus and Why It's Killing Us Author: Shane Claiborne Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this reasoned exploration of justice, retribution, and redemption, the champion of the new monastic movement, popular speaker, and author of the bestselling The Irresistible Revolution offers a powerful and persuasive appeal for the abolition of the death penalty. The Bible says an eye for an eye. But is the state’s taking of a life true—or even practical—punishment for convicted prisoners? In this thought-provoking work, Shane Claiborne explores the issue of the death penalty and the contrast between punitive justice and restorative justice, questioning our notions of fairness, revenge, and absolution. Using an historical lens to frame his argument, Claiborne draws on testimonials and examples from Scripture to show how the death penalty is not the ideal of justice that many believe. Not only is a life lost, so too, is the possibility of mercy and grace. In Executing Grace, he reminds us of the divine power of forgiveness, and evokes the fundamental truth of the Gospel—that no one, even a criminal, is beyond redemption.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-protect-and-serve-how-to-fix-america-s-police-by-norm-stamper--65210492https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Protect and Serve: How to Fix America's Police Author: Norm Stamper Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American policing is in crisis. The last decade witnessed a vast increase in police aggression, misconduct, and militarization, along with a corresponding reduction in transparency and accountability. Nowhere is this more noticeable and painful than in African American and other ethnic minority communities. Racism—from raw, individualized versions to insidious systemic examples—appears to be on the rise in our police departments. Overall, our police officers have grown more and more alienated from the people they’ve been hired to serve. In To Protect and To Serve, Norm Stamper offers new insights into the conditions that have created this crisis, reminding us that police in a democratic society belong to the people—and not the other way around.To Protect and To Serve also delivers a revolutionary new model for American law enforcement: the community-based police department. It calls for citizen participation in all aspects of police operations: policymaking, program development, crime fighting and service delivery, entry-level and ongoing education and training, oversight of police conduct, and, especially relevant to today’s challenges, joint community-police crisis management. Nothing will ever change until the system itself is radically restructured, and here Norm Stamper shows us how.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265779Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Protect and Serve: How to Fix America's Police Author: Norm Stamper Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Protect and Serve: How to Fix America's Police Author: Norm Stamper Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American policing is in crisis. The last decade witnessed a vast increase in police aggression, misconduct, and militarization, along with a corresponding reduction in transparency and accountability. Nowhere is this more noticeable and painful than in African American and other ethnic minority communities. Racism—from raw, individualized versions to insidious systemic examples—appears to be on the rise in our police departments. Overall, our police officers have grown more and more alienated from the people they’ve been hired to serve. In To Protect and To Serve, Norm Stamper offers new insights into the conditions that have created this crisis, reminding us that police in a democratic society belong to the people—and not the other way around.To Protect and To Serve also delivers a revolutionary new model for American law enforcement: the community-based police department. It calls for citizen participation in all aspects of police operations: policymaking, program development, crime fighting and service delivery, entry-level and ongoing education and training, oversight of police conduct, and, especially relevant to today’s challenges, joint community-police crisis management. Nothing will ever change until the system itself is radically restructured, and here Norm Stamper shows us how.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-pivot-the-future-of-american-statecraft-in-asia-by-kurt-campbell--65210475https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268738 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: The Future of American Statecraft in Asia Author: Kurt Campbell Narrator: Marc Vietor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From former assistant secretary of state Kurt M. Campbell comes the definitive analysis and explanation of the new major shift in American foreign policy, its interests and assets, to Asia. There is a quiet drama playing out in American foreign policy far from the dark contours of upheaval in the Middle East and South Asia and the hovering drone attacks of the war on terror. The United States is in the midst of a substantial and long-term national project, which is proceeding in fits and starts, to reorient its foreign policy to the East. The central tenet of this policy shift, aka the Pivot, is that the United States will need to do more with and in the Asia-Pacific hemisphere to help revitalize its own economy, to realize the full potential of the region's dramatic innovation, and to keep the peace in the world's most dynamic region where the lion's share of the history of the twenty-first century will be written. This book is about a necessary course correction for American diplomacy, commercial engagement, and military innovation during a time of unrelenting and largely unrewarding conflict. While the United States has intensified its focus on the Asia-Pacific arena relative to previous administrations, much more remains to be done. The Pivot is about that future. It explores how the United States should construct a strategy that will position it to maneuver across the East and offers a clarion call for cunning, dexterity, and ingenuity in the period ahead for American statecraft in the Asia-Pacific region.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268738Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268738 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: The Future of American Statecraft in Asia Author: Kurt Campbell Narrator: Marc Vietor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268738 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: The Future of American Statecraft in Asia Author: Kurt Campbell Narrator: Marc Vietor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From former assistant secretary of state Kurt M. Campbell comes the definitive analysis and explanation of the new major shift in American foreign policy, its interests and assets, to Asia. There is a quiet drama playing out in American foreign policy far from the dark contours of upheaval in the Middle East and South Asia and the hovering drone attacks of the war on terror. The United States is in the midst of a substantial and long-term national project, which is proceeding in fits and starts, to reorient its foreign policy to the East. The central tenet of this policy shift, aka the Pivot, is that the United States will need to do more with and in the Asia-Pacific hemisphere to help revitalize its own economy, to realize the full potential of the region's dramatic innovation, and to keep the peace in the world's most dynamic region where the lion's share of the history of the twenty-first century will be written. This book is about a necessary course correction for American diplomacy, commercial engagement, and military innovation during a time of unrelenting and largely unrewarding conflict. While the United States has intensified its focus on the Asia-Pacific arena relative to previous administrations, much more remains to be done. The Pivot is about that future. It explores how the United States should construct a strategy that will position it to maneuver across the East and offers a clarion call for cunning, dexterity, and ingenuity in the period ahead for American statecraft in the Asia-Pacific region.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/postcapitalism-a-guide-to-our-future-by-paul-mason--65210544https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: PostCapitalism: A Guide to Our Future Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Paul Mason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of PostCapitalism, written and read by Paul Mason. 'The most important book about our economy and society to be published in my lifetime' Irvine Welsh From Paul Mason, the award-winning Channel 4 presenter, Postcapitalism is a guide to our era of seismic economic change, and how we can build a more equal society. Over the past two centuries or so, capitalism has undergone continual change - economic cycles that lurch from boom to bust - and has always emerged transformed and strengthened. Surveying this turbulent history, Paul Mason wonders whether today we are on the brink of a change so big, so profound, that this time capitalism itself, the immensely complex system by which entire societies function, has reached its limits and is changing into something wholly new. At the heart of this change is information technology: a revolution that, as Mason shows, has the potential to reshape utterly our familiar notions of work, production and value; and to destroy an economy based on markets and private ownership - in fact, he contends, it is already doing so. In this groundbreaking, Sunday Times top ten book, Mason shows how, from the ashes of the recent financial crisis, we have the chance to create a more socially just and sustainable global economy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265502Thu, 02 Jun 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: PostCapitalism: A Guide to Our Future Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Paul Mason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: PostCapitalism: A Guide to Our Future Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Paul Mason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of PostCapitalism, written and read by Paul Mason. 'The most important book about our economy and society to be published in my lifetime' Irvine Welsh From Paul Mason, the award-winning Channel 4 presenter, Postcapitalism is a guide to our era of seismic economic change, and how we can build a more equal society. Over the past two centuries or so, capitalism has undergone continual change - economic cycles that lurch from boom to bust - and has always emerged transformed and strengthened. Surveying this turbulent history, Paul Mason wonders whether today we are on the brink of a change so big, so profound, that this time capitalism itself, the immensely complex system by which entire societies function, has reached its limits and is changing into something wholly new. At the heart of this change is information technology: a revolution that, as Mason shows, has the potential to reshape utterly our familiar notions of work, production and value; and to destroy an economy based on markets and private ownership - in fact, he contends, it is already doing so. In this groundbreaking, Sunday Times top ten book, Mason shows how, from the ashes of the recent financial crisis, we have the chance to create a more socially just and sustainable global economy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-last-best-hope-the-greatest-speeches-of-ronald-reagan-by-ronald-reagan--65210481https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Best Hope: The Greatest Speeches of Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the time he arrived on the political scene in 1964 - throughout his presidency and beyond, Ronald Reagan - used his speeches to inspire and reinvigorate America. When he spoke, Reagan, said, he was preaching a sermon. The American people saw his vision of America and his dreams for the future and they overwhelmingly responded; he was re-elected in 1984 by the largest number of electoral votes in the nation's history. Here in this collection of twenty-eight speeches spanning the Reagan era, readers can find inspiration in Reagan's sermons. Ronald Regan's words show a profound belief in God, freedom, individualism, limited government, and his great love for his country.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264404Tue, 31 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Best Hope: The Greatest Speeches of Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Best Hope: The Greatest Speeches of Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the time he arrived on the political scene in 1964 - throughout his presidency and beyond, Ronald Reagan - used his speeches to inspire and reinvigorate America. When he spoke, Reagan, said, he was preaching a sermon. The American people saw his vision of America and his dreams for the future and they overwhelmingly responded; he was re-elected in 1984 by the largest number of electoral votes in the nation's history. Here in this collection of twenty-eight speeches spanning the Reagan era, readers can find inspiration in Reagan's sermons. Ronald Regan's words show a profound belief in God, freedom, individualism, limited government, and his great love for his country.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-long-game-a-memoir-by-mitch-mcconnell--65210454https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Game: A Memoir Author: Mitch McConnell Narrator: Mitch McConnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The candid, behind-the-scenes memoir of the of the Senate Majority Leader and GOP veteran.   In October 1984, a hard-charging Kentucky politician waited excitedly for President Ronald Reagan to arrive at a presidential rally in Louisville. In the midst of a tough Senate campaign against an incumbent Democrat, the young Republican hoped Reagan’s endorsement would give a much-needed boost to his insurgent campaign. He even had a camera crew ready to capture the president’s words for a TV commercial he planned to air during the campaign’s final stretch. Alas, when Reagan finally stepped to the microphone, he smiled for the crowd and declared: “I’m happy to be here with my good friend, Mitch O’Donnell.”    That was hardly Mitch McConnell’s first setback, and far from his last. He swallowed hard, put his head down, and kept going. Four weeks later, in the biggest upset of the year, his dream of being a US senator came true—by a margin of about one vote per precinct. By persevering, he’d be the only Republican in the country to beat an incumbent Democratic US senator.    McConnell learned patience and fortitude during his post–World War II youth in Alabama. His mother helped him beat polio by leading him through long, aching exer­cises every day for two years. His father taught him the importance of standing up to bullies, even if it meant tak­ing the occasional punch. It turned out to be the perfect childhood for a future Senate majority leader. “In the line of work I would choose, compromise is key, but I’d come to find that certain times required me to invoke the fight­ing spirit both of my parents instilled in me.”  For more than three decades, McConnell has worked steadily to advance conservative values, including limited government, indi­vidual liberty, fiscal prudence, and a strong national defense. But he has always cared much more about moving the ball forward than about who gets the credit. Now McConnell reveals what he really thinks about the rivalry between the Senate and the House; the players and the stakes involved when a group of political oppor­tunists tried to hijack the Tea Party movement; and key figures such as Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and Harry Reid. He explains the real causes of the chronic gridlock that has so many vot­ers enraged, his ongoing efforts to restore the US Senate’s indispensable dual role as a brake on excess and a tool for national consensus, and what ordinary citizens have a right to expect from Washington.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263461Tue, 31 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Game: A Memoir Author: Mitch McConnell Narrator: Mitch McConnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 31,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Game: A Memoir Author: Mitch McConnell Narrator: Mitch McConnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The candid, behind-the-scenes memoir of the of the Senate Majority Leader and GOP veteran.   In October 1984, a hard-charging Kentucky politician waited excitedly for President Ronald Reagan to arrive at a presidential rally in Louisville. In the midst of a tough Senate campaign against an incumbent Democrat, the young Republican hoped Reagan’s endorsement would give a much-needed boost to his insurgent campaign. He even had a camera crew ready to capture the president’s words for a TV commercial he planned to air during the campaign’s final stretch. Alas, when Reagan finally stepped to the microphone, he smiled for the crowd and declared: “I’m happy to be here with my good friend, Mitch O’Donnell.”    That was hardly Mitch McConnell’s first setback, and far from his last. He swallowed hard, put his head down, and kept going. Four weeks later, in the biggest upset of the year, his dream of being a US senator came true—by a margin of about one vote per precinct. By persevering, he’d be the only Republican in the country to beat an incumbent Democratic US senator.    McConnell learned patience and fortitude during his post–World War II youth in Alabama. His mother helped him beat polio by leading him through long, aching exer­cises every day for two years. His father taught him the importance of standing up to bullies, even if it meant tak­ing the occasional punch. It turned out to be the perfect childhood for a future Senate majority leader. “In the line of work I would choose, compromise is key, but I’d come to find that certain times required me to invoke the fight­ing spirit both of my parents instilled in me.”  For more than three decades, McConnell has worked steadily to advance conservative values, including limited government, indi­vidual liberty, fiscal prudence, and a strong national defense. But he has always cared much more about moving the ball forward than about who gets the credit. Now McConnell reveals what he really thinks about the rivalry between the Senate and the House; the players and the stakes involved when a group of political oppor­tunists tried to hijack the Tea Party movement; and key figures such as Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and Harry Reid. He explains the real causes of the chronic gridlock that has so many vot­ers enraged, his ongoing efforts to restore the US Senate’s indispensable dual role as a brake on excess and a tool for national consensus, and what ordinary citizens have a right to expect from Washington.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-rules-the-world-by-noam-chomsky--65210509https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The essential account of geopolitics right now, from one of our greatest living intellectuals - including a new afterword on President Donald Trump Noam Chomsky: philosopher, political writer, fearless activist. No one has done more to question the hidden actors who govern our lives, calling the powers that be to account. Here he presents Who Rules the World?, his definitive account of those powers, how they work, and why we should be questioning them. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China's global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, this book investigates the defining issues of our times and exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of America's policies and actions. The world's political and financial elite are now operating almost totally unconstrained by the so-called democratic structure. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening our very survival, dissenting voices have never been more necessary. Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419Thu, 26 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The essential account of geopolitics right now, from one of our greatest living intellectuals - including a new afterword on President Donald Trump Noam Chomsky: philosopher, political writer, fearless activist. No one has done more to question the hidden actors who govern our lives, calling the powers that be to account. Here he presents Who Rules the World?, his definitive account of those powers, how they work, and why we should be questioning them. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China's global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, this book investigates the defining issues of our times and exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of America's policies and actions. The world's political and financial elite are now operating almost totally unconstrained by the so-called democratic structure. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening our very survival, dissenting voices have never been more necessary. Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/secondhand-time-the-last-of-the-soviets-by-svetlana-alexievich--65210524https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264519 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand Time: The Last of the Soviets Author: Svetlana Alexievich Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Jorjeana Marie, Amanda Carlin, Rebecca Lowman, Coleen Marlo, Kimberly Farr, Cassandra Campbell, Kirby Heyborne, Hillary Huber, Mark Bramhall, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 24, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The magnum opus and latest work from Svetlana Alexievich, the 2015 winner of the Nobel Prize in Literature—a symphonic oral history about the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the emergence of a new Russia When the Swedish Academy awarded Svetlana Alexievich the Nobel Prize, it cited her for inventing “a new kind of literary genre,” describing her work as “a history of emotions—a history of the soul.” Alexievich’s distinctive documentary style, combining extended individual monologues with a collage of voices, records the stories of ordinary women and men who are rarely given the opportunity to speak, whose experiences are often lost in the official histories of the nation. In Secondhand Time, Alexievich chronicles the demise of communism. Everyday Russian citizens recount the past thirty years, showing us what life was like during the fall of the Soviet Union and what it’s like to live in the new Russia left in its wake. Through interviews spanning 1991 to 2012, Alexievich takes us behind the propaganda and contrived media accounts, giving us a panoramic portrait of contemporary Russia and Russians who still carry memories of oppression, terror, famine, massacres—but also of pride in their country, hope for the future, and a belief that everyone was working and fighting together to bring about a utopia. Here is an account of life in the aftermath of an idea so powerful it once dominated a third of the world. A magnificent tapestry of the sorrows and triumphs of the human spirit woven by a master, Secondhand Time tells the stories that together make up the true history of a nation. “Through the voices of those who confided in her,” The Nation writes, “Alexievich tells us about human nature, about our dreams, our choices, about good and evil—in a word, about ourselves.” Read by a full cast: Amanda Carlin   Mark Bramhall  Cassandra Campbell  Kimberly Farr  Kirby Heyborne  Hillary Huber  Rebecca Lowman  Jorjeana Marie  Coleen Marlo  Kathleen McInerney  Fred Sanders  Praise for Svetlana Alexievich and Secondhand Time “For her polyphonic writings, a monument to suffering and courage in our time.”—Nobel Prize Committee “For the past thirty or forty years [Alexievich has] been busy mapping the Soviet and post-Soviet individual, but [her work is] not really about a history of events. It’s a history of emotions . . . a history of the soul.”—Sara Danius, permanent secretary of the Swedish Academy “Secondhand Time [is Alexievich’s] longest and most ambitious project to date: an effort to use an oral history of the nineties to understand Soviet and post-Soviet identity.”—The New Yorker  “In this spellbinding book, Svetlana Alexievich orchestrates a rich symphony of Russian voices telling their stories of love and death, joy and sorrow, as they try to make sense of the twentieth century, so tragic for their country.”—J. M. Coetzee “[Alexievich’s] books are woven from hundreds of interviews, in a hybrid form of reportage and oral history that has the quality of a documentary film on paper. But Alexievich is anything but a simple recorder and transcriber of found voices; she has a writerly voice of her own which emerges from the chorus she assembles, with great style and authority, and she shapes her investigations of Soviet and post-Soviet life and death into epic dramatic chronicles as universally essential as Greek tragedies. . . . A mighty documentarian and a mighty artist.” —Philip Gourevitch]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264519Tue, 24 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264519 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand Time: The Last of the Soviets Author: Svetlana Alexievich Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Jorjeana Marie, Amanda Carlin, Rebecca Lowman,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264519 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand Time: The Last of the Soviets Author: Svetlana Alexievich Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Jorjeana Marie, Amanda Carlin, Rebecca Lowman, Coleen Marlo, Kimberly Farr, Cassandra Campbell, Kirby Heyborne, Hillary Huber, Mark Bramhall, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 24, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The magnum opus and latest work from Svetlana Alexievich, the 2015 winner of the Nobel Prize in Literature—a symphonic oral history about the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the emergence of a new Russia When the Swedish Academy awarded Svetlana Alexievich the Nobel Prize, it cited her for inventing “a new kind of literary genre,” describing her work as “a history of emotions—a history of the soul.” Alexievich’s distinctive documentary style, combining extended individual monologues with a collage of voices, records the stories of ordinary women and men who are rarely given the opportunity to speak, whose experiences are often lost in the official histories of the nation. In Secondhand Time, Alexievich chronicles the demise of communism. Everyday Russian citizens recount the past thirty years, showing us what life was like during the fall of the Soviet Union and what it’s like to live in the new Russia left in its wake. Through interviews spanning 1991 to 2012, Alexievich takes us behind the propaganda and contrived media accounts, giving us a panoramic portrait of contemporary Russia and Russians who still carry memories of oppression, terror, famine, massacres—but also of pride in their country, hope for the future, and a belief that everyone was working and fighting together to bring about a utopia. Here is an account of life in the aftermath of an idea so powerful it once dominated a third of the world. A magnificent tapestry of the sorrows and triumphs of the human spirit woven by a master, Secondhand Time tells the stories that together make up the true history of a nation. “Through the voices of those who confided in her,” The Nation writes, “Alexievich tells us about human nature, about our dreams, our choices, about good and evil—in a word, about ourselves.” Read by a full cast: Amanda Carlin   Mark Bramhall  Cassandra Campbell  Kimberly Farr  Kirby Heyborne  Hillary Huber  Rebecca Lowman  Jorjeana Marie  Coleen Marlo  Kathleen McInerney  Fred Sanders  Praise for Svetlana Alexievich and Secondhand Time “For her polyphonic writings, a monument to suffering and courage in our time.”—Nobel Prize Committee “For the past thirty or forty years [Alexievich has] been busy mapping the Soviet and post-Soviet individual, but [her work is] not really about a history of events. It’s a history of emotions . . . a history of the soul.”—Sara Danius, permanent secretary of the Swedish Academy “Secondhand Time [is Alexievich’s] longest and most ambitious project to date: an effort to use an oral history of the nineties to understand Soviet and post-Soviet identity.”—The New Yorker  “In this spellbinding book, Svetlana Alexievich orchestrates a rich symphony of Russian voices telling their stories of love and death, joy and sorrow, as they try to make sense of the twentieth century, so tragic for their country.”—J. M. Coetzee “[Alexievich’s] books are woven from hundreds of interviews, in a hybrid form of reportage and oral history that has the quality of a documentary film on paper. But Alexievich is anything but a simple recorder and transcriber of found voices; she has a writerly voice of her own which emerges from the chorus she assembles, with great style and authority, and she shapes her investigations of Soviet and post-Soviet life...]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/makers-and-takers-the-rise-of-finance-and-the-fall-of-american-business-by-rana-foroohar--65210528https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers and Takers: The Rise of Finance and the Fall of American Business Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is Wall Street bad for Main Street America? 'A well-told exploration of why our current economy is leaving too many behind.' —The New York Times In looking at the forces that shaped the 2016 presidential election, one thing is clear: much of the population believes that our economic system is rigged to enrich the privileged elites at the expense of hard-working Americans. This is a belief held equally on both sides of political spectrum, and it seems only to be gaining momentum.   A key reason, says Financial Times columnist Rana Foroohar, is the fact that Wall Street is no longer supporting Main Street businesses that create the jobs for the middle and working class. She draws on in-depth reporting and interviews at the highest rungs of business and government to show how the “financialization of America”—the phenomenon by which finance and its way of thinking have come to dominate every corner of business—is threatening the American Dream.   Now updated with new material explaining how our corrupted financial sys­tem propelled Donald Trump to power, Makers and Takers explores the confluence of forces that has led American businesses to favor balance-sheet engineering over the actual kind, greed over growth, and short-term profits over putting people to work. From the cozy relationship between Wall Street and Washington, to a tax code designed to benefit wealthy individuals and corporations, to forty years of bad policy decisions, she shows why so many Americans have lost trust in the sys­tem, and why it matters urgently to us all.   Through colorful stories of both “Takers,” those stifling job creation while lining their own pockets, and “Makers,” businesses serving the real economy, Foroohar shows how we can reverse these trends for a better path forward.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264429Tue, 17 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers and Takers: The Rise of Finance and the Fall of American Business Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers and Takers: The Rise of Finance and the Fall of American Business Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is Wall Street bad for Main Street America? 'A well-told exploration of why our current economy is leaving too many behind.' —The New York Times In looking at the forces that shaped the 2016 presidential election, one thing is clear: much of the population believes that our economic system is rigged to enrich the privileged elites at the expense of hard-working Americans. This is a belief held equally on both sides of political spectrum, and it seems only to be gaining momentum.   A key reason, says Financial Times columnist Rana Foroohar, is the fact that Wall Street is no longer supporting Main Street businesses that create the jobs for the middle and working class. She draws on in-depth reporting and interviews at the highest rungs of business and government to show how the “financialization of America”—the phenomenon by which finance and its way of thinking have come to dominate every corner of business—is threatening the American Dream.   Now updated with new material explaining how our corrupted financial sys­tem propelled Donald Trump to power, Makers and Takers explores the confluence of forces that has led American businesses to favor balance-sheet engineering over the actual kind, greed over growth, and short-term profits over putting people to work. From the cozy relationship between Wall Street and Washington, to a tax code designed to benefit wealthy individuals and corporations, to forty years of bad policy decisions, she shows why so many Americans have lost trust in the sys­tem, and why it matters urgently to us all.   Through colorful stories of both “Takers,” those stifling job creation while lining their own pockets, and “Makers,” businesses serving the real economy, Foroohar shows how we can reverse these trends for a better path forward.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/broken-but-unbowed-by-greg-abbott--65210500https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken But Unbowed Author: Greg Abbott Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Governor Greg Abbott—Texas governor and rising star in the Republican Party and one of the first prominent politicians to govern from a wheelchair—comes this deeply personal and inspiring life story and a plan to restore America to greatness in what Newt Gingrich calls a “bold and compelling” read. Greg Abbott lost his ability to walk when a huge oak tree crashed down on his back, fracturing vertebrae into his spinal cord, leaving him forever paralyzed. At twenty-six years old, he felt that the future he had dreamed of was gone. But he soon realized that our lives are not defined by our challenges, but by how we respond to them. He went on to overcome his paralytic limitations to become the longest-serving attorney general in Texas history and now governor, all while in a wheelchair. Greg Abbott waged a record number of legal challenges against the federal government that has come unhinged from the Constitution. He also led legal battles to defend the Second Amendment, the Tenth Amendment, and religious liberty. He personally appeared before the U.S. Supreme Court to defend the Ten Commandments monument on the Texas Capitol Grounds—and won. Through these fights he realized that his personal story held an important parallel to America’s current challenges. The Constitution that forms the foundation of our country has been broken, but the people of this nation remain determined to achieve American greatness. Abbott explains that it is up to us to restore America to its rightful luster and power in the world, emerging triumphant from our stumbles. In Broken but Unbowed, Governor Abbott describes firsthand what it was like to be on the frontlines of the historic fights that have refined the Constitution and the lessons he’s learned along the way, offering solutions that will bring us back a government that lives up to the American Dream.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264377Tue, 17 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken But Unbowed Author: Greg Abbott Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken But Unbowed Author: Greg Abbott Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Governor Greg Abbott—Texas governor and rising star in the Republican Party and one of the first prominent politicians to govern from a wheelchair—comes this deeply personal and inspiring life story and a plan to restore America to greatness in what Newt Gingrich calls a “bold and compelling” read. Greg Abbott lost his ability to walk when a huge oak tree crashed down on his back, fracturing vertebrae into his spinal cord, leaving him forever paralyzed. At twenty-six years old, he felt that the future he had dreamed of was gone. But he soon realized that our lives are not defined by our challenges, but by how we respond to them. He went on to overcome his paralytic limitations to become the longest-serving attorney general in Texas history and now governor, all while in a wheelchair. Greg Abbott waged a record number of legal challenges against the federal government that has come unhinged from the Constitution. He also led legal battles to defend the Second Amendment, the Tenth Amendment, and religious liberty. He personally appeared before the U.S. Supreme Court to defend the Ten Commandments monument on the Texas Capitol Grounds—and won. Through these fights he realized that his personal story held an important parallel to America’s current challenges. The Constitution that forms the foundation of our country has been broken, but the people of this nation remain determined to achieve American greatness. Abbott explains that it is up to us to restore America to its rightful luster and power in the world, emerging triumphant from our stumbles. In Broken but Unbowed, Governor Abbott describes firsthand what it was like to be on the frontlines of the historic fights that have refined the Constitution and the lessons he’s learned along the way, offering solutions that will bring us back a government that lives up to the American Dream.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rediscovering-god-in-america-reflections-on-the-role-of-faith-in-our-nation-s-history-and-future-by-callista-gingrich-newt-gingrich--65210493https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rediscovering God in America: Reflections on the Role of Faith in Our Nation's History and Future Author: Callista Gingrich, Newt Gingrich Narrator: Callista Gingrich, Newt Gingrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, join Newt and Callista Gingrich on a walking tour of Washington, D.C. and learn about the great people, events, and ideas that shaped the religious founding of America. Explore the architecture and beauty of America's capital with Newt and Callista Gingrich. You'll tour Washington, D.C. to view the nation's monuments and memorials, including the United States Capitol and the National Archives, where Thomas Jefferson's immortal words jump off the page. But this is not just a walking tour; this is a tour of American history -- of the patriotic founders who were shaped by the fervent belief that America is one nation under God. With this guide, you'll rediscover the soul of our country and find a profound path of discovery and renewal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262683Tue, 17 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rediscovering God in America: Reflections on the Role of Faith in Our Nation's History and Future Author: Callista Gingrich, Newt Gingrich Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rediscovering God in America: Reflections on the Role of Faith in Our Nation's History and Future Author: Callista Gingrich, Newt Gingrich Narrator: Callista Gingrich, Newt Gingrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, join Newt and Callista Gingrich on a walking tour of Washington, D.C. and learn about the great people, events, and ideas that shaped the religious founding of America. Explore the architecture and beauty of America's capital with Newt and Callista Gingrich. You'll tour Washington, D.C. to view the nation's monuments and memorials, including the United States Capitol and the National Archives, where Thomas Jefferson's immortal words jump off the page. But this is not just a walking tour; this is a tour of American history -- of the patriotic founders who were shaped by the fervent belief that America is one nation under God. With this guide, you'll rediscover the soul of our country and find a profound path of discovery and renewal.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-will-it-take-to-make-a-woman-president-conversations-about-women-leadership-and-power-by-marianne-schnall--65210466https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263756 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Will it Take to Make a Woman President?: Conversations about Women, Leadership, and Power Author: Marianne Schnall Narrator: Tom Taylorson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Featuring conversations with more than twenty leading politicians, writers, artists, and activists, this book is expert interviewer Marianne Schnall’s examination of why America has not yet elected a female president—and how this might change. Prompted by a question from her eight-year-old daughter during the 2008 election of Barack Obama—“Why haven’t we ever had a woman president?”—Marianne Schnall set out on a journey to find the answer. A widely published writer, author, and interviewer, and the executive director of Feminist.com, Schnall began looking at the issues from various angles and perspectives, gathering viewpoints from influential people from all sectors. What Will It Take to Make a Woman President? features interviews with politicians, public officials, thought leaders, writers, artists, and activists in an attempt to uncover the obstacles that have held women back and what needs to change in order to elect a woman into the White House. With insights and personal anecdotes from Sheryl Sandberg, Maya Angelou, Gloria Steinem, Nancy Pelosi, Nicholas Kristof, Melissa Etheridge, and many more, this book addresses timely, provocative issues involving women, politics, and power. With a broader goal of encouraging women and girls to be leaders in their lives, their communities, and the larger world, Schnall and her interviewees explore the changing paradigms occurring in politics and in our culture with the hope of moving toward meaningful and effective solutions—and a world where a woman can be president.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263756Tue, 17 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263756 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Will it Take to Make a Woman President?: Conversations about Women, Leadership, and Power Author: Marianne Schnall Narrator: Tom Taylorson, Erin...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263756 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Will it Take to Make a Woman President?: Conversations about Women, Leadership, and Power Author: Marianne Schnall Narrator: Tom Taylorson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Featuring conversations with more than twenty leading politicians, writers, artists, and activists, this book is expert interviewer Marianne Schnall’s examination of why America has not yet elected a female president—and how this might change. Prompted by a question from her eight-year-old daughter during the 2008 election of Barack Obama—“Why haven’t we ever had a woman president?”—Marianne Schnall set out on a journey to find the answer. A widely published writer, author, and interviewer, and the executive director of Feminist.com, Schnall began looking at the issues from various angles and perspectives, gathering viewpoints from influential people from all sectors. What Will It Take to Make a Woman President? features interviews with politicians, public officials, thought leaders, writers, artists, and activists in an attempt to uncover the obstacles that have held women back and what needs to change in order to elect a woman into the White House. With insights and personal anecdotes from Sheryl Sandberg, Maya Angelou, Gloria Steinem, Nancy Pelosi, Nicholas Kristof, Melissa Etheridge, and many more, this book addresses timely, provocative issues involving women, politics, and power. With a broader goal of encouraging women and girls to be leaders in their lives, their communities, and the larger world, Schnall and her interviewees explore the changing paradigms occurring in politics and in our culture with the hope of moving toward meaningful and effective solutions—and a world where a woman can be president.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-dads-parenting-and-politics-from-george-washington-to-barack-obama-by-joshua-kendall--65210510https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Dads: Parenting and Politics from George Washington to Barack Obama Author: Joshua Kendall Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every president has had some experience as a parent. Of the 43 men who have served in the nation's highest office, 38 have fathered biological children and the other five adopted children. Each president's parenting style reveals much about his beliefs as well as his psychological make-up. James Garfield enjoyed jumping on the bed with his kids. FDR's children, on the other hand, had to make appointments to talk to him. In a lively narrative, based on research in archives around the country, Kendall shows presidential character in action. Readers will learn which type of parent might be best suited to leading the American people and, finally, how the fathering experiences of our presidents have forever changed the course of American history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263335Tue, 10 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Dads: Parenting and Politics from George Washington to Barack Obama Author: Joshua Kendall Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Dads: Parenting and Politics from George Washington to Barack Obama Author: Joshua Kendall Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every president has had some experience as a parent. Of the 43 men who have served in the nation's highest office, 38 have fathered biological children and the other five adopted children. Each president's parenting style reveals much about his beliefs as well as his psychological make-up. James Garfield enjoyed jumping on the bed with his kids. FDR's children, on the other hand, had to make appointments to talk to him. In a lively narrative, based on research in archives around the country, Kendall shows presidential character in action. Readers will learn which type of parent might be best suited to leading the American people and, finally, how the fathering experiences of our presidents have forever changed the course of American history.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/teddy-and-me-confessions-of-a-service-human-by-michael-savage--65210502https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teddy and Me: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage delivers a heartwarming book about his experiences and relationship with his dog Teddy. Listeners know Teddy as the silent 'other host' of The Savage Nation. He's at Michael Savage's side during every broadcast, guarding the radio equipment and nipping the engineer's sneakers. But the fun doesn't end when the 'On-Air' light goes off. Teddy is Savage's constant companion, in the car, at home, and even shopping. Most important, he's Savage's inspiration, helping him remember the most important things in life are the little things. TEDDY AND ME is a rare glimpse into the life of one of America's most popular talk radio hosts. Come along for the ride as Savage and his best friend explore the streets of San Francisco, ride the 'Tedevator,' and read bedtime stories together. If you've ever wondered how the conservative icon who can go from zero to enraged in a matter of seconds has kept his sanity in an insane world, this book has the answer. To the political establishment, he's a force of nature, but to Teddy, Michael Savage is just his 'service human.' Spend a day in the life of a media giant and the most politically savvy canine alive in TEDDY AND ME.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263340Tue, 10 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teddy and Me: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263340 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teddy and Me: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage delivers a heartwarming book about his experiences and relationship with his dog Teddy. Listeners know Teddy as the silent 'other host' of The Savage Nation. He's at Michael Savage's side during every broadcast, guarding the radio equipment and nipping the engineer's sneakers. But the fun doesn't end when the 'On-Air' light goes off. Teddy is Savage's constant companion, in the car, at home, and even shopping. Most important, he's Savage's inspiration, helping him remember the most important things in life are the little things. TEDDY AND ME is a rare glimpse into the life of one of America's most popular talk radio hosts. Come along for the ride as Savage and his best friend explore the streets of San Francisco, ride the 'Tedevator,' and read bedtime stories together. If you've ever wondered how the conservative icon who can go from zero to enraged in a matter of seconds has kept his sanity in an insane world, this book has the answer. To the political establishment, he's a force of nature, but to Teddy, Michael Savage is just his 'service human.' Spend a day in the life of a media giant and the most politically savvy canine alive in TEDDY AND ME.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-united-states-in-the-light-of-prophecy-by-uriah-smith--65210474https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in the Light of Prophecy Author: Uriah Smith Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 6, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If we read the signs of the times aright, events are soon to transpire of such a nature as to preclude the necessity of any apology for the publication of what is contained in the following pages. The numerous rays of light now shining from the book of prophecy, seem to find their focal point in our own times. The present age is illuminated in this respect above all others. Here we find the most emphatic touches of the prophetic pencil. The events to transpire, and the agents therein concerned, are brought out in a vivid and startling light. The question naturally arises, what part the United States has to act in these scenes; for it must seem reasonable and probable that a nation which has arisen so suddenly as ours, made such unparalleled progress, and attained to such a pinnacle of greatness and power, must be a subject of divine prophecy, or at least of divine providence. To this question the following pages undertake to give a brief but scriptural, and so a reasonable and conclusive answer; and to such only as do not believe that God ever foretells the history of nations, or that his providence ever works in their development and decline, can the subject fail to be one of interest. That this little treatise is exhaustive of the subject is not claimed; but some facts are presented which are thought to be worthy of serious consideration, and enough evidence, we trust, produced in favor of the position taken to show the reader that the subject is not one of mere theory, but of the highest practical importance; and so enough to stimulate thought and lead to further inquiry. If the position here taken be correct, this subject is to be one of continually increasing interest, and information respecting it is necessary to an understanding of our duties and responsibilities in the solemn and important times that are upon us. It is in this light that we especially commend it to the serious consideration of the reader. U.S. BATTLE CREEK, Mich., June, 1874.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264409Fri, 06 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in the Light of Prophecy Author: Uriah Smith Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States in the Light of Prophecy Author: Uriah Smith Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 6, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If we read the signs of the times aright, events are soon to transpire of such a nature as to preclude the necessity of any apology for the publication of what is contained in the following pages. The numerous rays of light now shining from the book of prophecy, seem to find their focal point in our own times. The present age is illuminated in this respect above all others. Here we find the most emphatic touches of the prophetic pencil. The events to transpire, and the agents therein concerned, are brought out in a vivid and startling light. The question naturally arises, what part the United States has to act in these scenes; for it must seem reasonable and probable that a nation which has arisen so suddenly as ours, made such unparalleled progress, and attained to such a pinnacle of greatness and power, must be a subject of divine prophecy, or at least of divine providence. To this question the following pages undertake to give a brief but scriptural, and so a reasonable and conclusive answer; and to such only as do not believe that God ever foretells the history of nations, or that his providence ever works in their development and decline, can the subject fail to be one of interest. That this little treatise is exhaustive of the subject is not claimed; but some facts are presented which are thought to be worthy of serious consideration, and enough evidence, we trust, produced in favor of the position taken to show the reader that the subject is not one of mere theory, but of the highest practical importance; and so enough to stimulate thought and lead to further inquiry. If the position here taken be correct, this subject is to be one of continually increasing interest, and information respecting it is necessary to an understanding of our duties and responsibilities in the solemn and important times that are upon us. It is in this light that we especially commend it to the serious consideration of the reader. U.S. BATTLE CREEK, Mich., June, 1874.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-romanovs-1613-1918-by-simon-sebag-montefiore--65210564https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Romanovs: 1613-1918 Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Simon Russell Beale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Romanovs were the most successful dynasty of modern times, ruling a sixth of the world’s surface for three centuries. How did one family turn a war-ruined principality into the world’s greatest empire? And how did they lose it all?   This is the intimate story of twenty tsars and tsarinas, some touched by genius, some by madness, but all inspired by holy autocracy and imperial ambition. Simon Sebag Montefiore’s gripping chronicle reveals their secret world of unlimited power and ruthless empire-building, overshadowed by palace conspiracy, family rivalries, sexual decadence and wild extravagance, with a global cast of adventurers, courtesans, revolutionaries and poets, from Ivan the Terrible to Tolstoy and Pushkin, to Bismarck, Lincoln, Queen Victoria and Lenin. To rule Russia was both imperial-sacred mission and poisoned chalice: six of the last twelve tsars were murdered. Peter the Great tortured his own son to death while making Russia an empire, and dominated his court with a dining club notable for compulsory drunkenness, naked dwarfs and fancy dress. Catherine the Great overthrew her own husband (who was murdered soon afterward), enjoyed affairs with a series of young male favorites, conquered Ukraine and fascinated Europe. Paul I was strangled by courtiers backed by his own son, Alexander I, who in turn faced Napoleon’s invasion and the burning of Moscow, then went on to take Paris. Alexander II liberated the serfs, survived five assassination attempts and wrote perhaps the most explicit love letters ever composed by a ruler. The Romanovs climaxes with a fresh, unforgettable portrayal of Nicholas II and Alexandra, the rise and murder of Rasputin, war and revolution—and the harrowing massacre of the entire family. Dazzlingly entertaining and beautifully written from start to finish, The Romanovs brings these monarchs—male and female, great and flawed, their families and courts—blazingly to life. Drawing on new archival research, Montefiore delivers an enthralling epic of triumph and tragedy, love and murder, encompassing the seminal years 1812, 1914 and 1917, that is both a universal study of power and a portrait of empire that helps define Russia today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263647Tue, 03 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Romanovs: 1613-1918 Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Simon Russell Beale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 45 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Romanovs: 1613-1918 Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: Simon Russell Beale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Romanovs were the most successful dynasty of modern times, ruling a sixth of the world’s surface for three centuries. How did one family turn a war-ruined principality into the world’s greatest empire? And how did they lose it all?   This is the intimate story of twenty tsars and tsarinas, some touched by genius, some by madness, but all inspired by holy autocracy and imperial ambition. Simon Sebag Montefiore’s gripping chronicle reveals their secret world of unlimited power and ruthless empire-building, overshadowed by palace conspiracy, family rivalries, sexual decadence and wild extravagance, with a global cast of adventurers, courtesans, revolutionaries and poets, from Ivan the Terrible to Tolstoy and Pushkin, to Bismarck, Lincoln, Queen Victoria and Lenin. To rule Russia was both imperial-sacred mission and poisoned chalice: six of the last twelve tsars were murdered. Peter the Great tortured his own son to death while making Russia an empire, and dominated his court with a dining club notable for compulsory drunkenness, naked dwarfs and fancy dress. Catherine the Great overthrew her own husband (who was murdered soon afterward), enjoyed affairs with a series of young male favorites, conquered Ukraine and fascinated Europe. Paul I was strangled by courtiers backed by his own son, Alexander I, who in turn faced Napoleon’s invasion and the burning of Moscow, then went on to take Paris. Alexander II liberated the serfs, survived five assassination attempts and wrote perhaps the most explicit love letters ever composed by a ruler. The Romanovs climaxes with a fresh, unforgettable portrayal of Nicholas II and Alexandra, the rise and murder of Rasputin, war and revolution—and the harrowing massacre of the entire family. Dazzlingly entertaining and beautifully written from start to finish, The Romanovs brings these monarchs—male and female, great and flawed, their families and courts—blazingly to life. Drawing on new archival research, Montefiore delivers an enthralling epic of triumph and tragedy, love and murder, encompassing the seminal years 1812, 1914 and 1917, that is both a universal study of power and a portrait of empire that helps define Russia today.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-the-arena-good-citizens-a-great-republic-and-how-one-speech-can-reinvigorate-america-by-pete-hegseth--65210523https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262724 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Arena: Good Citizens, a Great Republic, and How One Speech Can Reinvigorate America Author: Pete Hegseth Narrator: Pete Hegseth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This vigorous call-to-arms to reignite American citizenship at home and restore American power abroad by the Fox News contributor and decorated Iraq and Afghanistan war veteran uses the timeless truths of Teddy Roosevelt’s iconic “Man in the Arena” speech, and “is a must-read that underscores our collective responsibility to restore America’s role as an exceptional…global leader” (Senator John McCain). Pete Hegseth makes “an impassioned, wide-ranging” (Rich Lowry, editor of National Review) argument for how Teddy Roosevelt’s articulation of “good citizens,” “equality of opportunity,” and unapologetic US leadership—“good patriots”—can renew our imperiled American experiment and save the free world, in this fascinating “road-map for rejecting decline and forging another American century” (Mark Levin). Despite contention surrounding Teddy Roosevelt’s legacy, Hegseth argues that the Rough Rider’s exhortation serves as a timeless wake-up call for our Republic. In order to rejuvenate what makes America exceptional, we must unapologetically get back into Roosevelt’s arena—as engaged “good citizens” at home and powerful “good patriots” in the world. Bolstered by Teddy Roosevelt’s words, Hegseth went to war for our country and relates his gripping personal experience. He argues that an exceptional American experiment was entrusted to “average citizens” in 1776 and has been perpetuated by every generation since…until now. If we won’t fight for America, then what will we fight for? And if not now, then when? Get in the arena!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262724Tue, 03 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262724 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Arena: Good Citizens, a Great Republic, and How One Speech Can Reinvigorate America Author: Pete Hegseth Narrator: Pete Hegseth Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262724 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Arena: Good Citizens, a Great Republic, and How One Speech Can Reinvigorate America Author: Pete Hegseth Narrator: Pete Hegseth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This vigorous call-to-arms to reignite American citizenship at home and restore American power abroad by the Fox News contributor and decorated Iraq and Afghanistan war veteran uses the timeless truths of Teddy Roosevelt’s iconic “Man in the Arena” speech, and “is a must-read that underscores our collective responsibility to restore America’s role as an exceptional…global leader” (Senator John McCain). Pete Hegseth makes “an impassioned, wide-ranging” (Rich Lowry, editor of National Review) argument for how Teddy Roosevelt’s articulation of “good citizens,” “equality of opportunity,” and unapologetic US leadership—“good patriots”—can renew our imperiled American experiment and save the free world, in this fascinating “road-map for rejecting decline and forging another American century” (Mark Levin). Despite contention surrounding Teddy Roosevelt’s legacy, Hegseth argues that the Rough Rider’s exhortation serves as a timeless wake-up call for our Republic. In order to rejuvenate what makes America exceptional, we must unapologetically get back into Roosevelt’s arena—as engaged “good citizens” at home and powerful “good patriots” in the world. Bolstered by Teddy Roosevelt’s words, Hegseth went to war for our country and relates his gripping personal experience. He argues that an exceptional American experiment was entrusted to “average citizens” in 1776 and has been perpetuated by every generation since…until now. If we won’t fight for America, then what will we fight for? And if not now, then when? Get in the arena!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/assholes-a-theory-of-donald-trump-by-aaron-james--65210476https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616Tue, 03 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-assassination-complex-inside-the-government-s-secret-drone-warfare-program-by-jeremy-scahill-the-staff-of-the-intercept--65210437https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assassination Complex: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff Of The Intercept Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A searing, facts-driven indictment of America’s drone wars and their implications for US democracy and foreign policy. A must-read for concerned citizens” (Library Journal, starred review) from bestselling author Jeremy Scahill and his colleagues at the investigative website The Intercept. Drones are a tool, not a policy. The policy is assassination. But drone strikes often kill people other than the intended target. These deaths, which have included women and children, dwarf the number of actual combatants who have been assassinated by drones. They have generated anger toward the United States among foreign populations and have even become a recruiting tool for jihadists. The first drone strike outside a declared war zone was conducted more than twelve years ago, but it was not until May 2013 that the White House released a set of standards and procedures for conducting such strikes. However, there was no explanation of the internal process used to determine whether a suspect should be killed without being indicted or tried, even if that suspect is an American citizen. The implicit message of the Obama administration has been: Trust, but don’t verify. The Assassination Complex reveals stunning details of the government’s secretive drone warfare program based on documents supplied by a confidential source in the intelligence community. These documents make it possible to begin the long-overdue debate about the policy of drone warfare and how it is conducted. The Assassination Complex allows us to understand at last the circumstances under which the US government grants itself the right to sentence individuals to death without the established checks and balances of arrest, trial, and appeal—“readers will be left in no doubt that drone warfare affronts morality and the Constitution” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263229Tue, 03 May 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assassination Complex: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff Of The Intercept Narrator: George...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assassination Complex: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff Of The Intercept Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A searing, facts-driven indictment of America’s drone wars and their implications for US democracy and foreign policy. A must-read for concerned citizens” (Library Journal, starred review) from bestselling author Jeremy Scahill and his colleagues at the investigative website The Intercept. Drones are a tool, not a policy. The policy is assassination. But drone strikes often kill people other than the intended target. These deaths, which have included women and children, dwarf the number of actual combatants who have been assassinated by drones. They have generated anger toward the United States among foreign populations and have even become a recruiting tool for jihadists. The first drone strike outside a declared war zone was conducted more than twelve years ago, but it was not until May 2013 that the White House released a set of standards and procedures for conducting such strikes. However, there was no explanation of the internal process used to determine whether a suspect should be killed without being indicted or tried, even if that suspect is an American citizen. The implicit message of the Obama administration has been: Trust, but don’t verify. The Assassination Complex reveals stunning details of the government’s secretive drone warfare program based on documents supplied by a confidential source in the intelligence community. These documents make it possible to begin the long-overdue debate about the policy of drone warfare and how it is conducted. The Assassination Complex allows us to understand at last the circumstances under which the US government grants itself the right to sentence individuals to death without the established checks and balances of arrest, trial, and appeal—“readers will be left in no doubt that drone warfare affronts morality and the Constitution” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/off-script-an-advance-man-s-guide-to-white-house-stagecraft-campaign-spectacle-and-political-suicide-by-josh-king--65210540https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off Script: An Advance Man’s Guide to White House Stagecraft, Campaign Spectacle, and Political Suicide Author: Josh King Narrator: Josh King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a former White House presidential events production director comes an illuminating journey through the most catastrophic scenes of political stagecraft since the “Age of Optics” in 1988. The responsibility of being a public figure is no walk in the park—the world highlights politicians’ every mistake. “Image collapse” can befall anyone whose carefully cultivated persona is analyzed by, and filtered through, intermediaries in the broadcast booths of cable news networks or behind the photo desks of newspapers, magazines, and today’s host of digital platforms. As someone who orchestrates television- and photo-ready moments involving important political figures, Josh King has unique experience working with the reputations of public figures. In Off Script, King leads listeners through an entertaining behind-the-scenes journey through the most catastrophic scenes of political stagecraft since the dawn of the “Age of Optics” in 1988. Listeners might recall these moments as simple cases of bad luck, but King argues that they were actually symptomatic of something deeper in how we view our leaders. We tour nearly thirty years of history to set the stage for the Age of Optics and then turn to the Obama administration and what King calls the “Vanilla Presidency.” King shows how Barack Obama began his term in office as more guarded and more protective of the presidential persona than anyone in history, and as we arrive at the election of 2016 and beyond, we have to wonder: Will our future president follow Obama’s example? If so, how will that influence the relationship between our nation’s citizens and their leader?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262758Tue, 26 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off Script: An Advance Man’s Guide to White House Stagecraft, Campaign Spectacle, and Political Suicide Author: Josh King Narrator: Josh King Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off Script: An Advance Man’s Guide to White House Stagecraft, Campaign Spectacle, and Political Suicide Author: Josh King Narrator: Josh King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a former White House presidential events production director comes an illuminating journey through the most catastrophic scenes of political stagecraft since the “Age of Optics” in 1988. The responsibility of being a public figure is no walk in the park—the world highlights politicians’ every mistake. “Image collapse” can befall anyone whose carefully cultivated persona is analyzed by, and filtered through, intermediaries in the broadcast booths of cable news networks or behind the photo desks of newspapers, magazines, and today’s host of digital platforms. As someone who orchestrates television- and photo-ready moments involving important political figures, Josh King has unique experience working with the reputations of public figures. In Off Script, King leads listeners through an entertaining behind-the-scenes journey through the most catastrophic scenes of political stagecraft since the dawn of the “Age of Optics” in 1988. Listeners might recall these moments as simple cases of bad luck, but King argues that they were actually symptomatic of something deeper in how we view our leaders. We tour nearly thirty years of history to set the stage for the Age of Optics and then turn to the Obama administration and what King calls the “Vanilla Presidency.” King shows how Barack Obama began his term in office as more guarded and more protective of the presidential persona than anyone in history, and as we arrive at the election of 2016 and beyond, we have to wonder: Will our future president follow Obama’s example? If so, how will that influence the relationship between our nation’s citizens and their leader?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-suicide-missteps-peccadilloes-bad-calls-backroom-hijinx-sordid-pasts-rotten-breaks-and-just-plain-dumb-mistakes-in-the-anna--65210552https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262777 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Suicide: Missteps, Peccadilloes, Bad Calls, Backroom Hijinx, Sordid Pasts, Rotten Breaks, and Just Plain Dumb Mistakes in the Annals of American Politics Author: Erin McHugh Narrator: Lisa Flanagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of entertaining and cautionary tales of political missteps in American history, from the birth of the nation through the present day Just in time for the presidential election of 2016 comes Political Suicide, a history of the best and most interesting missteps, peccadilloes, bad calls, backroom hijinks, sordid pasts, rotten breaks, and just plain dumb mistakes in the annals of American politics. They have tweeted their private parts to women they’re trying to impress. They have gotten caught on tape doing and saying things they really shouldn’t have. They have denied knowing about the underhanded doings of underlings—only to have a paper trail lead straight back to them. Nowadays, it seems like half of what we hear about politicians isn’t about laws or governing but is instead coverage focused on shenanigans, questionable morals, and scandals too numerous to count. And while we shake our heads in disbelief, we still can’t resist poring over the details of these notorious incidents. In Political Suicide, the foibles of our politicians are brought from the tabloid pages to this entertaining—and cautionary—tale of American history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262777Mon, 25 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262777 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Suicide: Missteps, Peccadilloes, Bad Calls, Backroom Hijinx, Sordid Pasts, Rotten Breaks, and Just Plain Dumb Mistakes in the Annals of...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262777 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Suicide: Missteps, Peccadilloes, Bad Calls, Backroom Hijinx, Sordid Pasts, Rotten Breaks, and Just Plain Dumb Mistakes in the Annals of American Politics Author: Erin McHugh Narrator: Lisa Flanagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of entertaining and cautionary tales of political missteps in American history, from the birth of the nation through the present day Just in time for the presidential election of 2016 comes Political Suicide, a history of the best and most interesting missteps, peccadilloes, bad calls, backroom hijinks, sordid pasts, rotten breaks, and just plain dumb mistakes in the annals of American politics. They have tweeted their private parts to women they’re trying to impress. They have gotten caught on tape doing and saying things they really shouldn’t have. They have denied knowing about the underhanded doings of underlings—only to have a paper trail lead straight back to them. Nowadays, it seems like half of what we hear about politicians isn’t about laws or governing but is instead coverage focused on shenanigans, questionable morals, and scandals too numerous to count. And while we shake our heads in disbelief, we still can’t resist poring over the details of these notorious incidents. In Political Suicide, the foibles of our politicians are brought from the tabloid pages to this entertaining—and cautionary—tale of American history.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-presidential-debates-by-speechworks--65210546https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262163 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Presidential Debates Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Great Presidential Debates features five pivotal debates in the race for the White House: John F. Kennedy versus Richard Nixon in 1960, Jimmy Carter versus Ronald Reagan in 1980, Bill Clinton versus George H. W. Bush versus Ross Perot in 1992, George W. Bush versus Al Gore in 2000, and Barack Obama versus Mitt Romney in 2012.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262163Tue, 19 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262163 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Presidential Debates Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262163 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Presidential Debates Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Great Presidential Debates features five pivotal debates in the race for the White House: John F. Kennedy versus Richard Nixon in 1960, Jimmy Carter versus Ronald Reagan in 1980, Bill Clinton versus George H. W. Bush versus Ross Perot in 1992, George W. Bush versus Al Gore in 2000, and Barack Obama versus Mitt Romney in 2012.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/success-and-luck-good-fortune-and-the-myth-of-meritocracy-by-robert-h-frank--65210543https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262937 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success and Luck: Good Fortune and the Myth of Meritocracy Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Robert H. Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How important is luck in economic success? No question more reliably divides conservatives from liberals. As conservatives correctly observe, people who amass great fortunes are almost always talented and hardworking. But liberals are also correct to note that countless others have those same qualities yet never earn much. In recent years, social scientists have discovered that chance plays a much larger role in important life outcomes than most people imagine. In Success and Luck, bestselling author and New York Times economics columnist Robert Frank explores the surprising implications of those findings to show why the rich underestimate the importance of luck in success—and why that hurts everyone, even the wealthy.Frank describes how, in a world increasingly dominated by winner-take-all markets, chance opportunities and trivial initial advantages often translate into much larger ones—and enormous income differences—over time; how false beliefs about luck persist, despite compelling evidence against them; and how myths about personal success and luck shape individual and political choices in harmful ways.But, Frank argues, we could decrease the inequality driven by sheer luck by adopting simple, unintrusive policies that would free up trillions of dollars each year—more than enough to fix our crumbling infrastructure, expand healthcare coverage, fight global warming, and reduce poverty, all without requiring painful sacrifices from anyone. If this sounds implausible, you'll be surprised to discover that the solution requires only a few, uncontroversial steps.Compellingly readable, Success and Luck shows how a more accurate understanding of the role of chance in life could lead to better, richer, and fairer economies and societies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262937Tue, 19 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262937 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success and Luck: Good Fortune and the Myth of Meritocracy Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Robert H. Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262937 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success and Luck: Good Fortune and the Myth of Meritocracy Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Robert H. Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How important is luck in economic success? No question more reliably divides conservatives from liberals. As conservatives correctly observe, people who amass great fortunes are almost always talented and hardworking. But liberals are also correct to note that countless others have those same qualities yet never earn much. In recent years, social scientists have discovered that chance plays a much larger role in important life outcomes than most people imagine. In Success and Luck, bestselling author and New York Times economics columnist Robert Frank explores the surprising implications of those findings to show why the rich underestimate the importance of luck in success—and why that hurts everyone, even the wealthy.Frank describes how, in a world increasingly dominated by winner-take-all markets, chance opportunities and trivial initial advantages often translate into much larger ones—and enormous income differences—over time; how false beliefs about luck persist, despite compelling evidence against them; and how myths about personal success and luck shape individual and political choices in harmful ways.But, Frank argues, we could decrease the inequality driven by sheer luck by adopting simple, unintrusive policies that would free up trillions of dollars each year—more than enough to fix our crumbling infrastructure, expand healthcare coverage, fight global warming, and reduce poverty, all without requiring painful sacrifices from anyone. If this sounds implausible, you'll be surprised to discover that the solution requires only a few, uncontroversial steps.Compellingly readable, Success and Luck shows how a more accurate understanding of the role of chance in life could lead to better, richer, and fairer economies and societies.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-the-nonnegotiable-how-to-resolve-your-most-emotionally-charged-conflicts-by-daniel-shapiro--65210512https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944Tue, 19 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-the-future-big-teaming-for-audacious-innovation-by-amy-edmondson-susan-salter-reynolds--65210597https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Future: Big Teaming for Audacious Innovation Author: Amy Edmondson, Susan Salter Reynolds Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Innovation within an organization is no longer sufficient; in a growing number of businesses, collaboration between companies and even industries is critical to success. A respected Harvard professor and a journalist team up to show how one creative startup exemplifies this new, intensely interactive form of leadership. Niccolò Machiavelli famously wrote: 'There is nothing more difficult to take in hand, more perilous to conduct, or more uncertain in its success than to take the lead in the introduction of a new order of things.' Constructing a new order of things, which Edmondson and Reynolds call 'building the future,' is the focus of this book. It explores how to bring complex new systems into being, particularly systems that transform human experience and make the world more livable and sustainable. Intense collaboration across professions and industries is vital to come up with new ideas and innovative solutions. This requires practicing new forms of leadership that enable complex, team-based, whole-system innovation. To reveal how pioneers build the future, Edmondson and Reynolds study a startup's long and innovative journey in the smart-city industry, which uses digital, information and communication technologies to enhance the quality and performance of urban services, They follow the leaders in this company, Living PlanIT, through cycles of hope, exhaustion, disillusionment, pragmatism, and renewal in creating the city of the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259366Mon, 18 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Future: Big Teaming for Audacious Innovation Author: Amy Edmondson, Susan Salter Reynolds Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Future: Big Teaming for Audacious Innovation Author: Amy Edmondson, Susan Salter Reynolds Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Innovation within an organization is no longer sufficient; in a growing number of businesses, collaboration between companies and even industries is critical to success. A respected Harvard professor and a journalist team up to show how one creative startup exemplifies this new, intensely interactive form of leadership. Niccolò Machiavelli famously wrote: 'There is nothing more difficult to take in hand, more perilous to conduct, or more uncertain in its success than to take the lead in the introduction of a new order of things.' Constructing a new order of things, which Edmondson and Reynolds call 'building the future,' is the focus of this book. It explores how to bring complex new systems into being, particularly systems that transform human experience and make the world more livable and sustainable. Intense collaboration across professions and industries is vital to come up with new ideas and innovative solutions. This requires practicing new forms of leadership that enable complex, team-based, whole-system innovation. To reveal how pioneers build the future, Edmondson and Reynolds study a startup's long and innovative journey in the smart-city industry, which uses digital, information and communication technologies to enhance the quality and performance of urban services, They follow the leaders in this company, Living PlanIT, through cycles of hope, exhaustion, disillusionment, pragmatism, and renewal in creating the city of the future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-communist-manifesto-by-friedrich-engels--65210511https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: April 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Communist Manifesto was conceived as an outline of the basic beliefs of the Communist movement. The authors believed that the European Powers were universally afraid of the nascent movement, and were condemning as "communist," people or activities that did not actually conform to what the Communists believed. This Manifesto, then, became a manual for their beliefs. In it we find Marx and Engel's rehearsal of the idea that Capital has stolen away the work of the artisan and peasant by building up factories to produce goods cheaply. The efficiency of Capital depends, then, on the wage laborers who staff the factories and how little they will accept in order to have work. This concentrates power and money in a Bourgeois class that profits from the disunity of workers (Proletarians), who only receive a subsistence wage. If workers unite in a class struggle against the bourgeois, using riot and strikes as weapons, they will eventually overthrow the bourgeois and replace them as a ruling class. Communists further believe in and lay out a system of reforms to transform into a classless, stateless society, thus distinguishing themselves from various flavors of Socialism, which would be content to have workers remain the ruling class after the revolution. The Manifesto caused a huge amount of discussion for its support for a forcible overthrow of the existing politics and society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264308Thu, 14 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: April 14,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: April 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Communist Manifesto was conceived as an outline of the basic beliefs of the Communist movement. The authors believed that the European Powers were universally afraid of the nascent movement, and were condemning as "communist," people or activities that did not actually conform to what the Communists believed. This Manifesto, then, became a manual for their beliefs. In it we find Marx and Engel's rehearsal of the idea that Capital has stolen away the work of the artisan and peasant by building up factories to produce goods cheaply. The efficiency of Capital depends, then, on the wage laborers who staff the factories and how little they will accept in order to have work. This concentrates power and money in a Bourgeois class that profits from the disunity of workers (Proletarians), who only receive a subsistence wage. If workers unite in a class struggle against the bourgeois, using riot and strikes as weapons, they will eventually overthrow the bourgeois and replace them as a ruling class. Communists further believe in and lay out a system of reforms to transform into a classless, stateless society, thus distinguishing themselves from various flavors of Socialism, which would be content to have workers remain the ruling class after the revolution. The Manifesto caused a huge amount of discussion for its support for a forcible overthrow of the existing politics and society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/going-red-the-two-million-voters-who-will-elect-the-next-president-and-how-conservatives-can-win-them-by-ed-morrissey--65210558https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Red: The Two Million Voters Who Will Elect the Next President--and How Conservatives Can Win Them Author: Ed Morrissey Narrator: Ed Morrissey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2016 election is conservatives’ last, best chance to take back the country. How can they win?    The answer, conservative columnist and analyst Ed Morrissey says, depends on seven battleground counties in swing states Republicans must win. Each county pulled for Obama in one or both of the last two elections, but after eight years of misadventures under the Obama administration, the door is open for Republicans to win them—and the presidency—once again, making a decisive mandate against progressivism for the generation to come.   In Going Red, Morrissey takes readers inside the battlegrounds that will decide the election, weaving together data and the stories of people and leaders in these communities to answer the most pressing questions facing conservatives in 2016:   - What went wrong in 2008 and 2012, and how can the party do better in 2016? - Can Republicans take back crucial swing states like Florida, Ohio, and Virginia? - Is a Hillary Clinton victory really inevitable? - How can conservatives reverse their track record with minorities and young voters? Providing an unparalleled look into the campaign and the thinking of experts from both parties, Going Red is a field guide for taking back the White House and an essential book for anyone who cares about the fate of the Right.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262711Tue, 12 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Red: The Two Million Voters Who Will Elect the Next President--and How Conservatives Can Win Them Author: Ed Morrissey Narrator: Ed Morrissey...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Red: The Two Million Voters Who Will Elect the Next President--and How Conservatives Can Win Them Author: Ed Morrissey Narrator: Ed Morrissey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2016 election is conservatives’ last, best chance to take back the country. How can they win?    The answer, conservative columnist and analyst Ed Morrissey says, depends on seven battleground counties in swing states Republicans must win. Each county pulled for Obama in one or both of the last two elections, but after eight years of misadventures under the Obama administration, the door is open for Republicans to win them—and the presidency—once again, making a decisive mandate against progressivism for the generation to come.   In Going Red, Morrissey takes readers inside the battlegrounds that will decide the election, weaving together data and the stories of people and leaders in these communities to answer the most pressing questions facing conservatives in 2016:   - What went wrong in 2008 and 2012, and how can the party do better in 2016? - Can Republicans take back crucial swing states like Florida, Ohio, and Virginia? - Is a Hillary Clinton victory really inevitable? - How can conservatives reverse their track record with minorities and young voters? Providing an unparalleled look into the campaign and the thinking of experts from both parties, Going Red is a field guide for taking back the White House and an essential book for anyone who cares about the fate of the Right.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-now-twenty-years-covering-the-movements-changing-america-by-amy-goodman--65210535https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Now!: Twenty Years Covering the Movements Changing America Author: Amy Goodman Narrator: Amy Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A celebration of the revolutionary change Amy and David Goodman have witnessed during the two decades of their acclaimed television and radio news program Democracy Now!—and how small individual acts from progressive heroes have produced lasting results. In 1996 Amy Goodman began hosting a show called Democracy Now! to focus on the issues and movements that are too often ignored by the corporate media. Today it is the largest public media collaboration in the US. This important book looks back over the past twenty years of Democracy Now! and the powerful movements and charismatic leaders who are re-shaping our world. Goodman takes us along as she goes to where the silence is, bringing out voices from the streets of Ferguson to Staten Island, Wall Street, and South Carolina to East Timor—and other places where people are rising up to demand justice. Giving voice to those who have been forgotten, forsaken, and beaten down by the powerful, Democracy Now! pays tribute to those progressive heroes—the whistleblowers, the organizers, the protestors—who have brought about remarkable, often invisible change over the last couple of decades in seismic ways. This is “an impassioned book aiming to fuel informed participation, outrage, and dissent” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262723Tue, 12 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Now!: Twenty Years Covering the Movements Changing America Author: Amy Goodman Narrator: Amy Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Now!: Twenty Years Covering the Movements Changing America Author: Amy Goodman Narrator: Amy Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A celebration of the revolutionary change Amy and David Goodman have witnessed during the two decades of their acclaimed television and radio news program Democracy Now!—and how small individual acts from progressive heroes have produced lasting results. In 1996 Amy Goodman began hosting a show called Democracy Now! to focus on the issues and movements that are too often ignored by the corporate media. Today it is the largest public media collaboration in the US. This important book looks back over the past twenty years of Democracy Now! and the powerful movements and charismatic leaders who are re-shaping our world. Goodman takes us along as she goes to where the silence is, bringing out voices from the streets of Ferguson to Staten Island, Wall Street, and South Carolina to East Timor—and other places where people are rising up to demand justice. Giving voice to those who have been forgotten, forsaken, and beaten down by the powerful, Democracy Now! pays tribute to those progressive heroes—the whistleblowers, the organizers, the protestors—who have brought about remarkable, often invisible change over the last couple of decades in seismic ways. This is “an impassioned book aiming to fuel informed participation, outrage, and dissent” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-killing-of-osama-bin-laden-by-seymour-m-hersh--65210516https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killing of Osama Bin Laden Author: Seymour M. Hersh Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An electrifying investigation of the White House’ lies about the assassination of Osama bin Laden—from a Pulitzer Prize winner hailed as “the greatest investigative journalist of his era” (New Yorker). “An explosive account.” —Los Angeles Times In 2011, an elite group of US Navy SEALS stormed an enclosure in the Pakistani city of Abbottabad and killed Osama bin Laden, the man the United States had begun chasing before the devastating attacks of 9/11. The news did much to boost President Obama’s first term and played a major part in his reelection victory of the following year. But much of the story of that night, as presented to the world, was incomplete, or a lie. The evidence of what actually went on remains hidden. At the same time, the full story of the United States’ involvement in the Syrian civil war has been kept behind a diplomatic curtain, concealed by doublespeak. It is a policy of obfuscation that has compelled the White House to turn a blind eye to Turkey’s involvement in supporting ISIS and its predecessors in Syria. This investigation, which began as a series of essays in the London Review of Books, has ignited a firestorm of controversy in the world media. In his introduction, Hersh asks what will be the legacy of Obama’s time in office. Was it an era of “change we can believe in” or a season of lies and compromises that continued George W. Bush’s misconceived War on Terror? How did he lose the confidence of the general in charge of America’s forces who acted in direct contradiction to the White House? What else do we not know?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262707Tue, 12 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killing of Osama Bin Laden Author: Seymour M. Hersh Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killing of Osama Bin Laden Author: Seymour M. Hersh Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An electrifying investigation of the White House’ lies about the assassination of Osama bin Laden—from a Pulitzer Prize winner hailed as “the greatest investigative journalist of his era” (New Yorker). “An explosive account.” —Los Angeles Times In 2011, an elite group of US Navy SEALS stormed an enclosure in the Pakistani city of Abbottabad and killed Osama bin Laden, the man the United States had begun chasing before the devastating attacks of 9/11. The news did much to boost President Obama’s first term and played a major part in his reelection victory of the following year. But much of the story of that night, as presented to the world, was incomplete, or a lie. The evidence of what actually went on remains hidden. At the same time, the full story of the United States’ involvement in the Syrian civil war has been kept behind a diplomatic curtain, concealed by doublespeak. It is a policy of obfuscation that has compelled the White House to turn a blind eye to Turkey’s involvement in supporting ISIS and its predecessors in Syria. This investigation, which began as a series of essays in the London Review of Books, has ignited a firestorm of controversy in the world media. In his introduction, Hersh asks what will be the legacy of Obama’s time in office. Was it an era of “change we can believe in” or a season of lies and compromises that continued George W. Bush’s misconceived War on Terror? How did he lose the confidence of the general in charge of America’s forces who acted in direct contradiction to the White House? What else do we not know?]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/true-reagan-what-made-ronald-reagan-great-and-why-it-matters-by-james-rosebush--65210506https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/261034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Reagan: What Made Ronald Reagan Great and Why It Matters Author: James Rosebush Narrator: James Rosebush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WHAT MADE RONALD REAGAN TICK? What was the secret to his greatness, the source of his influence, the key to his character, the strength behind his leadership? And why does it matter to the nation today? Just the mention of his name still evokes deep admiration and affection among Americans of every stripe, on both sides of the aisle. Many have previously sought to capture the essence of this very public figure often called 'mysterious and unknowable.' But now, as James Rosebush tells Reagan's story from first-hand experience in TRUE REAGAN, we come closer to understanding the heart of this great American. In his roles as the longest-serving Chief of Staff to Nancy Reagan and Deputy Assistant to President Reagan (his point man on philanthropy and public/private partnerships), James Rosebush had unrivaled one-on-one access to Reagan, observing his personality, his decision-making, his guarded nature. Rosebush's revelations are moving and meant to inspire us to look to our 40th President for guidance now as we face the global challenges of a complicated 21st century. Ronald Reagan was first and foremost an intensely private person, although the life he led placed him at the center of people's attention from his earliest years. Small-town boy and college athlete, sportscaster and lifelong sports fan, actor and movie star, union leader and TV spokesman, Democrat and Republican, governor and president: what an incredible and extraordinary path. Rosebush tells how his center core was formed by his mother, who devoted herself to helping others even as the Reagans struggled themselves. The spiritual foundation she instilled in him by teaching him the Bible governed his thoughts, beliefs and actions all his life. In a very real sense, his upbringing destined Reagan to become a global evangelist for American Exceptionalism - but importantly, as Rosebush learned first-hand, that did not mean Reagan thought Americans themselves were superior, as today's pundits and politicians often preach. Rather, Reagan believed that the ideals of America's founding were superior, enabling all Americans to live lives based on high ideals and spiritual principles, and thus achieve unparalleled success. Reagan was uniquely able to lead from true conviction and strength, his confidence stemming from an unshakeable fundamental belief system. Better understanding the essence of this inspiring and principled leader is critical to our future. Journey back with Rosebush through the innumerable examples he recounts from first-hand observation and marvel once again at TRUE REAGAN.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/261034Tue, 12 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/261034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Reagan: What Made Ronald Reagan Great and Why It Matters Author: James Rosebush Narrator: James Rosebush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/261034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Reagan: What Made Ronald Reagan Great and Why It Matters Author: James Rosebush Narrator: James Rosebush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WHAT MADE RONALD REAGAN TICK? What was the secret to his greatness, the source of his influence, the key to his character, the strength behind his leadership? And why does it matter to the nation today? Just the mention of his name still evokes deep admiration and affection among Americans of every stripe, on both sides of the aisle. Many have previously sought to capture the essence of this very public figure often called 'mysterious and unknowable.' But now, as James Rosebush tells Reagan's story from first-hand experience in TRUE REAGAN, we come closer to understanding the heart of this great American. In his roles as the longest-serving Chief of Staff to Nancy Reagan and Deputy Assistant to President Reagan (his point man on philanthropy and public/private partnerships), James Rosebush had unrivaled one-on-one access to Reagan, observing his personality, his decision-making, his guarded nature. Rosebush's revelations are moving and meant to inspire us to look to our 40th President for guidance now as we face the global challenges of a complicated 21st century. Ronald Reagan was first and foremost an intensely private person, although the life he led placed him at the center of people's attention from his earliest years. Small-town boy and college athlete, sportscaster and lifelong sports fan, actor and movie star, union leader and TV spokesman, Democrat and Republican, governor and president: what an incredible and extraordinary path. Rosebush tells how his center core was formed by his mother, who devoted herself to helping others even as the Reagans struggled themselves. The spiritual foundation she instilled in him by teaching him the Bible governed his thoughts, beliefs and actions all his life. In a very real sense, his upbringing destined Reagan to become a global evangelist for American Exceptionalism - but importantly, as Rosebush learned first-hand, that did not mean Reagan thought Americans themselves were superior, as today's pundits and politicians often preach. Rather, Reagan believed that the ideals of America's founding were superior, enabling all Americans to live lives based on high ideals and spiritual principles, and thus achieve unparalleled success. Reagan was uniquely able to lead from true conviction and strength, his confidence stemming from an unshakeable fundamental belief system. Better understanding the essence of this inspiring and principled leader is critical to our future. Journey back with Rosebush through the innumerable examples he recounts from first-hand observation and marvel once again at TRUE REAGAN.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/defeating-jihad-the-winnable-war-by-dr-sebastian-gorka--65210529https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defeating Jihad: The Winnable War Author: Dr. Sebastian Gorka Narrator: Russell Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America's fight against radical Islam could soon be over, and a top secret plan from the Cold War is the key to our victory. Dr. Sebastian Gorka, counterinsurgency expert and Distinguished Chair of Military Theory at Marine Corps University, explains how America can win the war on terror quickly and decisively by delegitimizing the enemy in the eyes of its followers—a strategy that won the Cold War and would end the era of Jihad forever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262871Mon, 11 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defeating Jihad: The Winnable War Author: Dr. Sebastian Gorka Narrator: Russell Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defeating Jihad: The Winnable War Author: Dr. Sebastian Gorka Narrator: Russell Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America's fight against radical Islam could soon be over, and a top secret plan from the Cold War is the key to our victory. Dr. Sebastian Gorka, counterinsurgency expert and Distinguished Chair of Military Theory at Marine Corps University, explains how America can win the war on terror quickly and decisively by delegitimizing the enemy in the eyes of its followers—a strategy that won the Cold War and would end the era of Jihad forever.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/and-the-weak-suffer-what-they-must-europe-austerity-and-the-threat-to-global-stability-by-yanis-varoufakis--65210548https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: And The Weak Suffer What They Must?: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis, Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The crisis in Europe is not over, it's getting worse. In this dramatic narrative of Europe’s economic rise and spectacular fall, Yanis Varoufakis, former finance minister of Greece, ‘the emerging rock star of Europe’s anti-austerity uprising’ (Telegraph), shows that the origins of the collapse go far deeper than our leaders are prepared to admit – and that we have done nothing so far to fix them. In 2008, the universe of Western finance outgrew planet Earth. When Wall Street imploded, a death embrace between insolvent banks and bankrupt states consumed Europe. Half a dozen national economies imploded and several more came close. But the storm is far from over… From the aftermath of the Second World War to the present, Varoufakis recounts how the eurozone emerged not as route to shared prosperity but as a pyramid scheme of debt with countries such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain at its bottom. Its woeful design ensured that collapse would be inevitable and catastrophic. But since the hurricane landed Europe’s leaders have chosen a cocktail of more debt and harsh austerity rather than reform, ensuring that the weakest citizens of the weakest nations pay the price for the bankers’ mistakes, while doing nothing to prevent the next collapse. Instead, the principle of the greatest austerity for those suffering the greatest recessions has led to a resurgence of racist extremism. Once more, Europe is a potent threat to global stability. Drawing on the personal experience of his own negotiations with the eurozone’s financiers and offering concrete policies and alternatives, Varoufakis shows how we concocted this mess and how we can get out of it. And The Weak Suffer What They Must? reminds us of our history in order to save European capitalism from itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262277Thu, 07 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: And The Weak Suffer What They Must?: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis, Leighton...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: And The Weak Suffer What They Must?: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis, Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The crisis in Europe is not over, it's getting worse. In this dramatic narrative of Europe’s economic rise and spectacular fall, Yanis Varoufakis, former finance minister of Greece, ‘the emerging rock star of Europe’s anti-austerity uprising’ (Telegraph), shows that the origins of the collapse go far deeper than our leaders are prepared to admit – and that we have done nothing so far to fix them. In 2008, the universe of Western finance outgrew planet Earth. When Wall Street imploded, a death embrace between insolvent banks and bankrupt states consumed Europe. Half a dozen national economies imploded and several more came close. But the storm is far from over… From the aftermath of the Second World War to the present, Varoufakis recounts how the eurozone emerged not as route to shared prosperity but as a pyramid scheme of debt with countries such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain at its bottom. Its woeful design ensured that collapse would be inevitable and catastrophic. But since the hurricane landed Europe’s leaders have chosen a cocktail of more debt and harsh austerity rather than reform, ensuring that the weakest citizens of the weakest nations pay the price for the bankers’ mistakes, while doing nothing to prevent the next collapse. Instead, the principle of the greatest austerity for those suffering the greatest recessions has led to a resurgence of racist extremism. Once more, Europe is a potent threat to global stability. Drawing on the personal experience of his own negotiations with the eurozone’s financiers and offering concrete policies and alternatives, Varoufakis shows how we concocted this mess and how we can get out of it. And The Weak Suffer What They Must? reminds us of our history in order to save European capitalism from itself.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/believers-thinkers-and-founders-how-we-came-to-be-one-nation-under-god-by-kevin-seamus-hasson--65210565https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262109 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believers, Thinkers, and Founders: How We Came to be One Nation Under God Author: Kevin Seamus Hasson Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Believers, Thinkers, and Founders: How We Came to Be One Nation Under God, Kevin Seamus Hasson — founder and president emeritus of the Becket Fund for Religious Liberty — offers a refreshing resolution to a familiar conundrum: If there is real religious freedom in America, how is it that our government keeps invoking God? He’s everywhere — from our currency to the Pledge of Allegiance. Isn’t that all entirely too religious? And just whose God are we talking about anyway? If we are intellectually honest, shouldn’t we scrub all these references to God from our public life? Yet the Declaration of Independence says that God is the source of our rights. “The traditional position,” writes Hasson, “is that our fundamental human rights —including those secured by the First Amendment — are endowed to us by the Creator, and that it would be perilous to permit the government ever to repudiate that point.” America has steadfastly repeated that for more than 200 years, throughout all branches and levels of government.  To say that there is no Creator who endows us with rights, Hasson argues, “is to do more than simply tinker with one of the most famous one-liners in history; it is to change the starting point of our whole explanation of who we are as Americans and, ultimately, why our government is a limited one in the first place.” What to do?  Hasson looks closely at the nation’s founding and sees a solution in the classical distinction between faith and reason. The existence of God, he points out, can traditionally be known by reason alone, while who God is can only be seen by faith. By recognizing the distinction between the “self-evident” Creator referred to in the Declaration of Independence and God as revealed in our faith traditions, we can move past the culture wars that plague us. In short, Hasson argues that we can have a robust First Amendment without abandoning our natural rights. In Believers, Thinkers, and Founders, Hasson examines that idea while looking at a host of issues — including the Pledge of Allegiance, prayer at public events, and the Declaration of Independence — as he demonstrates how we can still be one nation under God.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262109Tue, 05 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262109 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believers, Thinkers, and Founders: How We Came to be One Nation Under God Author: Kevin Seamus Hasson Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262109 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believers, Thinkers, and Founders: How We Came to be One Nation Under God Author: Kevin Seamus Hasson Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Believers, Thinkers, and Founders: How We Came to Be One Nation Under God, Kevin Seamus Hasson — founder and president emeritus of the Becket Fund for Religious Liberty — offers a refreshing resolution to a familiar conundrum: If there is real religious freedom in America, how is it that our government keeps invoking God? He’s everywhere — from our currency to the Pledge of Allegiance. Isn’t that all entirely too religious? And just whose God are we talking about anyway? If we are intellectually honest, shouldn’t we scrub all these references to God from our public life? Yet the Declaration of Independence says that God is the source of our rights. “The traditional position,” writes Hasson, “is that our fundamental human rights —including those secured by the First Amendment — are endowed to us by the Creator, and that it would be perilous to permit the government ever to repudiate that point.” America has steadfastly repeated that for more than 200 years, throughout all branches and levels of government.  To say that there is no Creator who endows us with rights, Hasson argues, “is to do more than simply tinker with one of the most famous one-liners in history; it is to change the starting point of our whole explanation of who we are as Americans and, ultimately, why our government is a limited one in the first place.” What to do?  Hasson looks closely at the nation’s founding and sees a solution in the classical distinction between faith and reason. The existence of God, he points out, can traditionally be known by reason alone, while who God is can only be seen by faith. By recognizing the distinction between the “self-evident” Creator referred to in the Declaration of Independence and God as revealed in our faith traditions, we can move past the culture wars that plague us. In short, Hasson argues that we can have a robust First Amendment without abandoning our natural rights. In Believers, Thinkers, and Founders, Hasson examines that idea while looking at a host of issues — including the Pledge of Allegiance, prayer at public events, and the Declaration of Independence — as he demonstrates how we can still be one nation under God.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-s-war-for-the-greater-middle-east-a-military-history-by-andrew-j-bacevich--65210541https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's War for the Greater Middle East: A Military History Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Andrew J. Bacevich, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Retired army colonel and New York Times bestselling author Andrew J. Bacevich provides a searing reassessment of U.S. military policy in the Middle East over the past four decades. From the end of World War II until 1980, virtually no American soldiers were killed in action while serving in the Greater Middle East. Since 1990, virtually no American soldiers have been killed in action anywhere else. What caused this shift? Andrew J. Bacevich, one of the country’s most respected voices on foreign affairs, offers an incisive critical history of this ongoing military enterprise—now more than thirty years old and with no end in sight. During the 1980s, Bacevich argues, a great transition occurred. As the Cold War wound down, the United States initiated a new conflict—a War for the Greater Middle East—that continues to the present day. The long twilight struggle with the Soviet Union had involved only occasional and sporadic fighting. But as this new war unfolded, hostilities became persistent. From the Balkans and East Africa to the Persian Gulf and Central Asia, U.S. forces embarked upon a seemingly endless series of campaigns across the Islamic world. Few achieved anything remotely like conclusive success. Instead, actions undertaken with expectations of promoting peace and stability produced just the opposite. As a consequence, phrases like “permanent war” and “open-ended war” have become part of everyday discourse. Connecting the dots in a way no other historian has done before, Bacevich weaves a compelling narrative out of episodes as varied as the Beirut bombing of 1983, the Mogadishu firefight of 1993, the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the rise of ISIS in the present decade. Understanding what America’s costly military exertions have wrought requires seeing these seemingly discrete events as parts of a single war. It also requires identifying the errors of judgment made by political leaders in both parties and by senior military officers who share responsibility for what has become a monumental march to folly. This Bacevich unflinchingly does. A twenty-year army veteran who served in Vietnam, Andrew J. Bacevich brings the full weight of his expertise to this vitally important subject. America’s War for the Greater Middle East is a bracing after-action report from the front lines of history. It will fundamentally change the way we view America’s engagement in the world’s most volatile region. Read by Rob Shapiro, with a Prologue and Note read by the author. Advance praise for America’s War for the Greater Middle East “In one arresting book after another, Bacevich has relentlessly laid bare the failings of American foreign policy since the Cold War. This one is his sad crowning achievement: the story of our long and growing military entanglement in the region of the most tragic, bitter, and intractable of conflicts.”—Richard K. Betts, director, Saltzman Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia University “An unparalleled historical tour de force certain to affect the formation of future U.S. foreign policy . . . Every citizen aspiring to high office needs not only to read but to study and learn from this important book. This is one of the most serious and essential books I have read in more than half a century of public service.”—Lieutenant General Paul K. Van Riper, U.S. Marine Corps (Ret.) “Bacevich asks and answers a provocative, inconvenient question: In a multigenerational war in the Middle East, ‘Why has the world’s mightiest military achieved so little?’ ”—Graham Allison, director, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, and Douglas Dillon Professor of Government at Harvard’s John F. Kennedy School of Government]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262415Tue, 05 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's War for the Greater Middle East: A Military History Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Andrew J. Bacevich, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's War for the Greater Middle East: A Military History Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Andrew J. Bacevich, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Retired army colonel and New York Times bestselling author Andrew J. Bacevich provides a searing reassessment of U.S. military policy in the Middle East over the past four decades. From the end of World War II until 1980, virtually no American soldiers were killed in action while serving in the Greater Middle East. Since 1990, virtually no American soldiers have been killed in action anywhere else. What caused this shift? Andrew J. Bacevich, one of the country’s most respected voices on foreign affairs, offers an incisive critical history of this ongoing military enterprise—now more than thirty years old and with no end in sight. During the 1980s, Bacevich argues, a great transition occurred. As the Cold War wound down, the United States initiated a new conflict—a War for the Greater Middle East—that continues to the present day. The long twilight struggle with the Soviet Union had involved only occasional and sporadic fighting. But as this new war unfolded, hostilities became persistent. From the Balkans and East Africa to the Persian Gulf and Central Asia, U.S. forces embarked upon a seemingly endless series of campaigns across the Islamic world. Few achieved anything remotely like conclusive success. Instead, actions undertaken with expectations of promoting peace and stability produced just the opposite. As a consequence, phrases like “permanent war” and “open-ended war” have become part of everyday discourse. Connecting the dots in a way no other historian has done before, Bacevich weaves a compelling narrative out of episodes as varied as the Beirut bombing of 1983, the Mogadishu firefight of 1993, the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the rise of ISIS in the present decade. Understanding what America’s costly military exertions have wrought requires seeing these seemingly discrete events as parts of a single war. It also requires identifying the errors of judgment made by political leaders in both parties and by senior military officers who share responsibility for what has become a monumental march to folly. This Bacevich unflinchingly does. A twenty-year army veteran who served in Vietnam, Andrew J. Bacevich brings the full weight of his expertise to this vitally important subject. America’s War for the Greater Middle East is a bracing after-action report from the front lines of history. It will fundamentally change the way we view America’s engagement in the world’s most volatile region. Read by Rob Shapiro, with a Prologue and Note read by the author. Advance praise for America’s War for the Greater Middle East “In one arresting book after another, Bacevich has relentlessly laid bare the failings of American foreign policy since the Cold War. This one is his sad crowning achievement: the story of our long and growing military entanglement in the region of the most tragic, bitter, and intractable of conflicts.”—Richard K. Betts, director, Saltzman Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia University “An unparalleled historical tour de force certain to affect the formation of future U.S. foreign policy . . . Every citizen aspiring to high office needs not only to read but to study and learn from this important book. This is one of the most serious and essential books I have read in more than half a century of public service.”—Lieutenant General Paul K. Van Riper, U.S. Marine Corps (Ret.) “Bacevich asks and answers a provocative, inconvenient...]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-case-for-gold-by-james-rickards--65210517https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Case for Gold Author: James Rickards Narrator: James Rickards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: **USA Today bestseller and Wall Street Journal business bestseller** They say John Maynard Keynes called gold a 'barbarous relic.' They say there isn’t enough gold to support finance and commerce. They say the gold supply can’t increase fast enough to support world growth. They’re wrong. In this bold manifesto, bestselling author and eco­nomic commentator James Rickards steps forward to defend gold—as both an irreplaceable store of wealth and a standard for currency.   Global political instability and market volatility are on the rise. Gold, always a prudent asset to own, has become the single most important wealth preserva­tion tool for banks and individuals alike. Rickards draws on historical case studies, monetary theory, and personal experience as an investor to argue that:   • The next financial collapse will be exponentially bigger than the panic of 2008.  • The time will come, sooner rather than later, when there will be panic buying and only central banks, hedge funds, and other big players will be able to buy any gold at all. • It’s not too late to prepare ourselves as a nation: there’s always enough gold for a gold standard if we specify a stable, nondeflationary price.   Providing clear instructions on how much gold to buy and where to store it, the short, provocative argu­ment in this book will change the way you look at this “barbarous relic” forever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262413Tue, 05 Apr 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Case for Gold Author: James Rickards Narrator: James Rickards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 5,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Case for Gold Author: James Rickards Narrator: James Rickards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: **USA Today bestseller and Wall Street Journal business bestseller** They say John Maynard Keynes called gold a 'barbarous relic.' They say there isn’t enough gold to support finance and commerce. They say the gold supply can’t increase fast enough to support world growth. They’re wrong. In this bold manifesto, bestselling author and eco­nomic commentator James Rickards steps forward to defend gold—as both an irreplaceable store of wealth and a standard for currency.   Global political instability and market volatility are on the rise. Gold, always a prudent asset to own, has become the single most important wealth preserva­tion tool for banks and individuals alike. Rickards draws on historical case studies, monetary theory, and personal experience as an investor to argue that:   • The next financial collapse will be exponentially bigger than the panic of 2008.  • The time will come, sooner rather than later, when there will be panic buying and only central banks, hedge funds, and other big players will be able to buy any gold at all. • It’s not too late to prepare ourselves as a nation: there’s always enough gold for a gold standard if we specify a stable, nondeflationary price.   Providing clear instructions on how much gold to buy and where to store it, the short, provocative argu­ment in this book will change the way you look at this “barbarous relic” forever.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-amnesia-how-the-war-on-government-led-us-to-forget-what-made-america-rich-by-paul-pierson-jacob-s-hacker--65210545https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Amnesia: How the War on Government Led Us to Forget What Made America Rich Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “provocative” (Kirkus Reviews), timely, and topical work that examines what’s good for American business and what’s good for Americans—and why those interests are misaligned. In American Amnesia, bestselling political scientists Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson trace the economic and political history of the United States over the last century and show how a viable mixed economy has long been the dominant engine of America’s prosperity. We have largely forgotten this reliance, as many political circles and corporate actors have come to mistakenly see government as a hindrance rather than the propeller it once was. “American Amnesia” is more than a rhetorical phrase; elites have literally forgotten, or at least forgotten to talk about, the essential role of public authority in achieving big positive-sum bargains in advanced societies. The mixed economy was the most important social innovation of the twentieth century. It spread a previously unimaginable level of broad prosperity. It enabled steep increases in education, health, longevity, and economic security. And yet, extraordinarily, it is anathema to many current economic and political elites. Looking at this record of remarkable accomplishment, they recoil in horror. And as the advocates of anti-government free market fundamentalist have gained power, they are hell-bent on scrapping the instrument of nearly a century of unprecedented economic and social progress. In the American Amnesia, Hacker and Pierson explain the full “story of how government helped make America great, how the enthusiasm for bashing government is behind its current malaise, and how a return to effective government is the answer the nation is looking for” (The New York Times).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259426Tue, 29 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Amnesia: How the War on Government Led Us to Forget What Made America Rich Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: Holter Graham...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Amnesia: How the War on Government Led Us to Forget What Made America Rich Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “provocative” (Kirkus Reviews), timely, and topical work that examines what’s good for American business and what’s good for Americans—and why those interests are misaligned. In American Amnesia, bestselling political scientists Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson trace the economic and political history of the United States over the last century and show how a viable mixed economy has long been the dominant engine of America’s prosperity. We have largely forgotten this reliance, as many political circles and corporate actors have come to mistakenly see government as a hindrance rather than the propeller it once was. “American Amnesia” is more than a rhetorical phrase; elites have literally forgotten, or at least forgotten to talk about, the essential role of public authority in achieving big positive-sum bargains in advanced societies. The mixed economy was the most important social innovation of the twentieth century. It spread a previously unimaginable level of broad prosperity. It enabled steep increases in education, health, longevity, and economic security. And yet, extraordinarily, it is anathema to many current economic and political elites. Looking at this record of remarkable accomplishment, they recoil in horror. And as the advocates of anti-government free market fundamentalist have gained power, they are hell-bent on scrapping the instrument of nearly a century of unprecedented economic and social progress. In the American Amnesia, Hacker and Pierson explain the full “story of how government helped make America great, how the enthusiasm for bashing government is behind its current malaise, and how a return to effective government is the answer the nation is looking for” (The New York Times).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-only-game-in-town-central-banks-instability-and-avoiding-the-next-collapse-by-mohamed-a-el-erian--65210536https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Game in Town: Central Banks, Instability, and Avoiding the Next Collapse Author: Mohamed A. El-Erian Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A roadmap to what lies ahead and the decisions we must make now to stave off the next global economic and financial crisis, from one of the world’s most influential economic thinkers and the author of When Markets Collide “The one economic book you must read now . . . If you want to understand [our] bifurcated world and where it’s headed, there is no better interpreter than Mohamed El-Erian.”—Time Our current economic path is coming to an end. The signposts are all around us: sluggish growth, rising inequality, stubbornly high pockets of unemployment, and jittery financial markets, to name a few. Soon we will reach a fork in the road: One path leads to renewed growth, prosperity, and financial stability, the other to recession and market disorder. In The Only Game in Town, El-Erian casts his gaze toward the future of the global economy and markets, outlining the choices we face both individually and collectively in an era of economic uncertainty and financial insecurity. Beginning with their response to the 2008 global crisis, El-Erian explains how and why our central banks became the critical policy actors—and, most important, why they cannot continue is this role alone. They saved the financial system from collapse in 2008 and a multiyear economic depression, but lack the tools to enable a return to high inclusive growth and durable financial stability. The time has come for a policy handoff, from a prolonged period of monetary policy experimentation to a strategy that better targets what ails economies and distorts the financial sector—before we stumble into another crisis. The future, critically, is not predestined. It is up to us to decide where we will go from here as households, investors, companies, and governments. Using a mix of insights from economics, finance, and behavioral science, this book gives us the tools we need to properly understand this turning point, prepare for it, and come out of it stronger. A comprehensive, controversial look at the realities of our global economy and markets, The Only Game in Town is required reading for investors, policymakers, and anyone interested in the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259386Tue, 29 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Game in Town: Central Banks, Instability, and Avoiding the Next Collapse Author: Mohamed A. El-Erian Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Game in Town: Central Banks, Instability, and Avoiding the Next Collapse Author: Mohamed A. El-Erian Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A roadmap to what lies ahead and the decisions we must make now to stave off the next global economic and financial crisis, from one of the world’s most influential economic thinkers and the author of When Markets Collide “The one economic book you must read now . . . If you want to understand [our] bifurcated world and where it’s headed, there is no better interpreter than Mohamed El-Erian.”—Time Our current economic path is coming to an end. The signposts are all around us: sluggish growth, rising inequality, stubbornly high pockets of unemployment, and jittery financial markets, to name a few. Soon we will reach a fork in the road: One path leads to renewed growth, prosperity, and financial stability, the other to recession and market disorder. In The Only Game in Town, El-Erian casts his gaze toward the future of the global economy and markets, outlining the choices we face both individually and collectively in an era of economic uncertainty and financial insecurity. Beginning with their response to the 2008 global crisis, El-Erian explains how and why our central banks became the critical policy actors—and, most important, why they cannot continue is this role alone. They saved the financial system from collapse in 2008 and a multiyear economic depression, but lack the tools to enable a return to high inclusive growth and durable financial stability. The time has come for a policy handoff, from a prolonged period of monetary policy experimentation to a strategy that better targets what ails economies and distorts the financial sector—before we stumble into another crisis. The future, critically, is not predestined. It is up to us to decide where we will go from here as households, investors, companies, and governments. Using a mix of insights from economics, finance, and behavioral science, this book gives us the tools we need to properly understand this turning point, prepare for it, and come out of it stronger. A comprehensive, controversial look at the realities of our global economy and markets, The Only Game in Town is required reading for investors, policymakers, and anyone interested in the future.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/equal-is-unfair-america-s-misguided-fight-against-income-inequality-by-yaron-brook-don-watkins--65210533https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal is Unfair: America's Misguided Fight Against Income Inequality Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We’ve all heard that the American Dream is vanishing, and that the cause is rising income inequality. The rich are getting richer by rigging the system in their favor, leaving the rest of us to struggle just to keep our heads above water. To save the American Dream, we’re told that we need to fight inequality through tax hikes, wealth redistribution schemes, and a far higher minimum wage.But what if that narrative is wrong? What if the real threat to the American Dream isn’t rising income inequality–but an all-out war on success?In this timely and thought-provoking work, Don Watkins and Yaron Brook reveal that almost everything we’ve been taught about inequality is wrong. You’ll discover:• why successful CEOs make so much money—and deserve to • how the minimum wage hurts the very people it claims to help • why middle-class stagnation is a myth • how the little-known history of Sweden reveals the dangers of forced equality • the disturbing philosophy behind Obama’s economic agenda.The critics of inequality are right about one thing: the American Dream is under attack. But instead of fighting to make America a place where anyone can achieve success, they are fighting to tear down those who already have. The real key to making America a freer, fairer, more prosperous nation is to protect and celebrate the pursuit of success—not pull down the high fliers in the name of equality.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262183Tue, 29 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal is Unfair: America's Misguided Fight Against Income Inequality Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equal is Unfair: America's Misguided Fight Against Income Inequality Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We’ve all heard that the American Dream is vanishing, and that the cause is rising income inequality. The rich are getting richer by rigging the system in their favor, leaving the rest of us to struggle just to keep our heads above water. To save the American Dream, we’re told that we need to fight inequality through tax hikes, wealth redistribution schemes, and a far higher minimum wage.But what if that narrative is wrong? What if the real threat to the American Dream isn’t rising income inequality–but an all-out war on success?In this timely and thought-provoking work, Don Watkins and Yaron Brook reveal that almost everything we’ve been taught about inequality is wrong. You’ll discover:• why successful CEOs make so much money—and deserve to • how the minimum wage hurts the very people it claims to help • why middle-class stagnation is a myth • how the little-known history of Sweden reveals the dangers of forced equality • the disturbing philosophy behind Obama’s economic agenda.The critics of inequality are right about one thing: the American Dream is under attack. But instead of fighting to make America a place where anyone can achieve success, they are fighting to tear down those who already have. The real key to making America a freer, fairer, more prosperous nation is to protect and celebrate the pursuit of success—not pull down the high fliers in the name of equality.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/until-we-are-free-my-fight-for-human-rights-in-iran-by-shirin-ebadi--65210563https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Until We Are Free: My Fight for Human Rights in Iran Author: Shirin Ebadi Narrator: Shohreh Aghdashloo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first Muslim woman to receive the Nobel Peace Prize, Shirin Ebadi has inspired millions around the globe through her work as a human rights lawyer defending women and children against a brutal regime in Iran. Now Ebadi tells her story of courage and defiance in the face of a government out to destroy her, her family, and her mission: to bring justice to the people and the country she loves. For years the Islamic Republic tried to intimidate Ebadi, but after Mahmoud Ahmadinejad rose to power in 2005, the censorship and persecution intensified. The government wiretapped Ebadi’s phones, bugged her law firm, sent spies to follow her, harassed her colleagues, detained her daughter, and arrested her sister on trumped-up charges. It shut down her lectures, fired up mobs to attack her home, seized her offices, and nailed a death threat to her front door. Despite finding herself living under circumstances reminiscent of a spy novel, nothing could keep Ebadi from speaking out and standing up for human dignity. But it was not until she received a phone call from her distraught husband—and he made a shocking confession that would all but destroy her family—that she realized what the intelligence apparatus was capable of to silence its critics. The Iranian government would end up taking everything from Shirin Ebadi—her marriage, friends, and colleagues, her home, her legal career, even her Nobel Prize—but the one thing it could never steal was her spirit to fight for justice and a better future. This is the amazing, at times harrowing, simply astonishing story of a woman who would never give up, no matter the risks. Just as her words and deeds have inspired a nation, Until We Are Free will inspire you to find the courage to stand up for your beliefs. Praise for Until We Are Free “Ebadi recounts the cycle of sinister assaults she faced after she won the Nobel Prize in 2003. Her new memoir, written as a novel-like narrative, captures the precariousness of her situation and her determination to ‘stand firm.’”—The Washington Post “Powerful . . . Although [Ebadi’s] memoir underscores that a slow change will have to come from within Iran, it is also proof of the stunning effects of her nonviolent struggle on behalf of those who bravely, and at a very high cost, keep pushing for the most basic rights.”—The New York Times Book Review “Shirin Ebadi is quite simply the most vital voice for freedom and human rights in Iran.”—Reza Aslan, author of No god but God and Zealot “Shirin Ebadi writes of exile hauntingly and speaks of Iran, her homeland, as the poets do. Ebadi is unafraid of addressing the personal as well as the political and does both fiercely, with introspection and fire.”—Fatima Bhutto, author of The Shadow of the Crescent Moon “I would encourage all to read Dr. Shirin Ebadi’s memoir and to understand how her struggle for human rights continued after winning the Nobel Peace Prize. It is also fascinating to see how she has been affected positively and negatively by her Nobel Prize. This is a must read for all.”—Desmond Tutu “A revealing portrait of the state of political oppression in Iran . . . [Ebadi] is an inspiring figure, and her suspenseful, evocative story is unforgettable.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) “Ebadi’s courage and strength of character are evident throughout this engrossing text.”—Kirkus Reviews]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256474Tue, 08 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Until We Are Free: My Fight for Human Rights in Iran Author: Shirin Ebadi Narrator: Shohreh Aghdashloo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Until We Are Free: My Fight for Human Rights in Iran Author: Shirin Ebadi Narrator: Shohreh Aghdashloo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first Muslim woman to receive the Nobel Peace Prize, Shirin Ebadi has inspired millions around the globe through her work as a human rights lawyer defending women and children against a brutal regime in Iran. Now Ebadi tells her story of courage and defiance in the face of a government out to destroy her, her family, and her mission: to bring justice to the people and the country she loves. For years the Islamic Republic tried to intimidate Ebadi, but after Mahmoud Ahmadinejad rose to power in 2005, the censorship and persecution intensified. The government wiretapped Ebadi’s phones, bugged her law firm, sent spies to follow her, harassed her colleagues, detained her daughter, and arrested her sister on trumped-up charges. It shut down her lectures, fired up mobs to attack her home, seized her offices, and nailed a death threat to her front door. Despite finding herself living under circumstances reminiscent of a spy novel, nothing could keep Ebadi from speaking out and standing up for human dignity. But it was not until she received a phone call from her distraught husband—and he made a shocking confession that would all but destroy her family—that she realized what the intelligence apparatus was capable of to silence its critics. The Iranian government would end up taking everything from Shirin Ebadi—her marriage, friends, and colleagues, her home, her legal career, even her Nobel Prize—but the one thing it could never steal was her spirit to fight for justice and a better future. This is the amazing, at times harrowing, simply astonishing story of a woman who would never give up, no matter the risks. Just as her words and deeds have inspired a nation, Until We Are Free will inspire you to find the courage to stand up for your beliefs. Praise for Until We Are Free “Ebadi recounts the cycle of sinister assaults she faced after she won the Nobel Prize in 2003. Her new memoir, written as a novel-like narrative, captures the precariousness of her situation and her determination to ‘stand firm.’”—The Washington Post “Powerful . . . Although [Ebadi’s] memoir underscores that a slow change will have to come from within Iran, it is also proof of the stunning effects of her nonviolent struggle on behalf of those who bravely, and at a very high cost, keep pushing for the most basic rights.”—The New York Times Book Review “Shirin Ebadi is quite simply the most vital voice for freedom and human rights in Iran.”—Reza Aslan, author of No god but God and Zealot “Shirin Ebadi writes of exile hauntingly and speaks of Iran, her homeland, as the poets do. Ebadi is unafraid of addressing the personal as well as the political and does both fiercely, with introspection and fire.”—Fatima Bhutto, author of The Shadow of the Crescent Moon “I would encourage all to read Dr. Shirin Ebadi’s memoir and to understand how her struggle for human rights continued after winning the Nobel Peace Prize. It is also fascinating to see how she has been affected positively and negatively by her Nobel Prize. This is a must read for all.”—Desmond Tutu “A revealing portrait of the state of political oppression in Iran . . . [Ebadi] is an inspiring figure, and her suspenseful, evocative story is unforgettable.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) “Ebadi’s courage and strength of character are evident throughout this engrossing text.”—Kirkus Reviews]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-vanishing-of-flight-mh370-the-true-story-of-the-hunt-for-the-missing-malaysian-plane-by-richard-quest--65210553https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing of Flight MH370: The True Story of the Hunt for the Missing Malaysian Plane Author: Richard Quest Narrator: Richard Quest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CNN Aviation Correspondent Richard Quest offers a gripping and definitive account of the disappearance of Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 in March 2014. On March 8, 2014, Malaysian Airlines Flight MH370 disappeared with barely a trace, carrying 239 people on board—seemingly vanishing into the dark night. The airplane’s whereabouts and fate would quickly become one of the biggest aviation mysteries of our time...   Richard Quest, CNN’s Aviation Correspondent, was one of the leading journalists covering the story. In a coincidence, Quest had interviewed one of the two pilots a few weeks before the disappearance. It is here that he begins his gripping account of those tense weeks in March, presenting a fascinating chronicle of an international search effort, which despite years of searching and tens of millions of dollars spent has failed to find the plane.   Quest dissects what happened in the hours following the plane’s disappearance and chronicles the days and weeks of searching, which led to nothing but increasing despair. He takes apart the varying responses from authorities and the discrepancies in reports, the wide range of theories, the startling fact that the plane actually turned around and flew in the opposite direction, and what solutions the aviation industry must now implement to ensure it never happens again.   What emerges is a riveting chronicle of a tragedy that continues to baffle everyone from aviation experts to satellite engineers to politicians—and which to this day worries the traveling public that it could happen again.   INCLUDES PHOTOS]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256610Tue, 08 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing of Flight MH370: The True Story of the Hunt for the Missing Malaysian Plane Author: Richard Quest Narrator: Richard Quest Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing of Flight MH370: The True Story of the Hunt for the Missing Malaysian Plane Author: Richard Quest Narrator: Richard Quest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CNN Aviation Correspondent Richard Quest offers a gripping and definitive account of the disappearance of Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 in March 2014. On March 8, 2014, Malaysian Airlines Flight MH370 disappeared with barely a trace, carrying 239 people on board—seemingly vanishing into the dark night. The airplane’s whereabouts and fate would quickly become one of the biggest aviation mysteries of our time...   Richard Quest, CNN’s Aviation Correspondent, was one of the leading journalists covering the story. In a coincidence, Quest had interviewed one of the two pilots a few weeks before the disappearance. It is here that he begins his gripping account of those tense weeks in March, presenting a fascinating chronicle of an international search effort, which despite years of searching and tens of millions of dollars spent has failed to find the plane.   Quest dissects what happened in the hours following the plane’s disappearance and chronicles the days and weeks of searching, which led to nothing but increasing despair. He takes apart the varying responses from authorities and the discrepancies in reports, the wide range of theories, the startling fact that the plane actually turned around and flew in the opposite direction, and what solutions the aviation industry must now implement to ensure it never happens again.   What emerges is a riveting chronicle of a tragedy that continues to baffle everyone from aviation experts to satellite engineers to politicians—and which to this day worries the traveling public that it could happen again.   INCLUDES PHOTOS]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jihad-academy-the-rise-of-islamic-state-by-nicolas-henin--65210551https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jihad Academy: The Rise of Islamic State Author: Nicolas Hénin Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former Islamic State hostage and veteran Middle East journalist explores misperceptions of Islamic State and their consequences. For more than a decade, French journalist Nicolas Hénin has reported from the front lines of conflict in the Middle East, much of his time spent in Iraq and Syria. He witnessed the events leading to the rise of Islamic State, and in June 2013, he was himself captured by IS and spent ten months in captivity with James Foley and others who were beheaded soon after Hénin was released. Those barbarities and the first strikes against Islamic State prompted Hénin to present in Jihad Academy what he knows IS to be, in contrast to the misperceptions he sees perpetuated on an ongoing basis. Hénin sees Islamic State as a political entity, having arisen out of a sense of injustice and lack of hope and as the natural result of the Western inability to support Syrian democracy activists. The West, however, sees IS only as a terrorist organization, ignoring its political message and goals; by doing so, we act as a recruitment agent for Islamic State and largely overlook the greatest victims of IS violence: civilians on the ground. IS will only be ultimately defeated, he argues, by the people of the region, just as others have overthrown groups that practiced political violence on their people. Jihad Academy is a fresh and powerful assessment by a writer with the perspective of a historian, the passion of a journalist long committed to the region, and the credibility of someone who has witnessed terrorism firsthand. Hénin’s is an important new voice in the ongoing debate about our role in the Middle East.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256496Tue, 08 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jihad Academy: The Rise of Islamic State Author: Nicolas Hénin Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jihad Academy: The Rise of Islamic State Author: Nicolas Hénin Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former Islamic State hostage and veteran Middle East journalist explores misperceptions of Islamic State and their consequences. For more than a decade, French journalist Nicolas Hénin has reported from the front lines of conflict in the Middle East, much of his time spent in Iraq and Syria. He witnessed the events leading to the rise of Islamic State, and in June 2013, he was himself captured by IS and spent ten months in captivity with James Foley and others who were beheaded soon after Hénin was released. Those barbarities and the first strikes against Islamic State prompted Hénin to present in Jihad Academy what he knows IS to be, in contrast to the misperceptions he sees perpetuated on an ongoing basis. Hénin sees Islamic State as a political entity, having arisen out of a sense of injustice and lack of hope and as the natural result of the Western inability to support Syrian democracy activists. The West, however, sees IS only as a terrorist organization, ignoring its political message and goals; by doing so, we act as a recruitment agent for Islamic State and largely overlook the greatest victims of IS violence: civilians on the ground. IS will only be ultimately defeated, he argues, by the people of the region, just as others have overthrown groups that practiced political violence on their people. Jihad Academy is a fresh and powerful assessment by a writer with the perspective of a historian, the passion of a journalist long committed to the region, and the credibility of someone who has witnessed terrorism firsthand. Hénin’s is an important new voice in the ongoing debate about our role in the Middle East.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/imbeciles-the-supreme-court-american-eugenics-and-the-sterilization-of-carrie-buck-by-adam-cohen--65210586https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imbeciles: The Supreme Court, American Eugenics, and the Sterilization of Carrie Buck Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the 2016 National Book Award for Nonfiction One of America’s great miscarriages of justice, the Supreme Court’s infamous 1927 Buck v. Bell ruling made government sterilization of “undesirable” citizens the law of the land   In 1927, the Supreme Court handed down a ruling so disturbing, ignorant, and cruel that it stands as one of the great injustices in American history. In Imbeciles, bestselling author Adam Cohen exposes the court’s decision to allow the sterilization of a young woman it wrongly thought to be “feebleminded” and to champion the mass eugenic sterilization of undesirable citizens for the greater good of the country. The 8–1 ruling was signed by some of the most revered figures in American law—including Chief Justice William Howard Taft, a former U.S. president; and Louis Brandeis, a progressive icon. Oliver Wendell Holmes, considered by many the greatest Supreme Court justice in history, wrote the majority opinion, including the court’s famous declaration “Three generations of imbeciles are enough.” Imbeciles is the shocking story of Buck v. Bell, a legal case that challenges our faith in American justice. A gripping courtroom drama, it pits a helpless young woman against powerful scientists, lawyers, and judges who believed that eugenic measures were necessary to save the nation from being “swamped with incompetence.”  At the center was Carrie Buck, who was born into a poor family in Charlottesville, Virginia, and taken in by a foster family, until she became pregnant out of wedlock. She was then declared “feebleminded” and shipped off to the Colony for Epileptics and Feeble-Minded. Buck v. Bell unfolded against the backdrop of a nation in the thrall of eugenics, which many Americans thought would uplift the human race. Congress embraced this fervor, enacting the first laws designed to prevent immigration by Italians, Jews, and other groups charged with being genetically inferior.  Cohen shows how Buck arrived at the colony at just the wrong time, when influential scientists and politicians were looking for a “test case” to determine whether Virginia’s new eugenic sterilization law could withstand a legal challenge. A cabal of powerful men lined up against her, and no one stood up for her—not even her lawyer, who, it is now clear, was in collusion with the men who wanted her sterilized. In the end, Buck’s case was heard by the Supreme Court, the institution established by the founders to ensure that justice would prevail. The court could have seen through the false claim that Buck was a threat to the gene pool, or it could have found that forced sterilization was a violation of her rights. Instead, Holmes, a scion of several prominent Boston Brahmin families, who was raised to believe in the superiority of his own bloodlines, wrote a vicious, haunting decision upholding Buck’s sterilization and imploring the nation to sterilize many more. Holmes got his wish, and before the madness ended some sixty to seventy thousand Americans were sterilized. Cohen overturns cherished myths and demolishes lauded figures in relentless pursuit of the truth. With the intellectual force of a legal brief and the passion of a front-page exposé, Imbeciles is an ardent indictment of our champions of justice and our optimistic faith in progress, as well as a triumph of American legal and social history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255518Tue, 01 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imbeciles: The Supreme Court, American Eugenics, and the Sterilization of Carrie Buck Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imbeciles: The Supreme Court, American Eugenics, and the Sterilization of Carrie Buck Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the 2016 National Book Award for Nonfiction One of America’s great miscarriages of justice, the Supreme Court’s infamous 1927 Buck v. Bell ruling made government sterilization of “undesirable” citizens the law of the land   In 1927, the Supreme Court handed down a ruling so disturbing, ignorant, and cruel that it stands as one of the great injustices in American history. In Imbeciles, bestselling author Adam Cohen exposes the court’s decision to allow the sterilization of a young woman it wrongly thought to be “feebleminded” and to champion the mass eugenic sterilization of undesirable citizens for the greater good of the country. The 8–1 ruling was signed by some of the most revered figures in American law—including Chief Justice William Howard Taft, a former U.S. president; and Louis Brandeis, a progressive icon. Oliver Wendell Holmes, considered by many the greatest Supreme Court justice in history, wrote the majority opinion, including the court’s famous declaration “Three generations of imbeciles are enough.” Imbeciles is the shocking story of Buck v. Bell, a legal case that challenges our faith in American justice. A gripping courtroom drama, it pits a helpless young woman against powerful scientists, lawyers, and judges who believed that eugenic measures were necessary to save the nation from being “swamped with incompetence.”  At the center was Carrie Buck, who was born into a poor family in Charlottesville, Virginia, and taken in by a foster family, until she became pregnant out of wedlock. She was then declared “feebleminded” and shipped off to the Colony for Epileptics and Feeble-Minded. Buck v. Bell unfolded against the backdrop of a nation in the thrall of eugenics, which many Americans thought would uplift the human race. Congress embraced this fervor, enacting the first laws designed to prevent immigration by Italians, Jews, and other groups charged with being genetically inferior.  Cohen shows how Buck arrived at the colony at just the wrong time, when influential scientists and politicians were looking for a “test case” to determine whether Virginia’s new eugenic sterilization law could withstand a legal challenge. A cabal of powerful men lined up against her, and no one stood up for her—not even her lawyer, who, it is now clear, was in collusion with the men who wanted her sterilized. In the end, Buck’s case was heard by the Supreme Court, the institution established by the founders to ensure that justice would prevail. The court could have seen through the false claim that Buck was a threat to the gene pool, or it could have found that forced sterilization was a violation of her rights. Instead, Holmes, a scion of several prominent Boston Brahmin families, who was raised to believe in the superiority of his own bloodlines, wrote a vicious, haunting decision upholding Buck’s sterilization and imploring the nation to sterilize many more. Holmes got his wish, and before the madness ended some sixty to seventy thousand Americans were sterilized. Cohen overturns cherished myths and demolishes lauded figures in relentless pursuit of the truth. With the intellectual force of a legal brief and the passion of a front-page exposé, Imbeciles is an ardent indictment of our champions of justice and our optimistic faith in progress, as well as a triumph of American legal and social history.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hacked-world-order-how-nations-fight-trade-maneuver-and-manipulate-in-the-digital-age-by-adam-segal--65210525https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacked World Order: How Nations Fight, Trade, Maneuver, and Manipulate in the Digital Age Author: Adam Segal Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Internet today connects roughly 2.7 billion people around the world, and booming interest in the 'Internet of things' could result in 75 billion devices connected to the web by 2020. The myth of cyberspace as a digital utopia has long been put to rest. Governments are increasingly developing smarter ways of asserting their national authority in cyberspace in an effort to control the flow, organization, and ownership of information. In The Hacked World Order, Adam Segal shows how governments use the web to wage war and spy on, coerce, and damage each other. Israel is intent on derailing the Iranian nuclear weapons program. India wants to prevent Pakistani terrorists from using their Blackberries to coordinate attacks. Brazil has plans to lay new fiber cables and develop satellite links so its Internet traffic no longer has to pass through Miami. China does not want to be dependent on the West for its technology needs. These new digital conflicts have as yet posed no physical threat—no one has ever died from a cyberattack—but they serve to undermine the integrity of complex systems like power grids, financial institutions, and security networks. Segal describes how cyberattacks have the potential to produce unintended and unimaginable problems for anyone with an Internet connection and an email account. State-backed hacking initiatives can shut down, sabotage trade strategies, steal intellectual property, sow economic chaos, and paralyze whole countries.The Hacked World Order exposes how the Internet has ushered in a new era of geopolitical maneuvering and reveals its tremendous and terrifying implications for our economic livelihood, security, and personal identity.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262809Tue, 01 Mar 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacked World Order: How Nations Fight, Trade, Maneuver, and Manipulate in the Digital Age Author: Adam Segal Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacked World Order: How Nations Fight, Trade, Maneuver, and Manipulate in the Digital Age Author: Adam Segal Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Internet today connects roughly 2.7 billion people around the world, and booming interest in the 'Internet of things' could result in 75 billion devices connected to the web by 2020. The myth of cyberspace as a digital utopia has long been put to rest. Governments are increasingly developing smarter ways of asserting their national authority in cyberspace in an effort to control the flow, organization, and ownership of information. In The Hacked World Order, Adam Segal shows how governments use the web to wage war and spy on, coerce, and damage each other. Israel is intent on derailing the Iranian nuclear weapons program. India wants to prevent Pakistani terrorists from using their Blackberries to coordinate attacks. Brazil has plans to lay new fiber cables and develop satellite links so its Internet traffic no longer has to pass through Miami. China does not want to be dependent on the West for its technology needs. These new digital conflicts have as yet posed no physical threat—no one has ever died from a cyberattack—but they serve to undermine the integrity of complex systems like power grids, financial institutions, and security networks. Segal describes how cyberattacks have the potential to produce unintended and unimaginable problems for anyone with an Internet connection and an email account. State-backed hacking initiatives can shut down, sabotage trade strategies, steal intellectual property, sow economic chaos, and paralyze whole countries.The Hacked World Order exposes how the Internet has ushered in a new era of geopolitical maneuvering and reveals its tremendous and terrifying implications for our economic livelihood, security, and personal identity.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-reunited-states-of-america-how-we-can-bridge-the-partisan-divide-by-mark-gerzon--65210582https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reunited States of America: How We Can Bridge the Partisan Divide Author: Mark Gerzon Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a government held hostage by poisonous partisan gridlock, there has never been a greater need for changing our political process. The transpartisan movement offers hope for finding common ground. Our country's motto is 'E Pluribus Unam-'out of many, one'-but you'd never know it now, says activist Mark Gerzon. The United States seems hopelessly divided. In the past, Americans could disagree without demonizing each other. But now healthy partisan debate has been replaced by brutal political brawling, where nothing but winning matters. Loyalty to party has replaced love of country. The solution, says Gerson, is to become transpartisan. This doesn't mean adopting a new set of political beliefs. 'Transpartisan' is an adjective, not another ism. You can be a transpartisan Democrat, a transpartisan Republican, or a transpartisan independent. It is about the how, not the what, a way of conducing politics and solving problems that is the opposite of the hyperpartisanship destroying our country. If you're open to learning instead of insisting you already have all the answers; if you're open to change instead of remaining where you've always been; if you're open to working with people you disagree with instead of vilifying them; if you're open to finding new solutions instead of clinging to the same old positions; in short, if you place country above party, you are a transpartisan! Gerzon describes the roots and core beliefs of the movement, and uses real-world examples to show how transpartisans are already making a difference all over America. This book, at its core, is about what has made America great - and what can restore that greatness if we seize the opportunities before us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256324Mon, 29 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reunited States of America: How We Can Bridge the Partisan Divide Author: Mark Gerzon Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256324 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reunited States of America: How We Can Bridge the Partisan Divide Author: Mark Gerzon Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a government held hostage by poisonous partisan gridlock, there has never been a greater need for changing our political process. The transpartisan movement offers hope for finding common ground. Our country's motto is 'E Pluribus Unam-'out of many, one'-but you'd never know it now, says activist Mark Gerzon. The United States seems hopelessly divided. In the past, Americans could disagree without demonizing each other. But now healthy partisan debate has been replaced by brutal political brawling, where nothing but winning matters. Loyalty to party has replaced love of country. The solution, says Gerson, is to become transpartisan. This doesn't mean adopting a new set of political beliefs. 'Transpartisan' is an adjective, not another ism. You can be a transpartisan Democrat, a transpartisan Republican, or a transpartisan independent. It is about the how, not the what, a way of conducing politics and solving problems that is the opposite of the hyperpartisanship destroying our country. If you're open to learning instead of insisting you already have all the answers; if you're open to change instead of remaining where you've always been; if you're open to working with people you disagree with instead of vilifying them; if you're open to finding new solutions instead of clinging to the same old positions; in short, if you place country above party, you are a transpartisan! Gerzon describes the roots and core beliefs of the movement, and uses real-world examples to show how transpartisans are already making a difference all over America. This book, at its core, is about what has made America great - and what can restore that greatness if we seize the opportunities before us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/united-thoughts-on-finding-common-ground-and-advancing-the-common-good-by-cory-booker--65210549https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United: Thoughts on Finding Common Ground and Advancing the Common Good Author: Cory Booker Narrator: Cory Booker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • United States Senator Cory Booker makes the case that the virtues of empathy, responsibility, and action must guide our nation toward a brighter future. Raised in northern New Jersey, Cory Booker went to Stanford University on a football scholarship, accepted a Rhodes Scholarship to Oxford University, then studied at Yale Law School. Graduating from Yale, his options were limitless.   He chose public service.   He chose to move to a rough neighborhood in Newark, New Jersey, where he worked as a tenants’ rights lawyer before winning a seat on the City Council. In 2006, he was elected mayor, and for more than seven years he was the public face of an American city that had gone decades with too little positive national attention and investment. In 2013, Booker became the first African American elected to represent New Jersey in the U.S. Senate.   In United, Cory Booker draws on personal experience to issue a stirring call to reorient our nation and our politics around the principles of compassion and solidarity. He speaks of rising above despair to engage with hope, pursuing our shared mission, and embracing our common destiny.   Here is his account of his own political education, the moments—some entertaining, some heartbreaking, all of them enlightening—that have shaped his civic vision. Here are the lessons Booker learned from the remarkable people who inspired him to serve, men and women whose example fueled his desire to create opportunities for others. Here also are his observations on the issues he cares about most deeply, from race and crime and the crisis of mass incarceration to economic and environmental justice.   “Hope is the active conviction that despair will never have the last word,” Booker writes in this galvanizing book. In a world where we too easily lose touch with our neighbors, he argues, we must remember that we all rise or fall together—and that we must move beyond mere tolerance for one another toward a deeper connection: love. Praise for United   “An exceedingly good book, and an important book, and a reminder of what makes Booker an important and, through it all, a promising public figure.”—PolitickerNJ   “What sets Senator Booker’s work apart from that of similar political books is that it seeks to elevate discourse rather than bring down opponents of the opposite partisan persuasion. This is a refreshing take, one that is truly worthy of study and contemplation.”—The Huffington Post]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255594Tue, 16 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United: Thoughts on Finding Common Ground and Advancing the Common Good Author: Cory Booker Narrator: Cory Booker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United: Thoughts on Finding Common Ground and Advancing the Common Good Author: Cory Booker Narrator: Cory Booker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • United States Senator Cory Booker makes the case that the virtues of empathy, responsibility, and action must guide our nation toward a brighter future. Raised in northern New Jersey, Cory Booker went to Stanford University on a football scholarship, accepted a Rhodes Scholarship to Oxford University, then studied at Yale Law School. Graduating from Yale, his options were limitless.   He chose public service.   He chose to move to a rough neighborhood in Newark, New Jersey, where he worked as a tenants’ rights lawyer before winning a seat on the City Council. In 2006, he was elected mayor, and for more than seven years he was the public face of an American city that had gone decades with too little positive national attention and investment. In 2013, Booker became the first African American elected to represent New Jersey in the U.S. Senate.   In United, Cory Booker draws on personal experience to issue a stirring call to reorient our nation and our politics around the principles of compassion and solidarity. He speaks of rising above despair to engage with hope, pursuing our shared mission, and embracing our common destiny.   Here is his account of his own political education, the moments—some entertaining, some heartbreaking, all of them enlightening—that have shaped his civic vision. Here are the lessons Booker learned from the remarkable people who inspired him to serve, men and women whose example fueled his desire to create opportunities for others. Here also are his observations on the issues he cares about most deeply, from race and crime and the crisis of mass incarceration to economic and environmental justice.   “Hope is the active conviction that despair will never have the last word,” Booker writes in this galvanizing book. In a world where we too easily lose touch with our neighbors, he argues, we must remember that we all rise or fall together—and that we must move beyond mere tolerance for one another toward a deeper connection: love. Praise for United   “An exceedingly good book, and an important book, and a reminder of what makes Booker an important and, through it all, a promising public figure.”—PolitickerNJ   “What sets Senator Booker’s work apart from that of similar political books is that it seeks to elevate discourse rather than bring down opponents of the opposite partisan persuasion. This is a refreshing take, one that is truly worthy of study and contemplation.”—The Huffington Post]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-confessions-of-an-economic-hit-man-by-john-perkins--65210507https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Confessions of an Economic Hit Man Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shocking bestseller: the original version of this astonishing tell-all book spent seventy-three weeks on the New York Times bestseller list, has sold more than 1.25 million copies, and has been translated into more than thirty languages. New revelations: featuring fifteen explosive new chapters, this expanded edition of Perkins’s classic bestseller brings the story of economic hit men (EHMs) up to date and, chillingly, home to the US. Over forty percent of the book is new, including chapters identifying today’s EHMs and a detailed chronology extensively documenting EHM activity since the first edition was published in 2004. Former economic hit man John Perkins shares new details about the ways he and others cheated countries around the globe out of trillions of dollars. Then he reveals how the deadly EHM cancer he helped create has spread far more widely and deeply than ever in the United States and everywhere else—to become the dominant system of business, government, and society today. Finally, he gives an insider view of what we each can do to change it. Economic hit men are the shock troops of what Perkins calls the corporatocracy, a vast network of corporations, banks, colluding governments, and the rich and powerful people tied to them. If the EHMs can’t maintain the corrupt status quo through nonviolent coercion, the jackal assassins swoop in. The heart of this book is a completely new section, over 100 pages long, that exposes the fact that all the EHM and jackal tools—false economics, false promises, threats, bribes, extortion, debt, deception, coups, assassinations, unbridled military power—are used around the world today exponentially more than during the era Perkins exposed over a decade ago. The material in this new section ranges from the Seychelles, Honduras, Ecuador, and Libya to Turkey, Western Europe, Vietnam, China, and, in perhaps the most unexpected and sinister development, the United States, where the new EHMs—bankers, lobbyists, corporate executives, and others—“con governments and the public into submitting to policies that make the rich richer and the poor poorer.” But as dark as the story gets, this reformed EHM also provides hope. Perkins offers a detailed list of specific actions each of us can take to transform what he calls a failing Death Economy into a Life Economy that provides sustainable abundance for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255707Tue, 09 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Confessions of an Economic Hit Man Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Confessions of an Economic Hit Man Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shocking bestseller: the original version of this astonishing tell-all book spent seventy-three weeks on the New York Times bestseller list, has sold more than 1.25 million copies, and has been translated into more than thirty languages. New revelations: featuring fifteen explosive new chapters, this expanded edition of Perkins’s classic bestseller brings the story of economic hit men (EHMs) up to date and, chillingly, home to the US. Over forty percent of the book is new, including chapters identifying today’s EHMs and a detailed chronology extensively documenting EHM activity since the first edition was published in 2004. Former economic hit man John Perkins shares new details about the ways he and others cheated countries around the globe out of trillions of dollars. Then he reveals how the deadly EHM cancer he helped create has spread far more widely and deeply than ever in the United States and everywhere else—to become the dominant system of business, government, and society today. Finally, he gives an insider view of what we each can do to change it. Economic hit men are the shock troops of what Perkins calls the corporatocracy, a vast network of corporations, banks, colluding governments, and the rich and powerful people tied to them. If the EHMs can’t maintain the corrupt status quo through nonviolent coercion, the jackal assassins swoop in. The heart of this book is a completely new section, over 100 pages long, that exposes the fact that all the EHM and jackal tools—false economics, false promises, threats, bribes, extortion, debt, deception, coups, assassinations, unbridled military power—are used around the world today exponentially more than during the era Perkins exposed over a decade ago. The material in this new section ranges from the Seychelles, Honduras, Ecuador, and Libya to Turkey, Western Europe, Vietnam, China, and, in perhaps the most unexpected and sinister development, the United States, where the new EHMs—bankers, lobbyists, corporate executives, and others—“con governments and the public into submitting to policies that make the rich richer and the poor poorer.” But as dark as the story gets, this reformed EHM also provides hope. Perkins offers a detailed list of specific actions each of us can take to transform what he calls a failing Death Economy into a Life Economy that provides sustainable abundance for all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-snapping-of-the-american-mind-by-david-kupelian--65210569https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snapping of the American Mind Author: David Kupelian Narrator: Michael Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AMERICA THE BEAUTIFUL HAS BECOME AMERICA THE BIZARRE. Government openly defies the law, Christians are prosecuted as criminals, children "transition" to the opposite sex, the president supports our enemies?and 130 million Americans depend on mind-altering substances just to get through life. Turbocharged by the Obama presidency, long-coalescing forces of the political and cultural Left are bringing about their much-heralded "fundamental transformation of America." That much everyone knows. But this revolution is also causing a fundamental transformation of Americans?in profoundly negative ways. In The Snapping of the American Mind, veteran journalist and bestselling author David Kupelian shows how the progressive Left?which today dominates America's key institutions, from the news and entertainment media, to education, to government itself?is accomplishing much more than just enlarging government, redistributing wealth, and de-Christianizing the culture. With the Left's wild celebration of sexual anarchy, its intimidating culture of political correctness, and its incomprehension of the fundamental sacredness of human life, it is also, whether intentionally or not, promoting widespread dependency, debauchery, family breakdown, crime, corruption, addiction, despair, and suicide. Surveying this growing chaos in American society, Kupelian exposes both the utopian revolutionaries and their extraordinary methods that have turned America's most cherished values literally upside down?to the point that madness is celebrated and normality demonized.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262733Fri, 05 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snapping of the American Mind Author: David Kupelian Narrator: Michael Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snapping of the American Mind Author: David Kupelian Narrator: Michael Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AMERICA THE BEAUTIFUL HAS BECOME AMERICA THE BIZARRE. Government openly defies the law, Christians are prosecuted as criminals, children "transition" to the opposite sex, the president supports our enemies?and 130 million Americans depend on mind-altering substances just to get through life. Turbocharged by the Obama presidency, long-coalescing forces of the political and cultural Left are bringing about their much-heralded "fundamental transformation of America." That much everyone knows. But this revolution is also causing a fundamental transformation of Americans?in profoundly negative ways. In The Snapping of the American Mind, veteran journalist and bestselling author David Kupelian shows how the progressive Left?which today dominates America's key institutions, from the news and entertainment media, to education, to government itself?is accomplishing much more than just enlarging government, redistributing wealth, and de-Christianizing the culture. With the Left's wild celebration of sexual anarchy, its intimidating culture of political correctness, and its incomprehension of the fundamental sacredness of human life, it is also, whether intentionally or not, promoting widespread dependency, debauchery, family breakdown, crime, corruption, addiction, despair, and suicide. Surveying this growing chaos in American society, Kupelian exposes both the utopian revolutionaries and their extraordinary methods that have turned America's most cherished values literally upside down?to the point that madness is celebrated and normality demonized.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/united-states-of-jihad-investigating-america-s-homegrown-terrorists-by-peter-bergen--65210601https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Jihad: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, panoramic look at “homegrown” Islamist terrorism from 9/11 to the present   Since 9/11, more than three hundred Americans—born and raised in Minnesota, Alabama, New Jersey, and elsewhere—have been indicted or convicted of terrorism charges. Some have taken the fight abroad: an American was among those who planned the attacks in Mumbai, and more than eighty U.S. citizens have been charged with ISIS-related crimes. Others have acted on American soil, as with the attacks at Fort Hood, the Boston Marathon, and in San Bernardino. What motivates them, how are they trained, and what do we sacrifice in our efforts to track them?   Paced like a detective story, United States of Jihad tells the entwined stories of the key actors on the American front. Among the perpetrators are Anwar al-Awlaki, the New Mexico-born radical cleric who became the first American citizen killed by a CIA drone and who mentored the Charlie Hebdo shooters; Samir Khan, whose Inspire webzine has rallied terrorists around the world, including the Tsarnaev brothers; and Omar Hammami, an Alabama native and hip hop fan who became a fixture in al Shabaab’s propaganda videos until fatally displeasing his superiors.   Drawing on his extensive network of intelligence contacts, from the National Counterterrorism Center and the FBI to the NYPD, Peter Bergen also offers an inside look at the controversial tactics of the agencies tracking potential terrorists—from infiltrating mosques to massive surveillance; at the bias experienced by innocent observant Muslims at the hands of law enforcement; at the critics and defenders of U.S. policies on terrorism; and at how social media has revolutionized terrorism.   Lucid and rigorously researched, United States of Jihad is an essential new analysis of the Americans who have embraced militant Islam both here and abroad. — Washington Post, Notable Non-Fiction Books in 2016]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252392Tue, 02 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Jihad: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States of Jihad: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, panoramic look at “homegrown” Islamist terrorism from 9/11 to the present   Since 9/11, more than three hundred Americans—born and raised in Minnesota, Alabama, New Jersey, and elsewhere—have been indicted or convicted of terrorism charges. Some have taken the fight abroad: an American was among those who planned the attacks in Mumbai, and more than eighty U.S. citizens have been charged with ISIS-related crimes. Others have acted on American soil, as with the attacks at Fort Hood, the Boston Marathon, and in San Bernardino. What motivates them, how are they trained, and what do we sacrifice in our efforts to track them?   Paced like a detective story, United States of Jihad tells the entwined stories of the key actors on the American front. Among the perpetrators are Anwar al-Awlaki, the New Mexico-born radical cleric who became the first American citizen killed by a CIA drone and who mentored the Charlie Hebdo shooters; Samir Khan, whose Inspire webzine has rallied terrorists around the world, including the Tsarnaev brothers; and Omar Hammami, an Alabama native and hip hop fan who became a fixture in al Shabaab’s propaganda videos until fatally displeasing his superiors.   Drawing on his extensive network of intelligence contacts, from the National Counterterrorism Center and the FBI to the NYPD, Peter Bergen also offers an inside look at the controversial tactics of the agencies tracking potential terrorists—from infiltrating mosques to massive surveillance; at the bias experienced by innocent observant Muslims at the hands of law enforcement; at the critics and defenders of U.S. policies on terrorism; and at how social media has revolutionized terrorism.   Lucid and rigorously researched, United States of Jihad is an essential new analysis of the Americans who have embraced militant Islam both here and abroad. — Washington Post, Notable Non-Fiction Books in 2016]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-the-beautiful-rediscovering-what-made-this-nation-great-by-ben-carson-m-d--65210593https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Beautiful: Rediscovering What Made This Nation Great Author: Ben Carson, M.D. Narrator: Brandon Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is America becoming? Or, more importantly, what can she be if we reclaim a vision for the things that made her great in the first place? In America the Beautiful, Dr. Ben Carson helps us learn from our past in order to chart a better course for our future. From his personal ascent from inner-city poverty to international medical and humanitarian acclaim, Carson shares experiential insights that help us understand: - what is good about America - where we have gone astray - which fundamental beliefs have guided America from her founding into preeminence among nations Written by a man who has experienced America's best and worst firsthand, America the Beautiful is at once alarming, convicting, and inspiring. You'll gain new perspectives on our nation's origins, our Judeo-Christian heritage, our educational system, capitalism versus socialism, our moral fabric, healthcare, and much more. An incisive manifesto of the values that shaped America's past and must shape her future, America the Beautiful calls us all to use our God-given talents to improve our lives, our communities, our nation, and our world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255410Tue, 02 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Beautiful: Rediscovering What Made This Nation Great Author: Ben Carson, M.D. Narrator: Brandon Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Beautiful: Rediscovering What Made This Nation Great Author: Ben Carson, M.D. Narrator: Brandon Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is America becoming? Or, more importantly, what can she be if we reclaim a vision for the things that made her great in the first place? In America the Beautiful, Dr. Ben Carson helps us learn from our past in order to chart a better course for our future. From his personal ascent from inner-city poverty to international medical and humanitarian acclaim, Carson shares experiential insights that help us understand: - what is good about America - where we have gone astray - which fundamental beliefs have guided America from her founding into preeminence among nations Written by a man who has experienced America's best and worst firsthand, America the Beautiful is at once alarming, convicting, and inspiring. You'll gain new perspectives on our nation's origins, our Judeo-Christian heritage, our educational system, capitalism versus socialism, our moral fabric, healthcare, and much more. An incisive manifesto of the values that shaped America's past and must shape her future, America the Beautiful calls us all to use our God-given talents to improve our lives, our communities, our nation, and our world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/children-of-paradise-the-struggle-for-the-soul-of-iran-by-laura-secor--65210589https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of Paradise: The Struggle for the Soul of Iran Author: Laura Secor Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The drama that shaped today’s Iran, from the Revolution to the present day.   In 1979, seemingly overnight—moving at a clip some thirty years faster than the rest of the world—Iran became the first revolutionary theocracy in modern times. Since then, the country has been largely a black box to the West, a sinister presence looming over the horizon. But inside Iran, a breathtaking drama has unfolded since then, as religious thinkers, political operatives, poets, journalists, and activists have imagined and reimagined what Iran should be. They have drawn as deeply on the traditions of the West as of the East and have acted upon their beliefs with urgency and passion, frequently staking their lives for them.   With more than a decade of experience reporting on, researching, and writing about Iran, Laura Secor narrates this unprecedented history as a story of individuals caught up in the slipstream of their time, seizing and wielding ideas powerful enough to shift its course as they wrestle with their country’s apparatus of violent repression as well as its rich and often tragic history. Essential reading at this moment when the fates of our countries have never been more entwined, Children of Paradise will stand as a classic of political reporting; an indelible portrait of a nation and its people striving for change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251788Tue, 02 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of Paradise: The Struggle for the Soul of Iran Author: Laura Secor Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 41...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of Paradise: The Struggle for the Soul of Iran Author: Laura Secor Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The drama that shaped today’s Iran, from the Revolution to the present day.   In 1979, seemingly overnight—moving at a clip some thirty years faster than the rest of the world—Iran became the first revolutionary theocracy in modern times. Since then, the country has been largely a black box to the West, a sinister presence looming over the horizon. But inside Iran, a breathtaking drama has unfolded since then, as religious thinkers, political operatives, poets, journalists, and activists have imagined and reimagined what Iran should be. They have drawn as deeply on the traditions of the West as of the East and have acted upon their beliefs with urgency and passion, frequently staking their lives for them.   With more than a decade of experience reporting on, researching, and writing about Iran, Laura Secor narrates this unprecedented history as a story of individuals caught up in the slipstream of their time, seizing and wielding ideas powerful enough to shift its course as they wrestle with their country’s apparatus of violent repression as well as its rich and often tragic history. Essential reading at this moment when the fates of our countries have never been more entwined, Children of Paradise will stand as a classic of political reporting; an indelible portrait of a nation and its people striving for change.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-industries-of-the-future-by-alec-ross--65210577https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Industries of the Future Author: Alec Ross Narrator: Alec Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller, from leading innovation expert Alec Ross, a “fascinating vision” (Forbes) of what’s next for the world and how to navigate the changes the future will bring. While Alec Ross was working as Senior Advisor for Innovation to the Secretary of State, he traveled to forty-one countries, exploring the latest advances coming out of every continent. From startup hubs in Kenya to R&D labs in South Korea, Ross has seen what the future holds. In The Industries of the Future, Ross provides a “lucid and informed guide” (Financial Times) to the changes coming in the next ten years. He examines the fields that will most shape our economic future, including robotics and artificial intelligence, cybercrime and cybersecurity, the commercialization of genomics, the next step for big data, and the impact of digital technology on money and markets. In each of these realms, Ross addresses the toughest questions: How will we have to adapt to the changing nature of work? Is the prospect of cyberwar sparking the next arms race? How can the world’s rising nations hope to match Silicon Valley with their own innovation hotspots? And what can today’s parents do to prepare their children for tomorrow? Ross blends storytelling and economic analysis to show how sweeping global trends are affecting the ways we live. Sharing insights from global leaders—from the founders of Google and Twitter to defense experts like David Petraeus—Ross reveals the technologies and industries that will drive the next stage of globalization. The Industries of the Future is “a riveting and mind-bending book” (New York Journal of Books), a “must read” (Wendy Kopp, Founder of Teach for America) regardless of “whether you follow these fields closely or you still think of Honda as a car rather than a robotics company” (Forbes).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255408Tue, 02 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Industries of the Future Author: Alec Ross Narrator: Alec Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Industries of the Future Author: Alec Ross Narrator: Alec Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller, from leading innovation expert Alec Ross, a “fascinating vision” (Forbes) of what’s next for the world and how to navigate the changes the future will bring. While Alec Ross was working as Senior Advisor for Innovation to the Secretary of State, he traveled to forty-one countries, exploring the latest advances coming out of every continent. From startup hubs in Kenya to R&D labs in South Korea, Ross has seen what the future holds. In The Industries of the Future, Ross provides a “lucid and informed guide” (Financial Times) to the changes coming in the next ten years. He examines the fields that will most shape our economic future, including robotics and artificial intelligence, cybercrime and cybersecurity, the commercialization of genomics, the next step for big data, and the impact of digital technology on money and markets. In each of these realms, Ross addresses the toughest questions: How will we have to adapt to the changing nature of work? Is the prospect of cyberwar sparking the next arms race? How can the world’s rising nations hope to match Silicon Valley with their own innovation hotspots? And what can today’s parents do to prepare their children for tomorrow? Ross blends storytelling and economic analysis to show how sweeping global trends are affecting the ways we live. Sharing insights from global leaders—from the founders of Google and Twitter to defense experts like David Petraeus—Ross reveals the technologies and industries that will drive the next stage of globalization. The Industries of the Future is “a riveting and mind-bending book” (New York Journal of Books), a “must read” (Wendy Kopp, Founder of Teach for America) regardless of “whether you follow these fields closely or you still think of Honda as a car rather than a robotics company” (Forbes).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-speeches-by-the-presidents-of-the-united-states-1933-2015-by-speechworks--65210515https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, 1933–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251755Mon, 01 Feb 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, 1933–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, 1933–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/world-order-reflections-on-the-character-of-nations-and-the-course-of-history-by-henry-kissinger--65210580https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Order: Reflections on the Character of Nations and the Course of History Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In World Order, Henry Kissinger - one of the leading practitioners of world diplomacy and author of On China - makes his monumental investigation into the 'tectonic plates' of global history and state relations. World Order is the summation of Henry Kissinger's thinking about history, strategy and statecraft. As if taking a perspective from far above the globe, it examines the great tectonic plates of history and the motivations of nations, explaining the attitudes that states and empires have taken to the rest of the world from the formation of Europe to our own times. Kissinger identifies four great 'world orders' in history - the European, Islamic, Chinese and American. Since the end of Charlemagne's empire, and especially since the Peace of Westphalia in 1648, Europeans have striven for balance in international affairs, first in their own continent and then globally. Islamic states have looked to their destined expansion over regions populated by unbelievers, a position exemplified today by Iran under the ayatollahs. For over 2000 years the Chinese have seen 'all under Heaven' as being tributary to the Chinese Emperor. America views itself as a 'city on a hill', a beacon to the world, whose values have universal validity. How have these attitudes evolved and how have they shaped the histories of their nations, regions, and the rest of the world? What has happened when they have come into contact with each other? How have they balanced legitimacy and power at different times? What is the condition of each in our contemporary world, and how are they shaping relations between states now? To answer these questions Henry Kissinger draws upon a lifetime's historical study and unmatched experience as a world statesman. His account is shot through with observations about how historical change takes place, how some leaders shape their times and others fail to do so, and how far states can stray from the ideas which define them. World Order is a masterpiece of narrative, analysis and portraits of great historical actors that only Henry Kissinger could have written. © Henry Kissinger 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2016]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252156Thu, 28 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Order: Reflections on the Character of Nations and the Course of History Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Order: Reflections on the Character of Nations and the Course of History Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In World Order, Henry Kissinger - one of the leading practitioners of world diplomacy and author of On China - makes his monumental investigation into the 'tectonic plates' of global history and state relations. World Order is the summation of Henry Kissinger's thinking about history, strategy and statecraft. As if taking a perspective from far above the globe, it examines the great tectonic plates of history and the motivations of nations, explaining the attitudes that states and empires have taken to the rest of the world from the formation of Europe to our own times. Kissinger identifies four great 'world orders' in history - the European, Islamic, Chinese and American. Since the end of Charlemagne's empire, and especially since the Peace of Westphalia in 1648, Europeans have striven for balance in international affairs, first in their own continent and then globally. Islamic states have looked to their destined expansion over regions populated by unbelievers, a position exemplified today by Iran under the ayatollahs. For over 2000 years the Chinese have seen 'all under Heaven' as being tributary to the Chinese Emperor. America views itself as a 'city on a hill', a beacon to the world, whose values have universal validity. How have these attitudes evolved and how have they shaped the histories of their nations, regions, and the rest of the world? What has happened when they have come into contact with each other? How have they balanced legitimacy and power at different times? What is the condition of each in our contemporary world, and how are they shaping relations between states now? To answer these questions Henry Kissinger draws upon a lifetime's historical study and unmatched experience as a world statesman. His account is shot through with observations about how historical change takes place, how some leaders shape their times and others fail to do so, and how far states can stray from the ideas which define them. World Order is a masterpiece of narrative, analysis and portraits of great historical actors that only Henry Kissinger could have written. © Henry Kissinger 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2016]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/duty-by-robert-gates--65210556https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty Author: Robert Gates Narrator: Robert M Gates, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'As I look back, there is a parallel theme to my years at war: love. By that I mean the love - there is no other word for it - I came to feel for the troops, and the overwhelming sense of personal responsibility I developed for them. So much so that it would shape some of my most significant decisions and positions.' When Robert M. Gates received a call from the White House, he thought he'd long left Washington politics behind: After working for six presidents in both the CIA and the National Security Council, he was happily serving as president of Texas A&M University. But when he was asked to help a nation mired in two wars and to aid the troops doing the fighting, he answered what he felt was the call of duty. Robert Gates was US Secretary of Defense from 2006 to 2011 serving under both George Bush and Barack Obama. Before that he was Director of the CIA. This is his candid and revealing account of US military engagement in Iraq and Afghanistan, where Gates oversaw the controversial 'surge' of US troops in both countries. As well as this, he also provides commentary on the situations in Syria, Iran, Israel and North Korea and details behind the scenes meetings with Bush, Cheney, Rice, Obama and other major political figures. Mr. Gates is the only Secretary of Defense to serve under both a Republican and a Democratic president, and in Duty he provides an unsparing, full accounting of his tenure. © Robert Gates 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2016]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252108Thu, 28 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty Author: Robert Gates Narrator: Robert M Gates, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 28,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty Author: Robert Gates Narrator: Robert M Gates, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'As I look back, there is a parallel theme to my years at war: love. By that I mean the love - there is no other word for it - I came to feel for the troops, and the overwhelming sense of personal responsibility I developed for them. So much so that it would shape some of my most significant decisions and positions.' When Robert M. Gates received a call from the White House, he thought he'd long left Washington politics behind: After working for six presidents in both the CIA and the National Security Council, he was happily serving as president of Texas A&M University. But when he was asked to help a nation mired in two wars and to aid the troops doing the fighting, he answered what he felt was the call of duty. Robert Gates was US Secretary of Defense from 2006 to 2011 serving under both George Bush and Barack Obama. Before that he was Director of the CIA. This is his candid and revealing account of US military engagement in Iraq and Afghanistan, where Gates oversaw the controversial 'surge' of US troops in both countries. As well as this, he also provides commentary on the situations in Syria, Iran, Israel and North Korea and details behind the scenes meetings with Bush, Cheney, Rice, Obama and other major political figures. Mr. Gates is the only Secretary of Defense to serve under both a Republican and a Democratic president, and in Duty he provides an unsparing, full accounting of his tenure. © Robert Gates 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2016]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/too-dumb-to-fail-how-the-gop-betrayed-the-reagan-revolution-to-win-elections-and-how-it-can-reclaim-its-conservative-roots-by-matt-k-lew--65210600https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/254775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Dumb to Fail: How the GOP Betrayed the Reagan Revolution to Win Elections (and How It Can Reclaim Its Conservative Roots) Author: Matt K. Lewis Narrator: Matt K. Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a leading voice among young conservatives, an impassioned argument that to stay relevant the Republican Party must look beyond short-term electoral gains and re-commit to historic conservative values. In 1963 Richard Hofstadter published his landmark book Anti-Intellectualism in American Life. Today, Matt Lewis argues, America's inclination toward simplicity and stupidity is stronger than ever, and its greatest victim is the Republican Party. Lewis, a respected conservative columnist and frequent guest on MSNBC's Morning Joe, eviscerates the phenomenon of candidates with a 'no experience required' mentality and tea party 'patriots' who possess bluster but few core beliefs. Lewis traces the conservative movement's roots, from Edmund Burke to William F. Buckley, and from Goldwater's loss to Reagan's landslide victory. He highlights visionary thinkers who understood nuance and deep ideology and changed the course of the nation. As we approach the 2016 presidential election, Lewis has an urgent message for fellow conservatives: embrace wisdom, humility, qualifications, and inclusion -- or face extinction.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/254775Tue, 26 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/254775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Dumb to Fail: How the GOP Betrayed the Reagan Revolution to Win Elections (and How It Can Reclaim Its Conservative Roots) Author: Matt K. Lewis...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/254775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Dumb to Fail: How the GOP Betrayed the Reagan Revolution to Win Elections (and How It Can Reclaim Its Conservative Roots) Author: Matt K. Lewis Narrator: Matt K. Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a leading voice among young conservatives, an impassioned argument that to stay relevant the Republican Party must look beyond short-term electoral gains and re-commit to historic conservative values. In 1963 Richard Hofstadter published his landmark book Anti-Intellectualism in American Life. Today, Matt Lewis argues, America's inclination toward simplicity and stupidity is stronger than ever, and its greatest victim is the Republican Party. Lewis, a respected conservative columnist and frequent guest on MSNBC's Morning Joe, eviscerates the phenomenon of candidates with a 'no experience required' mentality and tea party 'patriots' who possess bluster but few core beliefs. Lewis traces the conservative movement's roots, from Edmund Burke to William F. Buckley, and from Goldwater's loss to Reagan's landslide victory. He highlights visionary thinkers who understood nuance and deep ideology and changed the course of the nation. As we approach the 2016 presidential election, Lewis has an urgent message for fellow conservatives: embrace wisdom, humility, qualifications, and inclusion -- or face extinction.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/killing-a-king-the-assassination-of-yitzhak-rabin-and-the-remaking-of-israel-by-dan-ephron--65210585https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing a King: The Assassination of Yitzhak Rabin and the Remaking of Israel Author: Dan Ephron Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting story about the murder that changed a nation: the assassination of Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin The assassination of Yitzhak Rabin remains the single most consequential event in Israel’s recent history and one that fundamentally altered the trajectory for both Israel and the Palestinians. Killing a King relates the parallel stories of Rabin and his stalker, Yigal Amir, over the two years leading up to the assassination, as one of them planned political deals he hoped would lead to peace—and the other plotted murder. Dan Ephron, who reported from the Middle East for much of the past two decades, covered both the rally where Rabin was killed and the subsequent murder trial. He describes how Rabin, a former general who led the army in the Six Day War of 1967, embraced his nemesis, Palestine Liberation Organization leader Yasser Arafat, and set about trying to resolve the twentieth century’s most vexing conflict. He recounts in agonizing detail how extremists on both sides undermined the peace process with ghastly violence. And he reconstructs the relentless scheming of Amir, a twenty-five-year-old law student and Jewish extremist who believed that Rabin’s peace effort amounted to a betrayal of Israel and the Jewish people. As Amir stalked Rabin over many months, the agency charged with safeguarding the Israeli leader missed key clues, overlooked intelligence reports, and then failed to protect him at the critical moment, in November 1995. It was the biggest security blunder in the agency’s history. Through the prism of the assassination, much about Israel today comes into focus, from the paralysis in peacemaking to the fraught relationship between current Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and President Barack Obama. Based on Israeli police reports, interviews, confessions, and the cooperation of both Rabin’s and Amir’s families, Killing a King is a tightly coiled narrative that reaches an inevitable, shattering conclusion. One can’t help but wonder what Israel would look like today had Rabin lived.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251880Tue, 19 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing a King: The Assassination of Yitzhak Rabin and the Remaking of Israel Author: Dan Ephron Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing a King: The Assassination of Yitzhak Rabin and the Remaking of Israel Author: Dan Ephron Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting story about the murder that changed a nation: the assassination of Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin The assassination of Yitzhak Rabin remains the single most consequential event in Israel’s recent history and one that fundamentally altered the trajectory for both Israel and the Palestinians. Killing a King relates the parallel stories of Rabin and his stalker, Yigal Amir, over the two years leading up to the assassination, as one of them planned political deals he hoped would lead to peace—and the other plotted murder. Dan Ephron, who reported from the Middle East for much of the past two decades, covered both the rally where Rabin was killed and the subsequent murder trial. He describes how Rabin, a former general who led the army in the Six Day War of 1967, embraced his nemesis, Palestine Liberation Organization leader Yasser Arafat, and set about trying to resolve the twentieth century’s most vexing conflict. He recounts in agonizing detail how extremists on both sides undermined the peace process with ghastly violence. And he reconstructs the relentless scheming of Amir, a twenty-five-year-old law student and Jewish extremist who believed that Rabin’s peace effort amounted to a betrayal of Israel and the Jewish people. As Amir stalked Rabin over many months, the agency charged with safeguarding the Israeli leader missed key clues, overlooked intelligence reports, and then failed to protect him at the critical moment, in November 1995. It was the biggest security blunder in the agency’s history. Through the prism of the assassination, much about Israel today comes into focus, from the paralysis in peacemaking to the fraught relationship between current Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and President Barack Obama. Based on Israeli police reports, interviews, confessions, and the cooperation of both Rabin’s and Amir’s families, Killing a King is a tightly coiled narrative that reaches an inevitable, shattering conclusion. One can’t help but wonder what Israel would look like today had Rabin lived.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-money-the-hidden-history-of-the-billionaires-behind-the-rise-of-the-radical-right-by-jane-mayer--65210557https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Money: The Hidden History of the Billionaires Behind the Rise of the Radical Right Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 25 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why is America living in an age of profound economic inequality? Why, despite the desperate need to address climate change, have even modest environmental efforts been defeated again and again? Why have protections for employees been decimated? Why do hedge-fund billionaires pay a far lower tax rate than middle-class workers?      The conventional answer is that a popular uprising against “big government” led to the ascendancy of a broad-based conservative movement. But as Jane Mayer shows in this powerful, meticulously reported history, a network of exceedingly wealthy people with extreme libertarian views bankrolled a systematic, step-by-step plan to fundamentally alter the American political system.       The network has brought together some of the richest people on the planet. Their core beliefs—that taxes are a form of tyranny; that government oversight of business is an assault on freedom—are sincerely held. But these beliefs also advance their personal and corporate interests: Many of their companies have run afoul of federal pollution, worker safety, securities, and tax laws.      The chief figures in the network are Charles and David Koch, whose father made his fortune in part by building oil refineries in Stalin’s Russia and Hitler’s Germany. The patriarch later was a founding member of the John Birch Society, whose politics were so radical it believed Dwight Eisenhower was a communist. The brothers were schooled in a political philosophy that asserted the only role of government is to provide security and to enforce property rights.       When libertarian ideas proved decidedly unpopular with voters, the Koch brothers and their allies chose another path. If they pooled their vast resources, they could fund an interlocking array of organizations that could work in tandem to influence and ultimately control academic institutions, think tanks, the courts, statehouses, Congress, and, they hoped, the presidency. Richard Mellon Scaife, the mercurial heir to banking and oil fortunes, had the brilliant insight that most of their political activities could be written off as tax-deductible “philanthropy.”      These organizations were given innocuous names such as Americans for Prosperity. Funding sources were hidden whenever possible. This process reached its apotheosis with the allegedly populist Tea Party movement, abetted mightily by the Citizens United decision—a case conceived of by legal advocates funded by the network.      The political operatives the network employs are disciplined, smart, and at times ruthless. Mayer documents instances in which people affiliated with these groups hired private detectives to impugn whistle-blowers, journalists, and even government investigators. And their efforts have been remarkably successful. Libertarian views on taxes and regulation, once far outside the mainstream and still rejected by most Americans, are ascendant in the majority of state governments, the Supreme Court, and Congress. Meaningful environmental, labor, finance, and tax reforms have been stymied.       Jane Mayer spent five years conducting hundreds of interviews-including with several sources within the network-and scoured public records, private papers, and court proceedings in reporting this book. In a taut and utterly convincing narrative, she traces the byzantine trail of the billions of dollars spent by the network and provides vivid portraits of the colorful figures behind the new American oligarchy.      Dark Money is a book that must be read by anyone who cares about the future of American democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255424Tue, 19 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Money: The Hidden History of the Billionaires Behind the Rise of the Radical Right Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Money: The Hidden History of the Billionaires Behind the Rise of the Radical Right Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 25 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why is America living in an age of profound economic inequality? Why, despite the desperate need to address climate change, have even modest environmental efforts been defeated again and again? Why have protections for employees been decimated? Why do hedge-fund billionaires pay a far lower tax rate than middle-class workers?      The conventional answer is that a popular uprising against “big government” led to the ascendancy of a broad-based conservative movement. But as Jane Mayer shows in this powerful, meticulously reported history, a network of exceedingly wealthy people with extreme libertarian views bankrolled a systematic, step-by-step plan to fundamentally alter the American political system.       The network has brought together some of the richest people on the planet. Their core beliefs—that taxes are a form of tyranny; that government oversight of business is an assault on freedom—are sincerely held. But these beliefs also advance their personal and corporate interests: Many of their companies have run afoul of federal pollution, worker safety, securities, and tax laws.      The chief figures in the network are Charles and David Koch, whose father made his fortune in part by building oil refineries in Stalin’s Russia and Hitler’s Germany. The patriarch later was a founding member of the John Birch Society, whose politics were so radical it believed Dwight Eisenhower was a communist. The brothers were schooled in a political philosophy that asserted the only role of government is to provide security and to enforce property rights.       When libertarian ideas proved decidedly unpopular with voters, the Koch brothers and their allies chose another path. If they pooled their vast resources, they could fund an interlocking array of organizations that could work in tandem to influence and ultimately control academic institutions, think tanks, the courts, statehouses, Congress, and, they hoped, the presidency. Richard Mellon Scaife, the mercurial heir to banking and oil fortunes, had the brilliant insight that most of their political activities could be written off as tax-deductible “philanthropy.”      These organizations were given innocuous names such as Americans for Prosperity. Funding sources were hidden whenever possible. This process reached its apotheosis with the allegedly populist Tea Party movement, abetted mightily by the Citizens United decision—a case conceived of by legal advocates funded by the network.      The political operatives the network employs are disciplined, smart, and at times ruthless. Mayer documents instances in which people affiliated with these groups hired private detectives to impugn whistle-blowers, journalists, and even government investigators. And their efforts have been remarkably successful. Libertarian views on taxes and regulation, once far outside the mainstream and still rejected by most Americans, are ascendant in the majority of state governments, the Supreme Court, and Congress. Meaningful environmental, labor, finance, and tax reforms have been stymied.       Jane Mayer spent five years conducting hundreds of interviews-including with several sources within the network-and scoured public records, private papers, and court proceedings in reporting this book. In a taut and utterly convincing narrative, she traces the byzantine trail of the billions of dollars spent by the network and...]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-vindication-of-the-rights-of-woman-by-mary-wollstonecraft--65210588https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman Series: Part of Hackett Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jonathan Keeble, Fiona Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 15, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Mary Wollstonecraft tackles the wasted potential she sees in women, refusing to see them as inferior to men; she decries their limitations and suggests that they are worthy of an equal standard of education, and that they should be taught to develop their own reason, not simply how to gain a man. Written in 1792, at the height of the French Revolution, A Vindication is an eloquent and persuasive response to the prevailing attitudes of the time. It is the original feminist manifesto.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252515Fri, 15 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman Series: Part of Hackett Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jonathan Keeble, Fiona Shaw Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman Series: Part of Hackett Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jonathan Keeble, Fiona Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 15, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Mary Wollstonecraft tackles the wasted potential she sees in women, refusing to see them as inferior to men; she decries their limitations and suggests that they are worthy of an equal standard of education, and that they should be taught to develop their own reason, not simply how to gain a man. Written in 1792, at the height of the French Revolution, A Vindication is an eloquent and persuasive response to the prevailing attitudes of the time. It is the original feminist manifesto.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-speeches-by-the-presidents-of-the-united-states-vol-3-1989-2015-by-speechworks--65210591https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 3: 1989–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. George H. W. Bush: Inauguration Speech (1989), Panama (1989), Kuwait (1990), State of the Union (1991), End of Gulf War (1991), Gulf War (1991) William Jefferson Clinton: First Inauguration (1993), Health Care (1993), Normandy (1994), Oklahoma Bombing (1995), Bosnia (1995), State of the Union (1996), Balanced Budget (1997), Farewell to the Nation (2001) George W. Bush: Inauguration Address (2001), 9/11 (2001), Ground Zero (2001), Joint Session (2001), Iraqi Freedom Operation (2003), Second Inauguration Address (2005) Barack Obama: Inauguration (2009), Health Care (2009), Obamacare (2010), Bin Laden (2011), Reelection Victory Speech (2012), State of the Union Address (2014), Iran (2015) *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250182Tue, 12 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 3: 1989–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 3: 1989–2015 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. George H. W. Bush: Inauguration Speech (1989), Panama (1989), Kuwait (1990), State of the Union (1991), End of Gulf War (1991), Gulf War (1991) William Jefferson Clinton: First Inauguration (1993), Health Care (1993), Normandy (1994), Oklahoma Bombing (1995), Bosnia (1995), State of the Union (1996), Balanced Budget (1997), Farewell to the Nation (2001) George W. Bush: Inauguration Address (2001), 9/11 (2001), Ground Zero (2001), Joint Session (2001), Iraqi Freedom Operation (2003), Second Inauguration Address (2005) Barack Obama: Inauguration (2009), Health Care (2009), Obamacare (2010), Bin Laden (2011), Reelection Victory Speech (2012), State of the Union Address (2014), Iran (2015) *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-idealist-aaron-swartz-and-the-rise-of-free-culture-on-the-internet-by-justin-peters--65210561https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet Author: Justin Peters Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This smart, “riveting” (Los Angeles Times) history of the Internet free culture movement and its larger effects on society—and the life and shocking suicide of Aaron Swartz, a founding developer of Reddit and Creative Commons—written by Slate correspondent Justin Peters “captures Swartz flawlessly” (The New York Times Book Review). Aaron Swartz was a zealous young advocate for the free exchange of information and creative content online. He committed suicide in 2013 after being indicted by the government for illegally downloading millions of academic articles from a nonprofit online database. From the age of fifteen, when Swartz, a computer prodigy, worked with Lawrence Lessig to launch Creative Commons, to his years as a fighter for copyright reform and open information, to his work leading the protests against the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA), to his posthumous status as a cultural icon, Swartz’s life was inextricably connected to the free culture movement. Now Justin Peters examines Swartz’s life in the context of 200 years of struggle over the control of information. In vivid, accessible prose, The Idealist situates Swartz in the context of other “data moralists” past and present, from lexicographer Noah Webster to ebook pioneer Michael Hart to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the process, the book explores the history of copyright statutes and the public domain; examines archivists’ ongoing quest to build the “library of the future”; and charts the rise of open access, the copyleft movement, and other ideologies that have come to challenge protectionist intellectual property policies. Peters also breaks down the government’s case against Swartz and explains how we reached the point where federally funded academic research came to be considered private property, and downloading that material in bulk came to be considered a federal crime. The Idealist is “an excellent survey of the intellectual property battlefield, and a sobering memorial to its most tragic victim” (The Boston Globe) and an essential look at the impact of the free culture movement on our daily lives and on generations to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251890Tue, 12 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet Author: Justin Peters Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet Author: Justin Peters Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This smart, “riveting” (Los Angeles Times) history of the Internet free culture movement and its larger effects on society—and the life and shocking suicide of Aaron Swartz, a founding developer of Reddit and Creative Commons—written by Slate correspondent Justin Peters “captures Swartz flawlessly” (The New York Times Book Review). Aaron Swartz was a zealous young advocate for the free exchange of information and creative content online. He committed suicide in 2013 after being indicted by the government for illegally downloading millions of academic articles from a nonprofit online database. From the age of fifteen, when Swartz, a computer prodigy, worked with Lawrence Lessig to launch Creative Commons, to his years as a fighter for copyright reform and open information, to his work leading the protests against the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA), to his posthumous status as a cultural icon, Swartz’s life was inextricably connected to the free culture movement. Now Justin Peters examines Swartz’s life in the context of 200 years of struggle over the control of information. In vivid, accessible prose, The Idealist situates Swartz in the context of other “data moralists” past and present, from lexicographer Noah Webster to ebook pioneer Michael Hart to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the process, the book explores the history of copyright statutes and the public domain; examines archivists’ ongoing quest to build the “library of the future”; and charts the rise of open access, the copyleft movement, and other ideologies that have come to challenge protectionist intellectual property policies. Peters also breaks down the government’s case against Swartz and explains how we reached the point where federally funded academic research came to be considered private property, and downloading that material in bulk came to be considered a federal crime. The Idealist is “an excellent survey of the intellectual property battlefield, and a sobering memorial to its most tragic victim” (The Boston Globe) and an essential look at the impact of the free culture movement on our daily lives and on generations to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-money-talks-the-high-price-of-free-speech-and-the-selling-of-democracy-by-derek-cressman--65210570https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Money Talks: The High Price of'Free' Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 11, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We're no longer conducting elections, we're holding auctions. Longtime activist and former political candidate Derek Cressman shows how we can return free speech to the people, not the biggest bankroll. Now that the Supreme Court has equated money with speech and thrown out campaign spending limits, Americans want to know what they can do about it. Derek Cressman gives them the tools, both ideological and tactical, to fight back. Cressman points out that there's nothing inherently unconstitutional in limiting speech. We do it all the time-for example, cities control when and where demonstrations can take place, or how long people can speak at council meetings. More importantly, he argues that while you choose to patronize Fox News, MSNBC, The New York Times, or the Wall Street Journal when they exercise their free speech rights, political advertising is forced upon you. It's paid speech-not at all what the Founders had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment. Cressman looks at why attempts to limit paid political speech have failed so far, what a constitutional amendment limiting paid speech should say, and explains how citizens can use an overlooked political tool to help gain its passage. Seven times in our history we've passed constitutional amendments to overturn wrongheaded rulings by the Court-there's no reason we can't do it again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251514Mon, 11 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Money Talks: The High Price of'Free' Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Money Talks: The High Price of'Free' Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 11, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We're no longer conducting elections, we're holding auctions. Longtime activist and former political candidate Derek Cressman shows how we can return free speech to the people, not the biggest bankroll. Now that the Supreme Court has equated money with speech and thrown out campaign spending limits, Americans want to know what they can do about it. Derek Cressman gives them the tools, both ideological and tactical, to fight back. Cressman points out that there's nothing inherently unconstitutional in limiting speech. We do it all the time-for example, cities control when and where demonstrations can take place, or how long people can speak at council meetings. More importantly, he argues that while you choose to patronize Fox News, MSNBC, The New York Times, or the Wall Street Journal when they exercise their free speech rights, political advertising is forced upon you. It's paid speech-not at all what the Founders had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment. Cressman looks at why attempts to limit paid political speech have failed so far, what a constitutional amendment limiting paid speech should say, and explains how citizens can use an overlooked political tool to help gain its passage. Seven times in our history we've passed constitutional amendments to overturn wrongheaded rulings by the Court-there's no reason we can't do it again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/con-job-how-democrats-gave-us-crime-sanctuary-cities-abortion-profiteering-and-racial-division-by-crystal-wright--65210568https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Con Job: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division Author: Crystal Wright Narrator: Crystal Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years-and for their loyalty, black Americans have been rewarded with worsening schools, collapsed families, skyrocketed incarceration rates, disappearing jobs, and rising crime. Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, exposes how the Democratic Party has systematically betrayed black voters.Democrats have pulled a big con job on blacks in America. Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years. Where has that support gotten the black community? Democrats have let black incarceration rates rise and marriage rates drop. They've let entire neighborhoods become dependent on welfare, and they've let education and job opportunities dwindle. So why do black voters keep voting for progressive Democratic candidates?Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, takes the Democratic Party to task in this bold, biting exposé of the Democrats' systematic betrayal of the blindly loyal black community.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251857Mon, 11 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Con Job: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division Author: Crystal Wright Narrator: Crystal Wright...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Con Job: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division Author: Crystal Wright Narrator: Crystal Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years-and for their loyalty, black Americans have been rewarded with worsening schools, collapsed families, skyrocketed incarceration rates, disappearing jobs, and rising crime. Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, exposes how the Democratic Party has systematically betrayed black voters.Democrats have pulled a big con job on blacks in America. Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years. Where has that support gotten the black community? Democrats have let black incarceration rates rise and marriage rates drop. They've let entire neighborhoods become dependent on welfare, and they've let education and job opportunities dwindle. So why do black voters keep voting for progressive Democratic candidates?Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, takes the Democratic Party to task in this bold, biting exposé of the Democrats' systematic betrayal of the blindly loyal black community.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-liberals-win-the-culture-wars-even-when-they-lose-elections-the-battles-that-define-america-from-jefferson-s-heresies-to-gay-marriage--65210560https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections): The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author: Stephen Prothero Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this timely, carefully reasoned social history of the United States, the New York Times bestselling author of Religious Literacy and God Is Not One places today’s heated culture wars within the context of a centuries-long struggle of right versus left and religious versus secular to reveal how, ultimately, liberals always win. Though they may seem to be dividing the country irreparably, today’s heated cultural and political battles between right and left, Progressives and Tea Party, religious and secular are far from unprecedented. In this engaging and important work, Stephen Prothero reframes the current debate, viewing it as the latest in a number of flashpoints that have shaped our national identity. Prothero takes us on a lively tour through time, bringing into focus the election of 1800, which pitted Calvinists and Federalists against Jeffersonians and “infidels;” the Protestants’ campaign against Catholics in the mid-nineteenth century; the anti-Mormon crusade of the Victorian era; the fundamentalist-modernist debates of the 1920s; the culture wars of the 1980s and 1990s; and the current crusade against Islam. As Prothero makes clear, our culture wars have always been religious wars, progressing through the same stages of conservative reaction to liberal victory that eventually benefit all Americans. Drawing on his impressive depth of knowledge and detailed research, he explains how competing religious beliefs have continually molded our political, economic, and sociological discourse and reveals how the conflicts which separate us today, like those that came before, are actually the byproduct of our struggle to come to terms with inclusiveness and ideals of “Americanness.” To explore these battles, he reminds us, is to look into the soul of America—and perhaps find essential answers to the questions that beset us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251080Tue, 05 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections): The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections): The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author: Stephen Prothero Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this timely, carefully reasoned social history of the United States, the New York Times bestselling author of Religious Literacy and God Is Not One places today’s heated culture wars within the context of a centuries-long struggle of right versus left and religious versus secular to reveal how, ultimately, liberals always win. Though they may seem to be dividing the country irreparably, today’s heated cultural and political battles between right and left, Progressives and Tea Party, religious and secular are far from unprecedented. In this engaging and important work, Stephen Prothero reframes the current debate, viewing it as the latest in a number of flashpoints that have shaped our national identity. Prothero takes us on a lively tour through time, bringing into focus the election of 1800, which pitted Calvinists and Federalists against Jeffersonians and “infidels;” the Protestants’ campaign against Catholics in the mid-nineteenth century; the anti-Mormon crusade of the Victorian era; the fundamentalist-modernist debates of the 1920s; the culture wars of the 1980s and 1990s; and the current crusade against Islam. As Prothero makes clear, our culture wars have always been religious wars, progressing through the same stages of conservative reaction to liberal victory that eventually benefit all Americans. Drawing on his impressive depth of knowledge and detailed research, he explains how competing religious beliefs have continually molded our political, economic, and sociological discourse and reveals how the conflicts which separate us today, like those that came before, are actually the byproduct of our struggle to come to terms with inclusiveness and ideals of “Americanness.” To explore these battles, he reminds us, is to look into the soul of America—and perhaps find essential answers to the questions that beset us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/open-letter-on-blasphemy-islamophobia-and-the-true-enemies-of-free-expression-by-charb--65210547https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Letter: On Blasphemy, Islamophobia, and the True Enemies of Free Expression Author: Charb Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An impassioned defense of the freedom of speech, from Stéphane Charbonnier, a journalist murdered for his convictions. On January 7, 2015, two gunmen stormed the offices of the French satirical newspaper Charlie Hebdo. They took the lives of twelve men and women, but they called for one man by name: 'Charb.' Known by his pen name, Stèphane Charbonnier was editor in chief of Charlie Hebdo, an outspoken critic of religious fundamentalism, and a renowned political cartoonist in his own right. In the past, he had received death threats and had even earned a place on Al Qaeda's Most Wanted List. On January 7 it seemed that Charb's enemies had finally succeeded in silencing him. But in a twist of fate befitting Charb's defiant nature, it was soon revealed that he had finished a book just two days before his murder on the very issues at the heart of the attacks: blasphemy, Islamophobia, and the necessary courage of satirists. Here, published for the first time in English, is Charb's final work. A searing criticism of hypocrisy and racism, and a rousing, eloquent defense of free speech, Open Letter shows Charb's words to be as powerful and provocative as his art. This is an essential book about race, religion, the voice of ethnic minorities and majorities in a pluralistic society, and above all, the right to free expression and the surprising challenges being leveled at it in our fraught and dangerous time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251872Tue, 05 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Letter: On Blasphemy, Islamophobia, and the True Enemies of Free Expression Author: Charb Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Letter: On Blasphemy, Islamophobia, and the True Enemies of Free Expression Author: Charb Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An impassioned defense of the freedom of speech, from Stéphane Charbonnier, a journalist murdered for his convictions. On January 7, 2015, two gunmen stormed the offices of the French satirical newspaper Charlie Hebdo. They took the lives of twelve men and women, but they called for one man by name: 'Charb.' Known by his pen name, Stèphane Charbonnier was editor in chief of Charlie Hebdo, an outspoken critic of religious fundamentalism, and a renowned political cartoonist in his own right. In the past, he had received death threats and had even earned a place on Al Qaeda's Most Wanted List. On January 7 it seemed that Charb's enemies had finally succeeded in silencing him. But in a twist of fate befitting Charb's defiant nature, it was soon revealed that he had finished a book just two days before his murder on the very issues at the heart of the attacks: blasphemy, Islamophobia, and the necessary courage of satirists. Here, published for the first time in English, is Charb's final work. A searing criticism of hypocrisy and racism, and a rousing, eloquent defense of free speech, Open Letter shows Charb's words to be as powerful and provocative as his art. This is an essential book about race, religion, the voice of ethnic minorities and majorities in a pluralistic society, and above all, the right to free expression and the surprising challenges being leveled at it in our fraught and dangerous time.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wilmington-ten-violence-injustice-and-the-rise-of-black-politics-in-the-1970s-by-kenneth-robert-janken--65210596https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilmington Ten: Violence, Injustice, and the Rise of Black Politics in the 1970s Author: Kenneth Robert Janken Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In February 1971 racial tension surrounding school desegregation in Wilmington, North Carolina, culminated in four days of violence and skirmishes between white vigilantes and black residents. The turmoil resulted in two deaths, six injuries, more than $500,000 in damage, and the firebombing of a white-owned store, before the National Guard restored uneasy peace. Despite glaring irregularities in the subsequent trial, ten young persons were convicted of arson and conspiracy and then sentenced to a total of 282 years in prison. They became known internationally as the Wilmington Ten. A powerful movement arose within North Carolina and beyond to demand their freedom, and after several witnesses admitted to perjury, a federal appeals court, also citing prosecutorial misconduct, overturned the convictions in 1980. Kenneth Janken narrates the dramatic story of the Ten, connecting their story to a larger arc of Black Power and the transformation of post–civil rights–era political organizing. Grounded in extensive interviews, newly declassified government documents, and archival research, this book thoroughly examines the events of 1971 and the subsequent movement for justice that strongly influenced the wider African American freedom struggle.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251699Mon, 04 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilmington Ten: Violence, Injustice, and the Rise of Black Politics in the 1970s Author: Kenneth Robert Janken Narrator: Ron Butler Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilmington Ten: Violence, Injustice, and the Rise of Black Politics in the 1970s Author: Kenneth Robert Janken Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In February 1971 racial tension surrounding school desegregation in Wilmington, North Carolina, culminated in four days of violence and skirmishes between white vigilantes and black residents. The turmoil resulted in two deaths, six injuries, more than $500,000 in damage, and the firebombing of a white-owned store, before the National Guard restored uneasy peace. Despite glaring irregularities in the subsequent trial, ten young persons were convicted of arson and conspiracy and then sentenced to a total of 282 years in prison. They became known internationally as the Wilmington Ten. A powerful movement arose within North Carolina and beyond to demand their freedom, and after several witnesses admitted to perjury, a federal appeals court, also citing prosecutorial misconduct, overturned the convictions in 1980. Kenneth Janken narrates the dramatic story of the Ten, connecting their story to a larger arc of Black Power and the transformation of post–civil rights–era political organizing. Grounded in extensive interviews, newly declassified government documents, and archival research, this book thoroughly examines the events of 1971 and the subsequent movement for justice that strongly influenced the wider African American freedom struggle.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sabotage-by-elizabeth-gurley-flynn--65210611https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage Author: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn was a leading American socialist and feminist. Her book "Sabotage, the conscious withdrawal of the workers' industrial efficiency" was written to explain the utility and legality of sabotage. (Summary by Enko)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258494Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage Author: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage Author: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn was a leading American socialist and feminist. Her book "Sabotage, the conscious withdrawal of the workers' industrial efficiency" was written to explain the utility and legality of sabotage. (Summary by Enko)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-in-america-vol-ii-by-alexis-de-tocqueville--65210610https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Vol. II Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Democracy in America was published in two volumes, the first in 1835 and the second in 1840. It is a classic work on the United States in the 1830s and its strengths and weaknesses as seen from a European point of view. It is also regarded as a pioneering work of sociology. (Summary based on Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257147Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Vol. II Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Vol. II Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Democracy in America was published in two volumes, the first in 1835 and the second in 1840. It is a classic work on the United States in the 1830s and its strengths and weaknesses as seen from a European point of view. It is also regarded as a pioneering work of sociology. (Summary based on Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/survivors-tales-of-famous-crimes-by-walter-wood--65210609https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivors' Tales of Famous Crimes Author: Walter Wood Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.61 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 2.41 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this anthology of true crime tales, editor Walter Wood interviews those who were touched by the crimes recounted, sometimes as an acquaintance of the deceased or criminal or in the course of their professional duties. This work provides a personal look at some of the most sensational crimes and scandals of late 19th and early 20th century Britain. (Summary by Nullifidian)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258744Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivors' Tales of Famous Crimes Author: Walter Wood Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivors' Tales of Famous Crimes Author: Walter Wood Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.61 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 2.41 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this anthology of true crime tales, editor Walter Wood interviews those who were touched by the crimes recounted, sometimes as an acquaintance of the deceased or criminal or in the course of their professional duties. This work provides a personal look at some of the most sensational crimes and scandals of late 19th and early 20th century Britain. (Summary by Nullifidian)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/problems-in-american-democracy-by-thames-williamson--65210606https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problems in American Democracy Author: Thames Williamson Narrator: Allyson Hester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Problems in American Democracy is a very detailed, specific explanation of some of the underlying and surface problems of a democracy system of government, particularly of the American form of democracy. Though lengthy, it is a great read for people who want to learn more about different types of government and the foundations of our own government in the United States of America. (Summary by Allyson Hester)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257285Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problems in American Democracy Author: Thames Williamson Narrator: Allyson Hester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problems in American Democracy Author: Thames Williamson Narrator: Allyson Hester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Problems in American Democracy is a very detailed, specific explanation of some of the underlying and surface problems of a democracy system of government, particularly of the American form of democracy. Though lengthy, it is a great read for people who want to learn more about different types of government and the foundations of our own government in the United States of America. (Summary by Allyson Hester)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-philippics-by-marcus-tullius-cicero--65210605https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Philippics Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero Narrator: Ontheroad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A philippic is a fiery, damning speech delivered to condemn a particular political actor. The term originates with Demosthenes, who delivered an attack on Philip II of Macedon in the 4th century BCE. Cicero consciously modeled his own attacks on Mark Antony, in 44 BC and 43 BC, on Demosthenes's speeches, and if the correspondence between M. Brutus and Cicero are genuine [ad Brut. ii 3.4, ii 4.2], at least the fifth and seventh speeches were referred to as the Philippics in Cicero's time. They were also called the Antonian Orations by Aulus Gellius. It is ironic that they were named after a series of speeches that failed to effectively warn the Greeks of the danger of Philip of Macedon whose son, Alexander the Great, went on to be one of the greatest conquerors of all time. After the death of Caesar, Cicero privately expressed regrets that the murderers of Caesar had not included Antony in their plot and became focused on discrediting Antony. Cicero even promoted illegal action, such as legitimatizing Octavian's private army. In total, Cicero made 14 Phillipics in less than two years - an impressively energetic feat for the over 60 ex-consul. Cicero's focus on Antony, however, would contribute to his downfall as he failed to recognize the threat of Octavian and ignored and promoted illegal actions. Cicero's attacks on Antony did not go unpunished and in 43 BC he was proscribed and killed. His head and hands were publicly displayed in the forum discouraging those who would openly oppose the new Triumvirate of Octavian, Mark Antony and Lepidus. (Summary from Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257465Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Philippics Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero Narrator: Ontheroad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Philippics Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero Narrator: Ontheroad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A philippic is a fiery, damning speech delivered to condemn a particular political actor. The term originates with Demosthenes, who delivered an attack on Philip II of Macedon in the 4th century BCE. Cicero consciously modeled his own attacks on Mark Antony, in 44 BC and 43 BC, on Demosthenes's speeches, and if the correspondence between M. Brutus and Cicero are genuine [ad Brut. ii 3.4, ii 4.2], at least the fifth and seventh speeches were referred to as the Philippics in Cicero's time. They were also called the Antonian Orations by Aulus Gellius. It is ironic that they were named after a series of speeches that failed to effectively warn the Greeks of the danger of Philip of Macedon whose son, Alexander the Great, went on to be one of the greatest conquerors of all time. After the death of Caesar, Cicero privately expressed regrets that the murderers of Caesar had not included Antony in their plot and became focused on discrediting Antony. Cicero even promoted illegal action, such as legitimatizing Octavian's private army. In total, Cicero made 14 Phillipics in less than two years - an impressively energetic feat for the over 60 ex-consul. Cicero's focus on Antony, however, would contribute to his downfall as he failed to recognize the threat of Octavian and ignored and promoted illegal actions. Cicero's attacks on Antony did not go unpunished and in 43 BC he was proscribed and killed. His head and hands were publicly displayed in the forum discouraging those who would openly oppose the new Triumvirate of Octavian, Mark Antony and Lepidus. (Summary from Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/two-treatises-of-civil-government-by-john-locke--65210595https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Civil Government Author: John Locke Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Two Treatises of Civil Government is a work of political philosophy published anonymously in 1689 by John Locke. The First Treatise is an extended attack on Sir Robert Filmer's Patriarcha, which argued for a divinely-ordained, hereditary, absolute monarchy. The more influential Second Treatise outlines a theory of civil society based on natural rights and contract theory. Locke begins by describing the "state of nature," and goes on to explain the hypothetical rise of property and civilization, asserting that the only legitimate governments are those which have the consent of the people. Locke's ideas heavily influenced both the American and French Revolutions. His notions of people's rights and the role of civil government provided strong support for the intellectual movements of both revolutions. (Summary adapted from Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257506Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Civil Government Author: John Locke Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Civil Government Author: John Locke Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Two Treatises of Civil Government is a work of political philosophy published anonymously in 1689 by John Locke. The First Treatise is an extended attack on Sir Robert Filmer's Patriarcha, which argued for a divinely-ordained, hereditary, absolute monarchy. The more influential Second Treatise outlines a theory of civil society based on natural rights and contract theory. Locke begins by describing the "state of nature," and goes on to explain the hypothetical rise of property and civilization, asserting that the only legitimate governments are those which have the consent of the people. Locke's ideas heavily influenced both the American and French Revolutions. His notions of people's rights and the role of civil government provided strong support for the intellectual movements of both revolutions. (Summary adapted from Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/leviathan-books-iii-and-iv-by-thomas-hobbes--65210590https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257204 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leviathan (Books III and IV) Author: Thomas Hobbes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Books 3 and 4 of Leviathan, Thomas Hobbes elaborates on the political philosophy set forth in the first two books, by considering the nature of a Christian commonwealth. Book 3 begins with a wealth of biblical scholarship, directed at establishing the authority of Scripture while at the same time undermining modern claims to supernatural revelation that would subvert civil law. Hobbes concludes that we cannot be sure of anyone else's divine revelation, and that religious authority is therefore subordinate to civil power. Book 4, titled "Of the Kingdom of Darkness," sets forth the various ways in which Scripture has been misinterpreted by the church, according to Hobbes, in mixing pagan elements with Christianity. (Summary adapted from Wikipedia by Leon Mire)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257204Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257204 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leviathan (Books III and IV) Author: Thomas Hobbes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257204 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leviathan (Books III and IV) Author: Thomas Hobbes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Books 3 and 4 of Leviathan, Thomas Hobbes elaborates on the political philosophy set forth in the first two books, by considering the nature of a Christian commonwealth. Book 3 begins with a wealth of biblical scholarship, directed at establishing the authority of Scripture while at the same time undermining modern claims to supernatural revelation that would subvert civil law. Hobbes concludes that we cannot be sure of anyone else's divine revelation, and that religious authority is therefore subordinate to civil power. Book 4, titled "Of the Kingdom of Darkness," sets forth the various ways in which Scripture has been misinterpreted by the church, according to Hobbes, in mixing pagan elements with Christianity. (Summary adapted from Wikipedia by Leon Mire)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/civil-rights-and-equal-protection-cases-1856-1948-by-united-states-supreme-court--65210587https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Rights and Equal Protection Cases 1856-1948 Author: United States Supreme Court Narrator: Kelli Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Landmark United States Supreme Court decisions focusing on civil rights and equal protection between 1856 and 1948.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257930Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Rights and Equal Protection Cases 1856-1948 Author: United States Supreme Court Narrator: Kelli Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Rights and Equal Protection Cases 1856-1948 Author: United States Supreme Court Narrator: Kelli Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Landmark United States Supreme Court decisions focusing on civil rights and equal protection between 1856 and 1948.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-report-on-unidentified-flying-objects-by-edward-j-ruppelt--65210579https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 80 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 25 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Straight from the horse's mouth', as they say. Edward Ruppelt was the first head of the U.S. Air Force's Project Blue Book, the official project initiated to investigate UFO reports beginning in 1952. This report from 1956 takes us inside these initial investigations, separates fact from fiction, and gives insight into who, when, where, and how sightings were reported and researched in open-minded fashion (for which Ruppelt was renowned), rather than in the typical hushed and secretive (and censored) manner most often associated with government and military reports which are released to the public. Dozens of specific sightings are recounted, although hundreds more had come pouring into the agency during the period covered (and hundreds, if not thousands more that were never officially reported). Here we go inside the workings of Project Blue Book, which had evolved from 2 earlier Air Force projects, and we are witness to interviews, press conferences, Pentagon briefings, and many reports from civilian and military pilots, Air Traffic Controllers, office workers, farmers, and the man on the street who reported their accounts with UFOs. And not all sightings that were reported were restricted to the U.S. Although Project Blue Book would continue until 1969, here we witness an in-depth account from it's inception and it's earliest stages, the political obstacles, the houndings from the press, the overall confusion encountered during and following many of the sightings, and the near hysteria caused during the heyday of UFO sightings, and all from the man who headed up the project in it's earliest years. The second edition of Ruppelt's work was supplemented with 3 additional chapters which were added in 1960, and we are fortunate that they are included here. (Summary by Roger Melin)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257471Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 7 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257471 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 80 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 25 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Straight from the horse's mouth', as they say. Edward Ruppelt was the first head of the U.S. Air Force's Project Blue Book, the official project initiated to investigate UFO reports beginning in 1952. This report from 1956 takes us inside these initial investigations, separates fact from fiction, and gives insight into who, when, where, and how sightings were reported and researched in open-minded fashion (for which Ruppelt was renowned), rather than in the typical hushed and secretive (and censored) manner most often associated with government and military reports which are released to the public. Dozens of specific sightings are recounted, although hundreds more had come pouring into the agency during the period covered (and hundreds, if not thousands more that were never officially reported). Here we go inside the workings of Project Blue Book, which had evolved from 2 earlier Air Force projects, and we are witness to interviews, press conferences, Pentagon briefings, and many reports from civilian and military pilots, Air Traffic Controllers, office workers, farmers, and the man on the street who reported their accounts with UFOs. And not all sightings that were reported were restricted to the U.S. Although Project Blue Book would continue until 1969, here we witness an in-depth account from it's inception and it's earliest stages, the political obstacles, the houndings from the press, the overall confusion encountered during and following many of the sightings, and the near hysteria caused during the heyday of UFO sightings, and all from the man who headed up the project in it's earliest years. The second edition of Ruppelt's work was supplemented with 3 additional chapters which were added in 1960, and we are fortunate that they are included here. (Summary by Roger Melin)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-insurrection-in-dublin-by-james-stephens--65210578https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insurrection in Dublin Author: James Stephens Narrator: Iremonger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Easter Rising was a rebellion staged in Ireland in Easter Week, 1916. The Rising was an attempt by militant Irish republicans to win independence from Britain by force of arms. This account was written by Irish novelist James Stephens, who lived and worked in Dublin at the time. (Summary from Wikipedia and iremonger)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258991Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insurrection in Dublin Author: James Stephens Narrator: Iremonger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258991 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insurrection in Dublin Author: James Stephens Narrator: Iremonger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Easter Rising was a rebellion staged in Ireland in Easter Week, 1916. The Rising was an attempt by militant Irish republicans to win independence from Britain by force of arms. This account was written by Irish novelist James Stephens, who lived and worked in Dublin at the time. (Summary from Wikipedia and iremonger)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-soul-of-man-by-oscar-wilde--65210574https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257456 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "(T)he past is what man should not have been. The present is what man ought not to be. The future is what artists are." Published originally as "The Soul of Man Under Socialism," this is not so much a work of sober political analysis; rather it can be summed up as a rhapsodic manifesto on behalf of the Individual. Socialism having deployed technology to liberate the whole of humanity from soul-destroying labour, the State obligingly withers away to allow the free development of a joyful, anarchic hedonism... "Is this Utopian? A map of the world that does not include Utopia is not worth even glancing at, for it leaves out the one country at which Humanity is always landing." Far from abandoning the epigram in favour of the slogan, Wilde wittily assails several of his favourite targets: the misguided purveyors of philanthropy; life-denying ascetics of various kinds; the army of the half-educated who constitute themselves the enemies of Art - and those venal popular journalists who cater to them... "Behind the barricade there may be much that is noble and heroic. But what is there behind the leading-article but prejudice, stupidity, cant, and twaddle?" (Introduction by Martin Geeson)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257456Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257456 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257456 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "(T)he past is what man should not have been. The present is what man ought not to be. The future is what artists are." Published originally as "The Soul of Man Under Socialism," this is not so much a work of sober political analysis; rather it can be summed up as a rhapsodic manifesto on behalf of the Individual. Socialism having deployed technology to liberate the whole of humanity from soul-destroying labour, the State obligingly withers away to allow the free development of a joyful, anarchic hedonism... "Is this Utopian? A map of the world that does not include Utopia is not worth even glancing at, for it leaves out the one country at which Humanity is always landing." Far from abandoning the epigram in favour of the slogan, Wilde wittily assails several of his favourite targets: the misguided purveyors of philanthropy; life-denying ascetics of various kinds; the army of the half-educated who constitute themselves the enemies of Art - and those venal popular journalists who cater to them... "Behind the barricade there may be much that is noble and heroic. But what is there behind the leading-article but prejudice, stupidity, cant, and twaddle?" (Introduction by Martin Geeson)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/history-of-the-thirty-years-war-volume-1-by-friedrich-schiller--65210573https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258124 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History of the Thirty Years War, Volume 1 Author: Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Alan Winterrowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The History of the Thirty Years War is a five volume work, which followed his very successful History of the Revolt of the Netherlands. Written for a wider audience than Revolt, it is a vivid history, colored by Schiller's own interest in the question of human freedom and his rationalist optimism. Volume 1 covers the background of the war, through the Battle of Prague in late 1620. (Introduction by Alan Winterrowd)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258124Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258124 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History of the Thirty Years War, Volume 1 Author: Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Alan Winterrowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258124 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History of the Thirty Years War, Volume 1 Author: Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Alan Winterrowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The History of the Thirty Years War is a five volume work, which followed his very successful History of the Revolt of the Netherlands. Written for a wider audience than Revolt, it is a vivid history, colored by Schiller's own interest in the question of human freedom and his rationalist optimism. Volume 1 covers the background of the war, through the Battle of Prague in late 1620. (Introduction by Alan Winterrowd)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/commentaries-on-the-laws-of-england-1765-by-william-blackstone--65210572https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commentaries on the Laws of England (1765) Author: William Blackstone Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Commentaries on the Laws of England are an influential 18th century treatise on the common law of England by Sir William Blackstone, originally published by the Clarendon Press at Oxford, 1765-1769.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257103Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commentaries on the Laws of England (1765) Author: William Blackstone Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 56...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commentaries on the Laws of England (1765) Author: William Blackstone Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Commentaries on the Laws of England are an influential 18th century treatise on the common law of England by Sir William Blackstone, originally published by the Clarendon Press at Oxford, 1765-1769.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-servile-state-by-hilaire-belloc--65210571https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servile State Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Ray Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A clear boundary exists between the servile and the non-servile condition of labour, and the conditions upon either side of that boundary utterly differ one from another, Where there is compulsion applicable by positive law to men of a certain status, such compulsion enforced in the last resort by the powers at the disposal of the State, there is the institution of Slavery ; and if that institution be sufficiently expanded the whole State may be said to repose upon a servile basis, and is a Servile State. (Hilaire Belloc)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259117Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servile State Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Ray Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servile State Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Ray Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A clear boundary exists between the servile and the non-servile condition of labour, and the conditions upon either side of that boundary utterly differ one from another, Where there is compulsion applicable by positive law to men of a certain status, such compulsion enforced in the last resort by the powers at the disposal of the State, there is the institution of Slavery ; and if that institution be sufficiently expanded the whole State may be said to repose upon a servile basis, and is a Servile State. (Hilaire Belloc)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-war-volume-1-by-carl-von-clausewitz--65210567https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On War (Volume 1) Series: #1 of On War Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator: Timothy Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A classic work on military strategy by a veteran of the Napoleonic Wars. The author's style is dialectical: he makes two strong but opposing statements and then draws them together to describe many facets of war. Free of technical jargon, and suitable for modern readers. This audiobook is based on a 1909 English translation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257231Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On War (Volume 1) Series: #1 of On War Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator: Timothy Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On War (Volume 1) Series: #1 of On War Author: Carl Von Clausewitz Narrator: Timothy Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A classic work on military strategy by a veteran of the Napoleonic Wars. The author's style is dialectical: he makes two strong but opposing statements and then draws them together to describe many facets of war. Free of technical jargon, and suitable for modern readers. This audiobook is based on a 1909 English translation.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/universal-declaration-of-human-rights-volume-03-by-united-nations--65210566https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Volume 03 Author: United Nations Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of readings in the readers language of choice]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259262Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Volume 03 Author: United Nations Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Volume 03 Author: United Nations Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of readings in the readers language of choice]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/discourse-on-the-method-of-rightly-conducting-one-s-reason-and-of-seeking-truth-by-rene-descartes--65210562https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting One's Reason and of Seeking Truth Author: Rene Descartes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Discourse on Method is best known as the source of the famous quotation "cogito ergo sum", "I think, therefore I am." .... It is a method which gives a solid platform from which all modern natural sciences could evolve. With this work, the idea of skepticism was revived from the ancients such as Sextus Empiricus and modified to account for a truth that Descartes found to be incontrovertible. Descartes started his line of reasoning by doubting everything, so as to assess the world from a fresh perspective, clear of any preconceived notions. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257958Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting One's Reason and of Seeking Truth Author: Rene Descartes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting One's Reason and of Seeking Truth Author: Rene Descartes Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Discourse on Method is best known as the source of the famous quotation "cogito ergo sum", "I think, therefore I am." .... It is a method which gives a solid platform from which all modern natural sciences could evolve. With this work, the idea of skepticism was revived from the ancients such as Sextus Empiricus and modified to account for a truth that Descartes found to be incontrovertible. Descartes started his line of reasoning by doubting everything, so as to assess the world from a fresh perspective, clear of any preconceived notions. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/worldwide-effects-of-nuclear-war-some-perspectives-by-united-states-arms-control-and-disarmament-agency--65210554https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worldwide Effects of Nuclear War: Some Perspectives Author: United States Arms Control And Disarmament Agency Narrator: Allyson Hester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is a concise yet thorough explanation of what might happen to our world in the aftermath of a nuclear war. The myriad of potential effects will be global and wide-spread. (Summary by Allyson Hester)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259319Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worldwide Effects of Nuclear War: Some Perspectives Author: United States Arms Control And Disarmament Agency Narrator: Allyson Hester Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worldwide Effects of Nuclear War: Some Perspectives Author: United States Arms Control And Disarmament Agency Narrator: Allyson Hester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is a concise yet thorough explanation of what might happen to our world in the aftermath of a nuclear war. The myriad of potential effects will be global and wide-spread. (Summary by Allyson Hester)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fdr-selected-speeches-of-president-franklin-d-roosevelt-by-franklin-d-roosevelt--65210550https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR: Selected Speeches of President Franklin D Roosevelt Author: Franklin D. Roosevelt Narrator: Franklin D. Roosevelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The longest-serving President in American history, Franklin D Roosevelt led the nation through its two most lethal challenges of the 20th century - the Great Depression and the Second World War. This is a collection of FDR's most stirring speeches, from his First Inaugural Address ('the only thing we have fear is fear itself"), to his speeches outlining the New Deal and opposing the "economic royalty" ("I welcome their hatred"), to his call for a declaration of war with Japan ("a date which will live in infamy"), the Atlantic Charter, and his joint statement with Stalin and Churchill at Yalta.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255873Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR: Selected Speeches of President Franklin D Roosevelt Author: Franklin D. Roosevelt Narrator: Franklin D. Roosevelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR: Selected Speeches of President Franklin D Roosevelt Author: Franklin D. Roosevelt Narrator: Franklin D. Roosevelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The longest-serving President in American history, Franklin D Roosevelt led the nation through its two most lethal challenges of the 20th century - the Great Depression and the Second World War. This is a collection of FDR's most stirring speeches, from his First Inaugural Address ('the only thing we have fear is fear itself"), to his speeches outlining the New Deal and opposing the "economic royalty" ("I welcome their hatred"), to his call for a declaration of war with Japan ("a date which will live in infamy"), the Atlantic Charter, and his joint statement with Stalin and Churchill at Yalta.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/united-states-historical-documents-by-various-contributors--65210539https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States Historical Documents Author: Various Contributors Narrator: Michael Scherer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Articles of Confederation: On November 15th, 1777 The Articles of Confederation became the first constitution of the United States, though not yet ratified by the thirteen original colonies. Ratification of the Articles took place almost three and a half years later on March 1st, 1781. The purpose of the articles was to create a confederation of sovereign states with a weak central government; thus allowing state governments to wield most of the power. It wasn't long before the need for a stronger federal government was realized which led to the Articles being replaced by the United States Constitution. The Articles of Confederation is the common term for The Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259261Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States Historical Documents Author: Various Contributors Narrator: Michael Scherer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259261 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United States Historical Documents Author: Various Contributors Narrator: Michael Scherer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Articles of Confederation: On November 15th, 1777 The Articles of Confederation became the first constitution of the United States, though not yet ratified by the thirteen original colonies. Ratification of the Articles took place almost three and a half years later on March 1st, 1781. The purpose of the articles was to create a confederation of sovereign states with a weak central government; thus allowing state governments to wield most of the power. It wasn't long before the need for a stronger federal government was realized which led to the Articles being replaced by the United States Constitution. The Articles of Confederation is the common term for The Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/areopagitica-by-john-milton--65210537https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Areopagitica Author: John Milton Narrator: Moira Fogarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A prose tract or polemic by John Milton, published November 23, 1644, at the height of the English Civil War... Milton, though a supporter of the Parliament, argued forcefully against the Licensing Order of 1643, noting that such censorship had never been a part of classical Greek and Roman society. The tract is full of biblical and classical references which Milton uses to strengthen his argument. The issue was personal for Milton as he had suffered censorship himself in his efforts to publish several tracts defending divorce (a radical stance at the time and one which met with no favor from the censors)... Areopagitica is among history's most influential and impassioned philosophical defences of the principle of a right to free speech. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257660Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Areopagitica Author: John Milton Narrator: Moira Fogarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Areopagitica Author: John Milton Narrator: Moira Fogarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A prose tract or polemic by John Milton, published November 23, 1644, at the height of the English Civil War... Milton, though a supporter of the Parliament, argued forcefully against the Licensing Order of 1643, noting that such censorship had never been a part of classical Greek and Roman society. The tract is full of biblical and classical references which Milton uses to strengthen his argument. The issue was personal for Milton as he had suffered censorship himself in his efforts to publish several tracts defending divorce (a radical stance at the time and one which met with no favor from the censors)... Areopagitica is among history's most influential and impassioned philosophical defences of the principle of a right to free speech. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/twenty-years-at-hull-house-by-jane-addams--65210532https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jane Addams was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull-House in Chicago, public philosopher (the first American woman in that role), author, and leader in woman suffrage and world peace. She was the most prominent woman of the Progressive Era and helped turn the nation to issues of concern to mothers, such as the needs of children, public health and world peace. She emphasized that women have a special responsibility to clean up their communities and make them better places to live, arguing they needed the vote to be effective. Addams became a role model for middle-class women who volunteered to uplift their communities. This recording of her memoir Twenty Years at Hull-House commemorates the 100th anniversary of its publication, the 150th anniversary of Addams' birth, and was released on December 10th, the anniversary of Addams receiving her Nobel Prize. (Summary by Wikipedia and Elizabeth Klett)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257505Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jane Addams was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull-House in Chicago, public philosopher (the first American woman in that role), author, and leader in woman suffrage and world peace. She was the most prominent woman of the Progressive Era and helped turn the nation to issues of concern to mothers, such as the needs of children, public health and world peace. She emphasized that women have a special responsibility to clean up their communities and make them better places to live, arguing they needed the vote to be effective. Addams became a role model for middle-class women who volunteered to uplift their communities. This recording of her memoir Twenty Years at Hull-House commemorates the 100th anniversary of its publication, the 150th anniversary of Addams' birth, and was released on December 10th, the anniversary of Addams receiving her Nobel Prize. (Summary by Wikipedia and Elizabeth Klett)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-prohibition-has-done-to-america-by-fabian-franklin--65210531https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259298 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Prohibition Has Done to America Author: Fabian Franklin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In What Prohibition Has Done to America, Fabian Franklin presents a concise but forceful argument against the Eighteenth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Beginning in 1920, this Amendment prohibited the sale and manufacture of alcoholic beverages in the United States, until it was repealed in 1933. Franklin contends that the Amendment "is not only a crime against the Constitution of the United States, and not only a crime against the whole spirit of our Federal system, but a crime against the first principles of rational government." Writing only two years after Prohibition began, he correctly predicts many of its disastrous consequences, such as runaway bootlegging and organized crime. The book is both a passionate defense of liberty, and a reminder to Americans of the perils of surrendering it. (Summary by Leon Mire)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259298Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259298 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Prohibition Has Done to America Author: Fabian Franklin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259298 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Prohibition Has Done to America Author: Fabian Franklin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In What Prohibition Has Done to America, Fabian Franklin presents a concise but forceful argument against the Eighteenth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Beginning in 1920, this Amendment prohibited the sale and manufacture of alcoholic beverages in the United States, until it was repealed in 1933. Franklin contends that the Amendment "is not only a crime against the Constitution of the United States, and not only a crime against the whole spirit of our Federal system, but a crime against the first principles of rational government." Writing only two years after Prohibition began, he correctly predicts many of its disastrous consequences, such as runaway bootlegging and organized crime. The book is both a passionate defense of liberty, and a reminder to Americans of the perils of surrendering it. (Summary by Leon Mire)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/plunkitt-of-tammany-hall-by-george-washington-plunkitt--65210530https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunkitt of Tammany Hall Author: George Washington Plunkitt Narrator: Mike Vendetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "I seen my opportunities and I took 'em.", George Washington Plunkitt of Tamminy Hall. There's good graft and bad graft according to Plunkitt. Listen to this candid discourse from a 19th century politician, and decide for yourself if things have changed. (Summary by Mike Vendetti)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257254Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunkitt of Tammany Hall Author: George Washington Plunkitt Narrator: Mike Vendetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunkitt of Tammany Hall Author: George Washington Plunkitt Narrator: Mike Vendetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "I seen my opportunities and I took 'em.", George Washington Plunkitt of Tamminy Hall. There's good graft and bad graft according to Plunkitt. Listen to this candid discourse from a 19th century politician, and decide for yourself if things have changed. (Summary by Mike Vendetti)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/up-from-slavery-an-autobiography-by-booker-t-washington--65210514https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up from Slavery: An Autobiography Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 3.59 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Up From Slavery is the 1901 autobiography of Booker T. Washington detailing his slow and steady rise from a slave child during the Civil War, to the difficulties and obstacles he overcame to get an education at the new Hampton University, to his work establishing vocational schools-most notably the Tuskegee Institute in Alabama-to help black people and other disadvantaged minorities learn useful, marketable skills and work to pull themselves, as a race, up by the bootstraps. He reflects on the generosity of both teachers and philanthropists who helped in educating blacks and native Americans. He describes his efforts to instill manners, breeding, health and a feeling of dignity to students. (Summary from Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259264Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up from Slavery: An Autobiography Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up from Slavery: An Autobiography Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 3.59 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Up From Slavery is the 1901 autobiography of Booker T. Washington detailing his slow and steady rise from a slave child during the Civil War, to the difficulties and obstacles he overcame to get an education at the new Hampton University, to his work establishing vocational schools-most notably the Tuskegee Institute in Alabama-to help black people and other disadvantaged minorities learn useful, marketable skills and work to pull themselves, as a race, up by the bootstraps. He reflects on the generosity of both teachers and philanthropists who helped in educating blacks and native Americans. He describes his efforts to instill manners, breeding, health and a feeling of dignity to students. (Summary from Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-riot-act-by-parliament-of-the-united-kingdom-of-great-britain--65210508https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riot Act Author: Parliament Of The United Kingdom Of Great Britain Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Riot Act was passed by the British Parliament in 1714, the first year of the reign of George I, and came into effect in August 1715. This was a time of widespread social disturbance, as the preamble describes; the Act sought to put an end to this. A group of twelve or more people, "being unlawfully, riotously and tumultuously assembled", would be read a proclamation; they must disperse within an hour, on pain of death. The same fate would befall anyone preventing the reading of the proclamation, or damaging buildings while on a riot. If the law enforcement officers happened to injure or kill a rioter, they were immune from prosecution. The reading of the proclamation, the wording of which is detailed in the Act, was the necessary first step before action could be taken against the rioters. This gave us the phrase "to read the riot act", to give a stern warning or rebuke. The Act was repealed in Britain in 1973, but had long since fallen into disuse there. A Version is still in force in Canada.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259105Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riot Act Author: Parliament Of The United Kingdom Of Great Britain Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259105 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riot Act Author: Parliament Of The United Kingdom Of Great Britain Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Riot Act was passed by the British Parliament in 1714, the first year of the reign of George I, and came into effect in August 1715. This was a time of widespread social disturbance, as the preamble describes; the Act sought to put an end to this. A group of twelve or more people, "being unlawfully, riotously and tumultuously assembled", would be read a proclamation; they must disperse within an hour, on pain of death. The same fate would befall anyone preventing the reading of the proclamation, or damaging buildings while on a riot. If the law enforcement officers happened to injure or kill a rioter, they were immune from prosecution. The reading of the proclamation, the wording of which is detailed in the Act, was the necessary first step before action could be taken against the rioters. This gave us the phrase "to read the riot act", to give a stern warning or rebuke. The Act was repealed in Britain in 1973, but had long since fallen into disuse there. A Version is still in force in Canada.]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/muslim-mafia-inside-the-secret-underworld-that-s-conspiring-to-islamize-america-by-paul-sperry-p-david-gaubatz--65210581https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/253974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Mafia: Inside the Secret Underworld that's Conspiring to Islamize America Author: Paul Sperry, P. David Gaubatz Narrator: Michael Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You've heard about the courageous young investigators who covertly videotaped officials of ACORN advocating illegal activities. Now, get ready for an undercover expose even more daring: a six-month penetration of the Washington-based Council on American-Islamic Relations that resulted in the collection of thousands of pages of smoking-gun documents from this terror-supporting front group for the dangerous, mob-like Muslim Brotherhood. This is what Muslim Mafia delivers. It has all the elements of a top-flight mystery novel, but the situations and conversations are real. The book's frightening allegations are supported by more than 12,000 pages of confidential CAIR documents and hundreds of hours of video captured in an unprecedented undercover operation. This trail of information reveals the seditious and well-funded efforts of the Brotherhood under the nonprofit guise of CAIR to support the international jihad against the U.S. Follow intern Chris Gaubatz as he courageously gains the trust of CAIR's inner sanctum, working undercover as a devoted convert to Islam, and blows the whistle on the entire factory fueling the wave of homegrown terrorism now plaguing America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/253974Sun, 20 Dec 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/253974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Mafia: Inside the Secret Underworld that's Conspiring to Islamize America Author: Paul Sperry, P. David Gaubatz Narrator: Michael Bowen Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/253974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Mafia: Inside the Secret Underworld that's Conspiring to Islamize America Author: Paul Sperry, P. David Gaubatz Narrator: Michael Bowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You've heard about the courageous young investigators who covertly videotaped officials of ACORN advocating illegal activities. Now, get ready for an undercover expose even more daring: a six-month penetration of the Washington-based Council on American-Islamic Relations that resulted in the collection of thousands of pages of smoking-gun documents from this terror-supporting front group for the dangerous, mob-like Muslim Brotherhood. This is what Muslim Mafia delivers. It has all the elements of a top-flight mystery novel, but the situations and conversations are real. The book's frightening allegations are supported by more than 12,000 pages of confidential CAIR documents and hundreds of hours of video captured in an unprecedented undercover operation. This trail of information reveals the seditious and well-funded efforts of the Brotherhood under the nonprofit guise of CAIR to support the international jihad against the U.S. Follow intern Chris Gaubatz as he courageously gains the trust of CAIR's inner sanctum, working undercover as a devoted convert to Islam, and blows the whistle on the entire factory fueling the wave of homegrown terrorism now plaguing America.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-speeches-by-the-presidents-of-the-united-states-vol-2-1952-1988-by-speechworks--65210538https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249832 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 2: 1952–1988 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249832Tue, 08 Dec 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249832 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 2: 1952–1988 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249832 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 2: 1952–1988 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wilderness-deep-inside-the-republican-party-s-combative-contentious-chaotic-quest-to-take-back-the-white-house-by-mckay-coppins--65210599https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness: Deep Inside the Republican Party's Combative, Contentious, Chaotic Quest to Take Back the White House Author: McKay Coppins Narrator: John Glouchevitch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive story of the Republican Party's intensely dramatic and fractious efforts to find its way back to unity and national dominance. After the 2012 election, the GOP was in the wilderness. Lost and in disarray. And doggedly determined to do whatever it took to get back to 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. McKay Coppins has had unparalleled access to Republican presidential candidates, power brokers, lawmakers, and Tea Party leaders. Based on more than 300 interviews, The Wilderness is the book that opens up the party like never before: the deep passions, larger-than-life personalities, and dagger-sharp power plays behind the scenes. In wildly colorful scenes, this exclusive look into the Republican Party at a pivotal moment in its history follows a cast of its rising stars, establishment figures, and loudmouthed insurgents -- Jeb Bush, Chris Christie, Ted Cruz, Carly Fiorina, Bobby Jindal, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio, Paul Ryan, Donald Trump, Scott Walker, and dozens of others -- as they battle over the future of the party and its path to the presidency.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249971Tue, 01 Dec 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness: Deep Inside the Republican Party's Combative, Contentious, Chaotic Quest to Take Back the White House Author: McKay Coppins Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness: Deep Inside the Republican Party's Combative, Contentious, Chaotic Quest to Take Back the White House Author: McKay Coppins Narrator: John Glouchevitch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive story of the Republican Party's intensely dramatic and fractious efforts to find its way back to unity and national dominance. After the 2012 election, the GOP was in the wilderness. Lost and in disarray. And doggedly determined to do whatever it took to get back to 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. McKay Coppins has had unparalleled access to Republican presidential candidates, power brokers, lawmakers, and Tea Party leaders. Based on more than 300 interviews, The Wilderness is the book that opens up the party like never before: the deep passions, larger-than-life personalities, and dagger-sharp power plays behind the scenes. In wildly colorful scenes, this exclusive look into the Republican Party at a pivotal moment in its history follows a cast of its rising stars, establishment figures, and loudmouthed insurgents -- Jeb Bush, Chris Christie, Ted Cruz, Carly Fiorina, Bobby Jindal, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio, Paul Ryan, Donald Trump, Scott Walker, and dozens of others -- as they battle over the future of the party and its path to the presidency.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sweet-freedom-a-devotional-by-sarah-palin--65210583https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Freedom: A Devotional Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The wind blows where it wishes and you hear the sound of it, but do not know where it comes from and where it is going; so is everyone who is born of the Spirit.' —John 3:8In Sweet Freedom, Sarah Palin invites you to draw strength and inspiration from 260 meditations based on guiding Biblical verses. You are not alone in your doubts and anxieties–we all bear the burdens of everyday stresses, and for most of us, our concerns spread beyond our selves to our families, communities, and country. But Palin shows that with abiding faith, and by opening ourselves to the truths that have saved mankind for generations, we can thrive—and experience true freedom.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249858Mon, 30 Nov 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Freedom: A Devotional Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: November...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Freedom: A Devotional Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The wind blows where it wishes and you hear the sound of it, but do not know where it comes from and where it is going; so is everyone who is born of the Spirit.' —John 3:8In Sweet Freedom, Sarah Palin invites you to draw strength and inspiration from 260 meditations based on guiding Biblical verses. You are not alone in your doubts and anxieties–we all bear the burdens of everyday stresses, and for most of us, our concerns spread beyond our selves to our families, communities, and country. But Palin shows that with abiding faith, and by opening ourselves to the truths that have saved mankind for generations, we can thrive—and experience true freedom.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/world-development-report-2015-mind-society-and-behavior-by-the-world-bank--65210559https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251062 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Development Report 2015: Mind, Society, and Behavior Author: The World Bank Narrator: Lisa Hamm-Greenawalt, Helen Clapp, Michael Pearl, Derek Perkins, Jaime Andrade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This report argues that development policies based on new insights into how people actually think and make decisions will help governments and civil society more readily tackle such challenges as increasing productivity, breaking the cycle of poverty from one generation to the next, and acting on climate change. Drawing from a wealth of research that suggests ways of diagnosing and solving the psychological and social constraints to development, the World Development Report identifies new policy tools that complement standard economic instruments. To inspire a fresh look at how development work is done, this report outlines three principles of human decision making: thinking automatically, thinking socially, and thinking with mental models. Much of human thinking is automatic and depends on whatever comes to mind most effortlessly. People are deeply social and are influenced by social networks and norms. Finally, most people do not invent new concepts; rather they use mental models drawn from their societies and shared histories to interpret their experiences. Because the factors affecting decisions are local and contextual, it is hard to predict in advance which aspects of program design and implementation will drive the choices people will make. Interventions therefore need to take account of the insights found in this report and be designed through a ‘learning by doing’ approach. This report applies the three principles to multiple areas, including early childhood development, productivity, household finance, health and health care, climate change and more.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251062Tue, 27 Oct 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251062 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Development Report 2015: Mind, Society, and Behavior Author: The World Bank Narrator: Lisa Hamm-Greenawalt, Helen Clapp, Michael Pearl, Derek...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251062 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Development Report 2015: Mind, Society, and Behavior Author: The World Bank Narrator: Lisa Hamm-Greenawalt, Helen Clapp, Michael Pearl, Derek Perkins, Jaime Andrade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This report argues that development policies based on new insights into how people actually think and make decisions will help governments and civil society more readily tackle such challenges as increasing productivity, breaking the cycle of poverty from one generation to the next, and acting on climate change. Drawing from a wealth of research that suggests ways of diagnosing and solving the psychological and social constraints to development, the World Development Report identifies new policy tools that complement standard economic instruments. To inspire a fresh look at how development work is done, this report outlines three principles of human decision making: thinking automatically, thinking socially, and thinking with mental models. Much of human thinking is automatic and depends on whatever comes to mind most effortlessly. People are deeply social and are influenced by social networks and norms. Finally, most people do not invent new concepts; rather they use mental models drawn from their societies and shared histories to interpret their experiences. Because the factors affecting decisions are local and contextual, it is hard to predict in advance which aspects of program design and implementation will drive the choices people will make. Interventions therefore need to take account of the insights found in this report and be designed through a ‘learning by doing’ approach. This report applies the three principles to multiple areas, including early childhood development, productivity, household finance, health and health care, climate change and more.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-the-islamization-of-america-by-pamela-geller--65210607https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Islamization of America Author: Pamela Geller Narrator: R.C. Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Islamic supremacism is seeping into every aspect of American life. Islamic jihad groups aren't solely concentrating on terror attacks (although another one of those could come at any moment), but on the creeping encroachment to introduce Islamic law into this country, step-by-step and bit-by-bit, until finally America wakes up to a country transformed into an Islamic state. In Stop the Islamization of America, the renowned activist Pamela Geller lays bare the chilling details of the Muslim Brotherhood's strategy of steady subversion and erosion of our freedoms, while offering a practical guide for how to fight back. Written by an original thinker and innovative, tested, successful activist, Stop the Islamization of America is a much-needed wake-up call about a sinister, subversive agenda that could do nothing less than destroy the United States - with unique instructions about how we can, and must, fight back now to defend our nation and our civilization.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249936Thu, 15 Oct 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Islamization of America Author: Pamela Geller Narrator: R.C. Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Islamization of America Author: Pamela Geller Narrator: R.C. Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Islamic supremacism is seeping into every aspect of American life. Islamic jihad groups aren't solely concentrating on terror attacks (although another one of those could come at any moment), but on the creeping encroachment to introduce Islamic law into this country, step-by-step and bit-by-bit, until finally America wakes up to a country transformed into an Islamic state. In Stop the Islamization of America, the renowned activist Pamela Geller lays bare the chilling details of the Muslim Brotherhood's strategy of steady subversion and erosion of our freedoms, while offering a practical guide for how to fight back. Written by an original thinker and innovative, tested, successful activist, Stop the Islamization of America is a much-needed wake-up call about a sinister, subversive agenda that could do nothing less than destroy the United States - with unique instructions about how we can, and must, fight back now to defend our nation and our civilization.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-deportation-cases-of-1919-1920-by-constantine-panunzio--65210430https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "The study here presented embodies the findings of an investigation into the recent [1919-1920] deportations of persons deemed to be unlawfully in the country. . . Its purpose is to call public attention to practices that are inconsistent with the American tradition of justice and fair-play." - Summary by Constantine Panunzio, from the introduction]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698Sun, 15 Feb 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "The study here presented embodies the findings of an investigation into the recent [1919-1920] deportations of persons deemed to be unlawfully in the country. . . Its purpose is to call public attention to practices that are inconsistent with the American tradition of justice and fair-play." - Summary by Constantine Panunzio, from the introduction]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-trial-of-oscar-wilde-dramatic-reading-by-anonymous--65210426https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Oscar Wilde (Dramatic Reading) Author: Anonymous Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 25, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1895 Oscar Wilde was convicted of gross indecency and sentenced to two years' hard labor. This account of his two trials was compiled from the original shorthand court reports by an anonymous author. While a more complete account of the trial was published several years later, it omitted the more 'sensational' exchanges. This shorter version was clearly intended for a more prurient reader. In it we hear Wilde's famous defence of "the love that dare not speak its name", and see the evidence mount as a succession of attractive young men step into the witness box to tell their tales. - Summary by Rob Board]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274743Sun, 25 Jan 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Oscar Wilde (Dramatic Reading) Author: Anonymous Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Oscar Wilde (Dramatic Reading) Author: Anonymous Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 25, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1895 Oscar Wilde was convicted of gross indecency and sentenced to two years' hard labor. This account of his two trials was compiled from the original shorthand court reports by an anonymous author. While a more complete account of the trial was published several years later, it omitted the more 'sensational' exchanges. This shorter version was clearly intended for a more prurient reader. In it we hear Wilde's famous defence of "the love that dare not speak its name", and see the evidence mount as a succession of attractive young men step into the witness box to tell their tales. - Summary by Rob Board]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-jewish-state-by-theodor-herzl--65210425https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Jewish State Author: Theodor Herzl Narrator: Adrian Praetzellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Read in English, this is a pivotal document in the history of Zionism and the State of Israel. Herzl designed this work to elevate the discussion of "the Jewish Question" so it would "no longer take the form of violent abuse or sentimental vindication but of a debate, practical, large, earnest, and political." While few of Herzl's proposals were actually carried out, the importance of A JEWISH STATE was in the groundswell of support for a Jewish homeland engendered by its solutions to the practical problems of establishing a new state. In the words of a contemporary, "[Herzl] made it seem possible." Benjamin Ze'ev Herzl (1860-1904) was a Hungarian writer, political economist, and Jewish activist. (Summary by Adrian Praetzellis)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274800Sat, 17 Jan 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Jewish State Author: Theodor Herzl Narrator: Adrian Praetzellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 17,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Jewish State Author: Theodor Herzl Narrator: Adrian Praetzellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Read in English, this is a pivotal document in the history of Zionism and the State of Israel. Herzl designed this work to elevate the discussion of "the Jewish Question" so it would "no longer take the form of violent abuse or sentimental vindication but of a debate, practical, large, earnest, and political." While few of Herzl's proposals were actually carried out, the importance of A JEWISH STATE was in the groundswell of support for a Jewish homeland engendered by its solutions to the practical problems of establishing a new state. In the words of a contemporary, "[Herzl] made it seem possible." Benjamin Ze'ev Herzl (1860-1904) was a Hungarian writer, political economist, and Jewish activist. (Summary by Adrian Praetzellis)]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/from-dictatorship-to-democracy-by-gene-sharp--65210469https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Dictatorship to Democracy Author: Gene Sharp Narrator: Kara Shallenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Dictatorship to Democracy, A Conceptual Framework for Liberation is a book-length essay on the generic problem of how to destroy a dictatorship and to prevent the rise of a new one. The book was written in 1993 by Gene Sharp (b. 1928), a professor of political science at the University of Massachusetts. The book has been published in many countries worldwide and translated into more than 30 languages. Editions in many languages are also published by the Albert Einstein Institution of Boston, Massachusetts. This is the Fourth United States Edition, published in May 2010. The book has been circulated worldwide and cited repeatedly as influencing movements such as the Arab Spring of 2010-2012.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273289Thu, 01 Jan 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Dictatorship to Democracy Author: Gene Sharp Narrator: Kara Shallenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Dictatorship to Democracy Author: Gene Sharp Narrator: Kara Shallenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Dictatorship to Democracy, A Conceptual Framework for Liberation is a book-length essay on the generic problem of how to destroy a dictatorship and to prevent the rise of a new one. The book was written in 1993 by Gene Sharp (b. 1928), a professor of political science at the University of Massachusetts. The book has been published in many countries worldwide and translated into more than 30 languages. Editions in many languages are also published by the Albert Einstein Institution of Boston, Massachusetts. This is the Fourth United States Edition, published in May 2010. The book has been circulated worldwide and cited repeatedly as influencing movements such as the Arab Spring of 2010-2012.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/united-kingdom-house-of-commons-speeches-collection-volume-3-by-various-authors--65210452https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United Kingdom House of Commons Speeches Collection, volume 3 Author: Various Authors Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the third LibriVox collection of speeches given in the House of Commons of the United Kingdom. The collection comprises recordings of 10 historic speeches given to the UK House of Commons between 1601 and 1960. Readings are of speeches originally given by Queens Elizabeth I and Victoria, and by parliamentarians Edmund Burke, Herbert Asquith, Winston Churchill, Barbara Castle, Margaret Thatcher and Michael Foot. (Summary by Ruth Golding)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273294Thu, 01 Jan 2015 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United Kingdom House of Commons Speeches Collection, volume 3 Author: Various Authors Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: United Kingdom House of Commons Speeches Collection, volume 3 Author: Various Authors Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the third LibriVox collection of speeches given in the House of Commons of the United Kingdom. The collection comprises recordings of 10 historic speeches given to the UK House of Commons between 1601 and 1960. Readings are of speeches originally given by Queens Elizabeth I and Victoria, and by parliamentarians Edmund Burke, Herbert Asquith, Winston Churchill, Barbara Castle, Margaret Thatcher and Michael Foot. (Summary by Ruth Golding)]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-audience-with-tony-benn-by-tony-benn--65210451https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience with Tony Benn Author: Tony Benn Narrator: Tony Benn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: March 27, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After he announced his retirement to 'spend more time with politics', much loved parliamentarian Tony Benn brought his unmistakable presence to the stage in a sell-out 'Evening With' event. His only props: a flask of tea, some rubbed tobacco and his trademark pipe... An Audience with Tony Benn is a mix of politics, opinion and debate as the man himself explores issues of today spiced with memories of the past. He then fields questions from a live audience, answered with his usual mixture of insight, analysis and piercing wit. (P)2002 Hodder & Stoughton Audiobooks]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267199Thu, 27 Mar 2014 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience with Tony Benn Author: Tony Benn Narrator: Tony Benn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: March 27, 2014...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience with Tony Benn Author: Tony Benn Narrator: Tony Benn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: March 27, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After he announced his retirement to 'spend more time with politics', much loved parliamentarian Tony Benn brought his unmistakable presence to the stage in a sell-out 'Evening With' event. His only props: a flask of tea, some rubbed tobacco and his trademark pipe... An Audience with Tony Benn is a mix of politics, opinion and debate as the man himself explores issues of today spiced with memories of the past. He then fields questions from a live audience, answered with his usual mixture of insight, analysis and piercing wit. (P)2002 Hodder & Stoughton Audiobooks]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hard-measures-how-aggressive-cia-actions-after-9-11-saved-americ-by-jose-a-rodriguez--65210584https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Measures: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9/11 Saved Americ Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As seen on 60 Minutes A New York Times bestselling, explosive memoir about the creation and implementation of the controversial enhanced interrogation techniques by the former Chief Operations Officer for the CIA’s Center for Counterterrorism. Former Chief of the CIA’s Center for Counterterrorism, Jose A. Rodriguez, Jr., reveals how, in the wake of 9/11, government-approved hard measures used on captured high-level al-Qa’ida operatives derailed terrorist threats to the US, contributed to the capture of Osama bin Laden, and saved countless American lives. That is, until initial support gave way to shortsighted political correctness, leaving those responsible for protecting our nation second-guessed, hamstrung, and investigated. In effect, the United States has chosen to willfully and unilaterally disarm itself in the war on terror. Rodriguez melds his fascinating life story with a reasoned, previously untold, and convincing case for hard measures. Fully disclosing explosive details of when and how they were used, and why these methods were necessary, he offers a rare insider’s look at an issue that seizes public attention and inspires vigorous debate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252319Mon, 30 Apr 2012 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Measures: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9/11 Saved Americ Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Measures: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9/11 Saved Americ Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As seen on 60 Minutes A New York Times bestselling, explosive memoir about the creation and implementation of the controversial enhanced interrogation techniques by the former Chief Operations Officer for the CIA’s Center for Counterterrorism. Former Chief of the CIA’s Center for Counterterrorism, Jose A. Rodriguez, Jr., reveals how, in the wake of 9/11, government-approved hard measures used on captured high-level al-Qa’ida operatives derailed terrorist threats to the US, contributed to the capture of Osama bin Laden, and saved countless American lives. That is, until initial support gave way to shortsighted political correctness, leaving those responsible for protecting our nation second-guessed, hamstrung, and investigated. In effect, the United States has chosen to willfully and unilaterally disarm itself in the war on terror. Rodriguez melds his fascinating life story with a reasoned, previously untold, and convincing case for hard measures. Fully disclosing explosive details of when and how they were used, and why these methods were necessary, he offers a rare insider’s look at an issue that seizes public attention and inspires vigorous debate.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/republic-lost-how-money-corrupts-congress-and-a-plan-to-stop-it-by-lawrence-lessig--65210456https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School professor Lawrence Lessig investigates the most vexing problem in American democracy: how money corrupts our nation's politics, and the critical campaign to stop it. In an era when special interests funnel huge amounts of money into our government-driven by shifts in campaign-finance rules and brought to new levels by the Supreme Court in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission-trust in our government has reached an all-time low. More than ever before, Americans believe that money buys results in Congress, and that business interests wield control over our legislature. With heartfelt urgency and a keen desire for righting wrongs, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig takes a clear-eyed look at how we arrived at this crisis: how fundamentally good people, with good intentions, have allowed our democracy to be co-opted by outside interests, and how this exploitation has become entrenched in the system. Rejecting simple labels and reductive logic-and instead using examples that resonate as powerfully on the Right as on the Left-Lessig seeks out the root causes of our situation. He plumbs the issues of campaign financing and corporate lobbying, revealing the human faces and follies that have allowed corruption to take such a foothold in our system. He puts theissues in terms that nonwonks can understand, using real-world analogies and real human stories. And ultimately he calls for widespread mobilization and a new Constitutional Convention, presenting achievable solutions for regaining control of our corrupted-but redeemable-representational system. In this way, Lessig plots a roadmap for returning our republic to its intended greatness. While America may be divided, Lessig vividly champions the idea that we can succeed if we accept that corruption is our common enemy and that we must find a way to fight against it. In Republic Lost, he not only makes this need palpable and clear-he gives us the practical and intellectual tools to do something about it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269901Wed, 05 Oct 2011 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republic, Lost: How Money Corrupts Congress--and a Plan to Stop It Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School professor Lawrence Lessig investigates the most vexing problem in American democracy: how money corrupts our nation's politics, and the critical campaign to stop it. In an era when special interests funnel huge amounts of money into our government-driven by shifts in campaign-finance rules and brought to new levels by the Supreme Court in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission-trust in our government has reached an all-time low. More than ever before, Americans believe that money buys results in Congress, and that business interests wield control over our legislature. With heartfelt urgency and a keen desire for righting wrongs, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig takes a clear-eyed look at how we arrived at this crisis: how fundamentally good people, with good intentions, have allowed our democracy to be co-opted by outside interests, and how this exploitation has become entrenched in the system. Rejecting simple labels and reductive logic-and instead using examples that resonate as powerfully on the Right as on the Left-Lessig seeks out the root causes of our situation. He plumbs the issues of campaign financing and corporate lobbying, revealing the human faces and follies that have allowed corruption to take such a foothold in our system. He puts theissues in terms that nonwonks can understand, using real-world analogies and real human stories. And ultimately he calls for widespread mobilization and a new Constitutional Convention, presenting achievable solutions for regaining control of our corrupted-but redeemable-representational system. In this way, Lessig plots a roadmap for returning our republic to its intended greatness. While America may be divided, Lessig vividly champions the idea that we can succeed if we accept that corruption is our common enemy and that we must find a way to fight against it. In Republic Lost, he not only makes this need palpable and clear-he gives us the practical and intellectual tools to do something about it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-in-america-by-alexis-de-tocqueville--65210485https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1831, a Frenchman named Alexis de Tocqueville arrived in New York convinced that the democratic spirit America had embraced would eventually spread across Europe. Democracy in America, a treatise on democratic government written from his fresh perspective as an outsider, is now a classic document of political history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636Tue, 11 Mar 2008 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1831, a Frenchman named Alexis de Tocqueville arrived in New York convinced that the democratic spirit America had embraced would eventually spread across Europe. Democracy in America, a treatise on democratic government written from his fresh perspective as an outsider, is now a classic document of political history.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-truth-about-hillary-what-she-knew-when-she-knew-it-and-how-far-she-ll-go-to-become-president-by-edward-klein--65210433https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Hillary: What She Knew, When She Knew It, and How Far She'll Go to Become President Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Edward Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times best-selling author Edward Klein is a former foreign editor for Newsweek and former editor-in-chief of The New York Times Magazine. In this illuminating exploration of Hillary Rodham Clinton, Klein draws on insider sources to reveal the many secrets she has managed to keep hidden despite the publication of more than a dozen unauthorized books on her life. Certain to be a presidential candidate in 2008, Hillary Rodham Clinton deserves close scrutiny as a political figure-and this insightful book tells all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270879Tue, 11 Mar 2008 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Hillary: What She Knew, When She Knew It, and How Far She'll Go to Become President Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Edward Klein Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Hillary: What She Knew, When She Knew It, and How Far She'll Go to Become President Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Edward Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times best-selling author Edward Klein is a former foreign editor for Newsweek and former editor-in-chief of The New York Times Magazine. In this illuminating exploration of Hillary Rodham Clinton, Klein draws on insider sources to reveal the many secrets she has managed to keep hidden despite the publication of more than a dozen unauthorized books on her life. Certain to be a presidential candidate in 2008, Hillary Rodham Clinton deserves close scrutiny as a political figure-and this insightful book tells all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-conversation-with-the-mann-by-john-ridley--65210458https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270692 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Conversation with the Mann Author: John Ridley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 4, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Conversation with the Mann is the remarkable fictional story of the life of black comedian extraordinaire Jackie Mann. Jackie is a poor boy from Harlem and the victim of abuse from his widowed, alcoholic father. But everything changes on the day he discovers the power of comedy. When his classmates make fun of his tattered clothes, Jackie turns everything around by freely poking fun at himself and soon has everyone on the floor with laughter. His amazing talent -- and raging ambition -- take him through the local club circuit to become the most sought-after comedic entertainer in opulent, 50s Las Vegas and beyond.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270692Mon, 04 Feb 2008 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270692 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Conversation with the Mann Author: John Ridley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: February...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270692 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Conversation with the Mann Author: John Ridley Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 4, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Conversation with the Mann is the remarkable fictional story of the life of black comedian extraordinaire Jackie Mann. Jackie is a poor boy from Harlem and the victim of abuse from his widowed, alcoholic father. But everything changes on the day he discovers the power of comedy. When his classmates make fun of his tattered clothes, Jackie turns everything around by freely poking fun at himself and soon has everyone on the floor with laughter. His amazing talent -- and raging ambition -- take him through the local club circuit to become the most sought-after comedic entertainer in opulent, 50s Las Vegas and beyond.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/arc-of-justice-a-saga-of-race-civil-rights-and-murder-in-the-jazz-age-by-kevin-boyle--65210453https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269459 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arc of Justice: A Saga of Race, Civil Rights, and Murder in the Jazz Age Author: Kevin Boyle Narrator: Lizan Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Highly esteemed history professor, author and editor, Kevin Boyle was presented with the National Book Award for this stunning literary achievement. Arc of Justice artfully captures a tumultuous period in American history as it tells a shocking story of violence and racial strife. The grandson of a slave, Dr. Ossian Sweet moved his family to an all-white Detroit neighborhood in 1925. When his neighbors attempted to drive him out, Sweet defended himself-resulting in the death of a white man and a murder trial for Sweet. There followed one of the most important (and shockingly unknown) cases in Civil Rights history. Also caught up in the intense courtroom drama were legal giant Clarence Darrow and the newly formed National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP). Boyle's captivating book is nonfiction at its most engaging. With its eye-opening insight into Jazz Age race relations, this important work is indispensable reading for all Americans. '... an amazing and unforgettable story of prejudice and justice at the dawn of America's racial awakening.'-David Maraniss, best-selling author and Pulitzer Prize winner]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269459Tue, 02 Jan 2007 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269459 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arc of Justice: A Saga of Race, Civil Rights, and Murder in the Jazz Age Author: Kevin Boyle Narrator: Lizan Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269459 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arc of Justice: A Saga of Race, Civil Rights, and Murder in the Jazz Age Author: Kevin Boyle Narrator: Lizan Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Highly esteemed history professor, author and editor, Kevin Boyle was presented with the National Book Award for this stunning literary achievement. Arc of Justice artfully captures a tumultuous period in American history as it tells a shocking story of violence and racial strife. The grandson of a slave, Dr. Ossian Sweet moved his family to an all-white Detroit neighborhood in 1925. When his neighbors attempted to drive him out, Sweet defended himself-resulting in the death of a white man and a murder trial for Sweet. There followed one of the most important (and shockingly unknown) cases in Civil Rights history. Also caught up in the intense courtroom drama were legal giant Clarence Darrow and the newly formed National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP). Boyle's captivating book is nonfiction at its most engaging. With its eye-opening insight into Jazz Age race relations, this important work is indispensable reading for all Americans. '... an amazing and unforgettable story of prejudice and justice at the dawn of America's racial awakening.'-David Maraniss, best-selling author and Pulitzer Prize winner]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-rednecks-and-white-liberals-by-thomas-sowell--65210594https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252352 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Rednecks and White Liberals Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Hugh Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 18 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Black Rednecks and White Liberals is the capstone of decades of outstanding research and writing on racial and cultural issues by Thomas Sowell. This explosive new book challenges many of the long-held assumptions about blacks, Jews, Germans and Nazis, slavery, and education. Through a series of essays, Sowell presents an in-depth look at key beliefs behind many mistaken and dangerous actions, policies, and trends. He presents eye-opening insights into the development of the ghetto culture—a culture cheered on toward self-destruction by white liberals who consider themselves “friends” of blacks—which is today wrongly seen as a unique black identity, and he reexamines the tragic institution of slavery. The reasons for the venomous hatred of Jews, and other groups like them in countries around the world, are also explored, as are misconceptions of Nazi Germany. Plainly written, powerfully reasoned, and backed with a startling array of documented facts, Black Rednecks and White Liberals takes on the trendy intellectuals of our times as well as such historic interpreters of American life as Alexis de Tocqueville and Frederick Law Olmsted.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252352Mon, 27 Jun 2005 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252352 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Rednecks and White Liberals Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Hugh Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252352 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Rednecks and White Liberals Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Hugh Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 18 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Black Rednecks and White Liberals is the capstone of decades of outstanding research and writing on racial and cultural issues by Thomas Sowell. This explosive new book challenges many of the long-held assumptions about blacks, Jews, Germans and Nazis, slavery, and education. Through a series of essays, Sowell presents an in-depth look at key beliefs behind many mistaken and dangerous actions, policies, and trends. He presents eye-opening insights into the development of the ghetto culture—a culture cheered on toward self-destruction by white liberals who consider themselves “friends” of blacks—which is today wrongly seen as a unique black identity, and he reexamines the tragic institution of slavery. The reasons for the venomous hatred of Jews, and other groups like them in countries around the world, are also explored, as are misconceptions of Nazi Germany. Plainly written, powerfully reasoned, and backed with a startling array of documented facts, Black Rednecks and White Liberals takes on the trendy intellectuals of our times as well as such historic interpreters of American life as Alexis de Tocqueville and Frederick Law Olmsted.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anti-americanism-by-jean-francois-revel--65210612https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Americanism Author: Jean-François Revel Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the 9/11 attack on the United States, the brief moment of global sympathy for America soon began giving way to blame. In France and other quarters of Europe, and elsewhere in the world, it was said that the Americans had brought this violence upon themselves. The United States was a “cowboy” nation disinclined to abide by the will of the United Nations and other multilateral institutions and bent on pursuing its objectives at any cost. It was the “hyperpower” whose corporations manipulated world markets and whose riches were acquired at the price of Third World impoverishment. No wonder it had been attacked! Angered by these assaults on a nation he knows and admires, the distinguished French intellectual Jean-François Revel has come to America’s defense in Anti-Americanism, a biting and erudite book that—paradoxically, given his country’s especially vehement attack of the US—spent several weeks last year at the top of France’s bestseller list.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252355Sun, 26 Jun 2005 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Americanism Author: Jean-François Revel Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Americanism Author: Jean-François Revel Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the 9/11 attack on the United States, the brief moment of global sympathy for America soon began giving way to blame. In France and other quarters of Europe, and elsewhere in the world, it was said that the Americans had brought this violence upon themselves. The United States was a “cowboy” nation disinclined to abide by the will of the United Nations and other multilateral institutions and bent on pursuing its objectives at any cost. It was the “hyperpower” whose corporations manipulated world markets and whose riches were acquired at the price of Third World impoverishment. No wonder it had been attacked! Angered by these assaults on a nation he knows and admires, the distinguished French intellectual Jean-François Revel has come to America’s defense in Anti-Americanism, a biting and erudite book that—paradoxically, given his country’s especially vehement attack of the US—spent several weeks last year at the top of France’s bestseller list.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-s-first-dynasty-the-adamses-1735-1918-by-richard-brookhiser--65210603https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's First Dynasty: The Adamses, 1735-1918 Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 27, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Richard Brookhiser has won a wide and loyal following for his stylish, pointed, and elegant biographies of George Washington and Alexander Hamilton. In America's First Dynasty, Brookhiser tells the story of America's longest and still greatest dynasty -- the Adamses, the only family in our history to play a leading role in American affairs for nearly two centuries. From John, the self-made, tough-minded lawyer who rose to the highest office in the government he helped create; to John Quincy, the child prodigy who grew up amid foreign royalty, followed his father to the White House, and later reinvented himself as a champion of liberty in Congress; to politician and writer Charles Francis, the only well-balanced Adams; to Henry, brilliant scholar and journalist -- the Adamses achieved longer-lasting greatness than any other American family.  Brookhiser's canvass starts in colonial America, when John Adams had to teach himself the law and ride on horseback for miles to find clients. It does not end until after the Titanic sinks -- Henry had booked a room but changed his plans -- and World War I begins, with Henry near the action in France. The story of this single family offers a short course in the nation's history, because for nearly two hundred years Adams history was American history. The Adamses were accompanied by an impressive cast of characters, from George Washington and Thomas Jefferson, to Andrew Jackson and Ulysses Grant, to Teddy Roosevelt. America's First Dynasty offers telling portraits of the great men of our past, and many of the women around them. John and Abigail's great love affair was destined to be repeated by their offspring and offspring's offspring. As with any family, there was a darker side to the Adams story: many of its members were abject failures. Alcoholism was a familiar specter, and suicide was not unknown. Only one of the four great Adamses was a kind man and father; the others set standards so impossibly high that few of their children could meet them. Yet despite more than a century of difference from John to Henry, certain Adams traits remained the same. In the story of our first and still-greatest family, we can all see something of our own struggles with family, fate, and history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250312Wed, 27 Aug 2003 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's First Dynasty: The Adamses, 1735-1918 Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's First Dynasty: The Adamses, 1735-1918 Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 27, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Richard Brookhiser has won a wide and loyal following for his stylish, pointed, and elegant biographies of George Washington and Alexander Hamilton. In America's First Dynasty, Brookhiser tells the story of America's longest and still greatest dynasty -- the Adamses, the only family in our history to play a leading role in American affairs for nearly two centuries. From John, the self-made, tough-minded lawyer who rose to the highest office in the government he helped create; to John Quincy, the child prodigy who grew up amid foreign royalty, followed his father to the White House, and later reinvented himself as a champion of liberty in Congress; to politician and writer Charles Francis, the only well-balanced Adams; to Henry, brilliant scholar and journalist -- the Adamses achieved longer-lasting greatness than any other American family.  Brookhiser's canvass starts in colonial America, when John Adams had to teach himself the law and ride on horseback for miles to find clients. It does not end until after the Titanic sinks -- Henry had booked a room but changed his plans -- and World War I begins, with Henry near the action in France. The story of this single family offers a short course in the nation's history, because for nearly two hundred years Adams history was American history. The Adamses were accompanied by an impressive cast of characters, from George Washington and Thomas Jefferson, to Andrew Jackson and Ulysses Grant, to Teddy Roosevelt. America's First Dynasty offers telling portraits of the great men of our past, and many of the women around them. John and Abigail's great love affair was destined to be repeated by their offspring and offspring's offspring. As with any family, there was a darker side to the Adams story: many of its members were abject failures. Alcoholism was a familiar specter, and suicide was not unknown. Only one of the four great Adamses was a kind man and father; the others set standards so impossibly high that few of their children could meet them. Yet despite more than a century of difference from John to Henry, certain Adams traits remained the same. In the story of our first and still-greatest family, we can all see something of our own struggles with family, fate, and history.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-liberal-media-the-truth-about-bias-and-the-news-by-eric-alterman--65210592https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Liberal Media?: The Truth About Bias and the News Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Eric Alterman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is media bias keeping us from getting the whole story? If so, who is at fault? Is it the Liberals who are purported to be running the newsrooms, television and radio stations of this country, duping an unsuspecting public into mistaking their party line for news? Or is it the conservatives who have identified media bias as a rallying cry around which to consolidate their political base? The media has become so large and pervasive in our lives that regardless of exactly where on the ideological fence you sit, the question of media bias has become all-but unavoidable. What Liberal Media? confronts the question of liberal bias and provides a sharp and utterly convincing assessment of the realities of political bias in the news. In distinct contrast to the conclusions reached by Ann Coulter, Bernard Goldberg, Sean Hannity, and Bill O'reilly, Alterman finds the media to be far more conservative than liberal. The fact that conservatives howl so much louder and more effectively than liberals is one big reason that big media is always on its guard for 'liberal' bias but gives conservative bias a free press. After listening to What Liberal Media? you will understand that the real news story of recent years is not whether this newspaper, or that news anchor, is biased but rather to what extent the entire news industry is organized to communicate conservative views and push our politics to the right -- regardless of how 'liberal' any given reporter may be in 'real life'.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252260Sat, 01 Feb 2003 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Liberal Media?: The Truth About Bias and the News Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Eric Alterman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Liberal Media?: The Truth About Bias and the News Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Eric Alterman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is media bias keeping us from getting the whole story? If so, who is at fault? Is it the Liberals who are purported to be running the newsrooms, television and radio stations of this country, duping an unsuspecting public into mistaking their party line for news? Or is it the conservatives who have identified media bias as a rallying cry around which to consolidate their political base? The media has become so large and pervasive in our lives that regardless of exactly where on the ideological fence you sit, the question of media bias has become all-but unavoidable. What Liberal Media? confronts the question of liberal bias and provides a sharp and utterly convincing assessment of the realities of political bias in the news. In distinct contrast to the conclusions reached by Ann Coulter, Bernard Goldberg, Sean Hannity, and Bill O'reilly, Alterman finds the media to be far more conservative than liberal. The fact that conservatives howl so much louder and more effectively than liberals is one big reason that big media is always on its guard for 'liberal' bias but gives conservative bias a free press. After listening to What Liberal Media? you will understand that the real news story of recent years is not whether this newspaper, or that news anchor, is biased but rather to what extent the entire news industry is organized to communicate conservative views and push our politics to the right -- regardless of how 'liberal' any given reporter may be in 'real life'.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cell-inside-the-9-11-plot-and-why-the-fbi-and-cia-failed-to-stop-it-by-john-miller-michael-stone--65210576https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252230 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop it Author: John Miller, Michael Stone Narrator: John Miller Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2002 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In New York City, a a handful of veteran FBI agents, police officers and investigative journalists had known for years that a terrorist event on the scale of 9/11 was likely. Ironically, one of the men who had been most aware of the threat posed by Osama bin Laden had recently left the FBI, where he had been following the movements of bin Laden and al Qaeda, to become Chief of Security at the World Trade Center. John O'Neill died on that awful day. The FBI's O'Neill, along with Neil Herman, reporter John Miller and very few others, had been on bin Laden's trail for years. To them, he had long been considered the most dangerous man on the planet. In The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and Why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop It, John Miller, an award-winning journalist and co-anchor of ABC's 20/20, along with veteran reporters Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, takes us back more than ten years to the birth of the terrorist cell that later metastasized into Qaeda's New York operation. This remarkable audiobook offers a firsthand account of what it is to be a police officer, an FBI agent or a reporter obsessed with a case few people will take seriously. The Cell contains a first-person account of Miller's face-to-face meeting with bin Laden and provides the first complete treatment to piece together what led to the events of 9/11, ultimately delivering the disturbing answer to the question: why, with all the information the intelligence community had, was no one able to stop the September 11 attacks?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252230Thu, 01 Aug 2002 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252230 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop it Author: John Miller, Michael Stone Narrator: John Miller Format: Abridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252230 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop it Author: John Miller, Michael Stone Narrator: John Miller Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2002 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In New York City, a a handful of veteran FBI agents, police officers and investigative journalists had known for years that a terrorist event on the scale of 9/11 was likely. Ironically, one of the men who had been most aware of the threat posed by Osama bin Laden had recently left the FBI, where he had been following the movements of bin Laden and al Qaeda, to become Chief of Security at the World Trade Center. John O'Neill died on that awful day. The FBI's O'Neill, along with Neil Herman, reporter John Miller and very few others, had been on bin Laden's trail for years. To them, he had long been considered the most dangerous man on the planet. In The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and Why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop It, John Miller, an award-winning journalist and co-anchor of ABC's 20/20, along with veteran reporters Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, takes us back more than ten years to the birth of the terrorist cell that later metastasized into Qaeda's New York operation. This remarkable audiobook offers a firsthand account of what it is to be a police officer, an FBI agent or a reporter obsessed with a case few people will take seriously. The Cell contains a first-person account of Miller's face-to-face meeting with bin Laden and provides the first complete treatment to piece together what led to the events of 9/11, ultimately delivering the disturbing answer to the question: why, with all the information the intelligence community had, was no one able to stop the September 11 attacks?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-you-think-you-know-about-politics-and-why-you-were-wrong-by-kathleen-hall-jamieson--65210608https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249981 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Think You Know About Politics...and Why You Were Wrong Author: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Narrator: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 7, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a media expert and network commentator, an engaging guide through the welter of misinformation-generated by politicians and the media alike-that surrounds political campaigns Here, at last, is the book for anyone who ever wondered how the media extravaganzas we call political campaigns really work. Everything You Think You Know About Politics...and Why You're Wrong explores why the American public, seemingly so eager for "unspun" information about candidates and their positions, invariably ends up feeling manipulated by our political process. Challenging the reader with strategically placed quizzes, well-known commentator on the media and politics Kathleen Hall Jamieson surveys the existing public record on voting patterns, campaign promises, and all manner of electioneering and comes up with an engaging mix of analysis, surprising factoids, and political cartoons. This book separates the facts from the convenient fictions that deter Americans from caring about the processes and outcomes of elections.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249981Tue, 07 Nov 2000 01:22:30 +0000Gerard JacobsonPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249981 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Think You Know About Politics...and Why You Were Wrong Author: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Narrator: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Format: Abridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249981 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Think You Know About Politics...and Why You Were Wrong Author: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Narrator: Kathleen Hall Jamieson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 7, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a media expert and network commentator, an engaging guide through the welter of misinformation-generated by politicians and the media alike-that surrounds political campaigns Here, at last, is the book for anyone who ever wondered how the media extravaganzas we call political campaigns really work. Everything You Think You Know About Politics...and Why You're Wrong explores why the American public, seemingly so eager for "unspun" information about candidates and their positions, invariably ends up feeling manipulated by our political process. Challenging the reader with strategically placed quizzes, well-known commentator on the media and politics Kathleen Hall Jamieson surveys the existing public record on voting patterns, campaign promises, and all manner of electioneering and comes up with an engaging mix of analysis, surprising factoids, and political cartoons. This book separates the facts from the convenient fictions that deter Americans from caring about the processes and outcomes of elections.]]>605cleanfull